Home

IBM Personal Computer 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation

1. El El 89 00 lem o Bm ER m E EI E n EL E a Also see Matrox Graphics Adapter MGA Switch Settings on page 394 for MGA video adapter locations and switch settings 390 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM PC 360 5150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz System Board Locations Processor connector Power supply connector Front panel I O connector Diskette drive connector Hard Disk Drive connector CD ROM drive connector Configuration jumpers J25 ISA adapter slots PCI ISA adapter slots PCI adapter slots Backup battery Bank 0 memory connectors Serial port 2 Bank 1 memory connectors Parallel port Mouse port Keyboard port Serial port 1 EEBEBESBEmnammammmmm See PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Settings on page 392 and PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Setting Procedures on page 393 for jumper settings and procedures Reference Information 391 PC 360 S150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Settings See PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Setting Procedures on page 393 for additional jumper procedure information
2. Power Diskette Drive Disk Fan Dis Fan Fan Alert LAN Wake on LAN Y Asset ID Antenna CD Chassi Audio 4 P i mee daa Tin A a 3 ntrusion eene nemo ed Bal 340 Pin Primary LED Internal Connector IDE Panel Speaker Secondary SCSI Modem IDE Hard Disk Wakeup LED PC 340 Type 6560 PCI ISA Shared Slot 4 3 3 Volt PCI Connector ISA 428 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Type iid PCI ISA Secondary IDE PCI n Connector gt _ Diskette Drive PCI Power Connector Back gt Fan Connector Shared p ISA NINNI y Susi m Erorit System Fron Primary IDE Connector SL A p Back 340 Pin Modem Wakeup Wake On LAN Connector Connector Connector PC 300 Type 6302 Diskette Power _ Secondary IDE Diskette Drive SCSI Hard AY Disk LED 1 System Front Panel Power Ven Shared Primary IDE Back CD ROM 340 Pin Mode Wake Audio Connector Wakeup On LAN 330 Type 6571 ISA VESA ISA No VESA N HORE A A
3. Ed E EJ EM EJ Hm LL EX R Vm mu EH ce LO Cig Ed EJ Ed E Reference Information 413 IntelliStation Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board Locations 025 U24 J5M1 J4 3 23 nos mmu 414 J10D1 J J 2 3 M1 J9L1 311B1 J8F2 J9F1 J15 J10E1 J8F1 J12B3 J7E1 J5 J6 J12B1 SW12A1 J6D1 J13 J10F1 J4D1 ac mm cc NA n ae Secondary microprocessor socket Primary microprocessor socket Power connector Secondary microprocessor fansink connector Power connector Primary microprocessor fansink connector DIMM connectors DIMM 0 1 2 3 SCSI channel B 16 bit connector Power switch and LED connector Hard disk LED connector Diskette drive connector Primary IDE connector RF ID antenna connector SCSI channel B 8 bit connector Secondary IDE connector Battery Internal speaker connector Clear CMOS jumper Fan connector front panel Fan connector front panel Tamper detect switch connector Switches Wake On LAN connector Wake On Modem connector SCSI channel A connector RAIDport extension Shared ISA PCI connectors PCI slot connectors AGP slot connector CD audi
4. USB 2 Mouse Serial 2 Yellow Green LED LED 0 0 0 Oroso O O DONO afi A T Mic Ethernet USB 1 Monitor Line In Parallel Serial 1 not used Line Out Keyboard Cover Removal Type 6893 Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover System Board Removal Type 6893 System Board TU AER nai Lift TE pH Tab V System Board 4 VOU Pull Here Reference Information 349 System Board Installation Type 6893 System Board QF E E SS m Tab Push Here 10000 7 2 ss o 350 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View 6898 Input Output connectors and removal procedures for the cover and drive cages are on the following pages For system board installation notice see System Board Replacement Type 6898 on page 84 Reference Information 351 Input Output Connectors Type 6898 Keyboard Mouse USB 1 9 USB 2 Serial 1 sE 2 Parallel Serial
5. m zn 7 EN lt E 4229 27 pl B gt 410 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium Il 266 300 MHz System Board Locations Em Display connector Ethernet RJ45 connector Infrared connector J3M1 USB Universal Serial Bus 2 connector Serial port system board connector J4M1 Serial port A located in back of chassis USB Universal Serial Bus 1 connector Parallel port connector 5 V auxiliary connector Mouse connector Keyboard connector Audio line out Audio line in Tela jack audio Diskette drive connector CD ROM connector Wave table audio Primary IDE connector Secondary IDE connector System board jumper block Power connector 3 3 V Main power connector Boot block recovery jumper Chassis security connector Microprocessor connector Power switch connector Power LED hard disk LED connector Processor fan connector 300 MHz model only Fan connector DIMM connectors SCSI activity LED connector Wake Up on LAN Modem Wake Up Battery Feature connector Riser card connector Reference Information 411 IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium Il 26
6. Speed SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 SW1 5 SW1 6 200 On Off On On Off N A MHz Additional Switch Settings SW1 7 8 Description SW1 7 SW1 8 Serial B Enabled On D N A Serial B Disabled Off N A Normal Diskette N A Off D Operation Read Only Diskette N A On Operation Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description J8 1 2 D 2 3 Password Enabled Password Disabled Clear CMOS 426 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Riser Card Layouts m Notes PCI adapters plug into the PCI riser slot with the component side facing the system board ISA adapters plug into the ISA riser slot with the component side facing upward PC 300 Type 6272 PCI ISA Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 PC 300 Type 6265 6275 ISA PCI SCSI Hard Drive LED Asset ID Connector Secondary IDE Connector J Diskette Drive Connector Fan Connector System Front Panel Connector Primary IDE Connector Back lo 340 Pin Modem Wake on LAN Alert on LAN Connector Wakeup PC 300 Type 6282 6284 PCI ISA r PCI2 2 Shared Slot ISA 2 Shared Slot ISA 1 m Reference Information 427 300 Type 6285 ISA PCI
7. Reference Information 323 Computer Exploded View Type 6592 Removal procedures for the cover system board and drive cage are on the following pages 324 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Cover Removal 6592 Release E Tab 0 m Attention Do not lift handle cover too high the tabs will break Drive Cage Removal 6592 326 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View Type 6598 Removal procedures for the side cover bezel and processor are on the following page Reference Information 327 Side Cover Removal Screws Bezel Removal Tabs Be Processor Removal m Attention Do flex or twist the system board while removing or installing the processor The system board can be damaged during this procedure 328 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View Type 6862 Input output connectors and removal service procedures for the cover system board and drive cage are on the following pages Reference Information 329 Input Output Connectors 6862
8. pue wejsAs ay uo VEA Z 65 821 ssajun ON 10sseooud 993 21 ZLS UUM g ungueg 105590044 eDed uo japon sBenBue7 lunoo ees 158 104 2 WL u SOJON ay 821 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE Les 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZH r ev ay 821 86 SMODUIM XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 666 rev 821 86 SMODUIM XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 v9 9 ZHIN 006 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 1 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHW OSt XSL LN SMOPUIM VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 04 2 Sjo S s eg soiydesy 105592014 6 39 00 Od 9 10 9 9 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 456 5 ay uo 18 X LZ XOZ X89 XLI 9 X8b XE Xyz SIEPOW Z XININ JO 51055902014 OYMI 21 EM 992 51055902014 79 eDed uo
9. 10 A LAE Ducit A HAWAR BRIE KRAE Fe n HR ARRAS ROG TERA uf AREE IER PCR WERE d o RE EE hy BE ATREA RAR L RI II E EA ART HEAR A BF RB RAR IRS HEE AE HK ta Fm MERE WIE ATERERO A Se PARE AR HRM Rie Rede UM e f 26 4 346 Reference Information 171 gt RTIA IBM 22 33F8354 4 amp x gt RAIL E f Ew AGP ARS d ero BE gt ho RIE HARA IE GG RSA BI EM ST Rei ha PAB S4 100 GER 212 FE gt SERE FERIE 3 A xd gt GRIER PAIA FAIR AAA ER RIL gt RC IE RRR PRA ERE gt 4 A Fe Be KES A AGH Class3A X Class3B 5818 gt H EEF PIA PLO SAA HEME HGXCEBBGGEAGRTC 5 gt gt 32 70 5 gt 55 241 121 2 5 FURS SER 10 SRW ERA EA 9 3 8 MA AMBONA AN 172
10. ajou ay ass 1 pezuouiny uedo 79 001 01 INVUA AN seinjee 5 9 uiejs s ay uo 65 5 se pas ssajun 993 euoeo 21 215 q uinyuad 055900 E spy eDed uo japoyy ees 152 104 2 pepnjour JON Y N L WNvHas 86 SMODUIM XEN XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 993 26 ZHIN 092 za 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 2989 d L 00 Od 10 G 61 24 1 487 Reference Information Opp eDed uo ajou ay Jajquiassy pazuoyiny 79 pueog ujejs s eui uo GEOIHL ES 500816 76 001 01 WVHA AN seine prepuelg p 993 21 ZLS UUM gunnueg 76 eDed uo japoyy ees 152 104 2 pepnjour JON Y N L 993 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X
11. esueor 2 60 9 eDed uo jepojN ed ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pazuoyiny 75 v 993 10 WWIG 76 Spp eDed uo japon ees 152 104 2 u JON SOJON a V N V N vXV V N ce ZHIN 662 X88 a VIN VIN vXV V N ce ZHW 002 uedo X98 a VIN VIN V N ZHIN 991 uedo 8 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 2999 d L 00 Od e 10 1 94 1 475 Reference Information eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 79 wa sAs ay uo ZA ES 76 YA 219 UUM q Unnuag 105592014 p Aiueq uoN OQ3 Spp eDed uo japoyy ees 158 104
12. 033 Change the startup sequence so the network is the first startup device and the hard disk drive is the second startup device Return to Step 001 on page 5 Starting IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics These steps show how to start the DOS based IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics from Windows 95 Windows NT and Windows 3 X 1 Shut down Windows 95 or Windows NT and re start in DOS mode If Windows 3 X is running close Windows 2 Atthe command prompt type CD IBMDIAG then press the Enter key Note If an invalid directory message appears IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are not installed Restart the computer and go to Step 001 on page 5 Service Information 9 3 Type PCDR then press the Enter key 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to run the diagnostics Note Do not start the diagnostics in the DOS session of Windows 95 or from a command prompt under Windows NT The system must be shut down and restarted in DOS Starting diagnostics under Windows 95 and Window NT Use the Windows diagnostics version only if you cannot run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics under DOS 1 Select Start 2 Select Programs 3 Select PC Doctor 4 Select PC Doctor for Windows Diagnostics on the RTC CD The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are shipped on the RTC Ready To Configure CD For Type 6272 Disketteless models the customer has the responsibility to make the diagnostic
13. 5 74 993 21 ZLS UUM gunnueg 105592044 p 8 76 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 72 u JON Y N H S910N 8 0029 0022 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9 ISOS 80 Sp NVUOS v9 2 04 xev 8 0029 0022 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE dOV vXv 89 9 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 097 V N XEN XZE dOV vXv V N V N INVUOS v9 ZHW 00 uedo 8 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE dOV vXv Ve eipeuueg dov ISOS 80 821 ZHW 00 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE dOV rXt xoneyW dov 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 2 00 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 046 XOL 2 Sio S s eg 105592014 2689 40 1 ebeg rz 99 1 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 500 Opp eDed uo uopeinbijuo9 ejou ay ass pezuouiny uedo 1215 10 NYT uo exea 001 01 piepuels 993 949 21 JA 219
14. 108S9901d 5829 d L 00 Od e 10 11 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 464 51055902014 SU 09 ININIS 76 Spp ebed uo japon ees japow 158 104 JON Y N 2 eJeu peisi JOU 0969 10 eDed uo UOISIBAUOD JSQUINN Jepojv ed L SOJON 5 vXV snum 098 oaa 8 ZHW 9 96 SMOPUIM V N SNUIO 9921 oaa 91 ZHW 021 SMOPUIM SOG VIN vXV SNUID 9921 003 91 ZHIN 021 5 V N vXt 9 7S SNO 003 8 ZHIN 02 84 V N V N VIN 003 91 ZHW 02 S6 V N 9 7S SNO do sc Oda g 91 ZHIN 991 V N V N snum V N 003 91 ZHIN 991 96 SMOPUIM 9 9evs 89 92 003 91 ZHIN X8v S6 SMOPUIM V N vXv 965 SNUIO do sz oaa 91 ZHW x9v S6 SMOPUIM V N vXV AIN SNUID 9921 003 91 ZHIN 5 V N SNUIO 9921 oaa 91 ZHIN xev V N V N 1 9evs SNO VIN 003 91 Z
15. 7 7 7 7 LS2H EY P 13 EY 123 1 L arr EJ CH C 358 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 6272 6282 6284 133 233 MHz System Board Locations Monitor connector Parallel port connector USB Universal Serial Bus 2 connector USB Universal Serial Bus 1 connector Mouse connector Keyboard connector Serial port A connector Serial port B connector located on back of base frame Ethernet connector All models Type 6272 some models Type 6282 J11 Serial port B system board connector AUI Ethernet connector Main power connector J9 5 V auxiliary connector 46 CMOS clear password jumper J7 Power switch connector Diskette drive connector Primary EIDE connector Secondary EIDE connector J8 Hard disk drive and power LED connector DIMM connectors Switch set SW1 Power connector 3 3 V Fan connector LAN activity LED connector L2 Cache connector microprocessor socket Riser card connector Battery Video memory sockets VESA feature connector J28 Wake Up on LAN connector J27 Modem wake up connector mmn m P PI PI E El 2 wo COIN Alo Reference Information 359 300 6272 6282 6284 Pentium 133 233 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting i
16. Note PETIT I E En a m ni di For other system connectors see Riser Card Layouts on page 427 under Type 6893 416 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board Locations SBEBER Battery Switch SW1 Microprocessor socket DIMM socket 0 DIMM socket 1 DIMM socket 2 CMOS clear Jumper J9 AGP 2X connector Display connector not used Mouse Keyboard connectors top mouse bottom keyboard Serial connectors top serial port 2 bottom serial port 1 USB connectors top USB2 bottom USB1 Parallel connector Ethernet RJ45 connector Audio line out Audio line in Microphone connector Reference Information 417 IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description CMOS Reset J9 2 3 CMOS reset 1 2 D Normal The following tables contains the switch setting information D indicates the default setting Pentium Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 CPU SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Switch Settings 233 66 Off Off On 2 266 66 Off On MHz 300 66 Off On Off On MHz 333 66 On Off Off On MHz 350 100 Off Off On On MHz
17. JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 om y m gN pejepjos 7 Aued uoN NVEOS WWI 76 spy uo japo ees 152 104 2 JON L SOJON V N V N vXV 976 snum VIN AN 9 ZHIN uedo xy 96 V N 9 89 gn 91 ZHIN 991 96 SMOPUIM V N vXV 9 SNUID 99 2 AN 91 ZHW 991 X9 LN SMOPUIM V N 9 SNUIO 89 2 ce XINW ZHW 991 96 SMOPUIM XEIN X9L 9 snum 89 2 9 91 ZHIN 991 96 SMOPUIM VIN vXV SNUID 89 ZI AN 9 ZHIN 991 Xoe 96 SMODUIM VIN 89 91 ZHW 96 vXV snum 99 2 AN 9 ZHIN X9c S6 SMOPUIM V N SNUIO 89 ZI EN 91 ZHIN Xvc S6 SMOPUIM V N vXV SNUID 3019931 an 8 ZHIN Xec WOH d2 Sio S s eg soiydesy JOSS920Jd I PON Z8Z9 ed 00 Od 10 1 6 457 Reference Information uiejs s uo
18. ees 158 104 2 ui JON IL S9JON an 8 vz ISOS 993 ZHIN 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE J MOL 9X9 dov apim 0022 89 16 821 X94 an 8 vz 993 ZHIN 004 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE J MOL UIN 9X9 0022 89 16 821 XSL 007 ISOS 993 ZHIN 007 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL 9X9 de Dd 9PIM 89 L6 821 ISOS 993 2 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL 9X9 dov EIN 89 L6 NVUOS v9 I 993 ZHIN 007 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL UIN 9X9 dov 89 16 NVUOS v9 dS 0 993 ZHW 096 LN SMOPUIM XZE JOMO lulu 9X9 dOV 89 79 v9 2 Sio S s eg 105592014 6889 ed 9 jo 1 ebeg ez elqel IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 494 00 Old GE pesn aq snw y pesn jou ugo 1ejdepe uondo Z 3013 0 9 gezy EISA10 OIPNY NYT uo
19. ON 10sseooud 993 21 QA 219 105590014 uo japon ees lequinu 152 104 2 Q e x gr u Y N 821 0 ZHIN 00 SOJON Wou do 51016 6 108592014 IPON G9Z9 00 Od 9 AGEL IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 448 16 X06 X68 X88 10 G eDed uo 16 X06 X68 X88 SI PON 2 29 ed e1eueo ees peo 001 01 ue X L6 X68 X88 51 pieoq uiejs s uo XZ X94 SIepoiw XININ JO SIOSSIDOJA OYMI 21 EA 952 e eu 51055200 4 eDed uo uopeinbijuo9 jepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny uedo sejnpouu palapjos INVHOGS WL eDed uo japo ees japow 152 104 JON Y N IL S9JON S6 SMOPUIM V N e
20. X18 XOZ X89 XZ9 XIE 82 SIOPOIN Z XININ 10 51055902014 21 EM 992 51055902014 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 om Alowaw p Aued UoN NVEOS WWI spy uo japo ees 152 104 2 u JON L SOJON LN SMOPUIM XEN 9 9 Sno 89 2 AIN XININ ZHIN 003 9 96 91 9 SNUIO 89 ce XININ ZHIN 002 x99 LN SMOPUIM 2 975 sao 99 ZHIN 002 9 S6 V N vXv 9vvS Sno 89 2 ce ZHIN 002 V N V N 9 snum V N ze ZHIN 002 feg uedo 29 V N V N apps SNUIO V N gn 91 XINW ZHW 991 uedo xgs S6 SMOPUIM V N SNUIO 89 ZI AN 9 ZHIN S6 SMOPUIM XEN 9 9 89 2 XINW ZHW 991 96 SMODUIM VIN 89 Z1 AN 9 ZHIN 99L x8v V N V N apps
21. ees 158 104 2 u pepnjour JON Y N L S9JON S6 SMOPUIM V N vXv 42014 Les 3013 89 ZHIN 007 LN XEN XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 092 Xvc S6 SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIUL ES 3013 89 INVUOS 26 ZHIN 00 96 SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 99 ZHW 00 LN SMOPUIM V N CEOIUL ES 3013 89 27 INVUOS 26 ZHIN 992 96 SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 99 NVUOS ZHW 992 esueo 2 60 CEOIHL ES ISOS 89 Sp NVUOS ZHIN 00 X94 S6 SMOPUIM V N vxXv Qqeoia Les 3013 89 NVUOS ze ZHW 086 LN SMOPUIM VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 NVUOS ZHIN XEL S6 SMOPUIM V N 2018 Les 3013 89 NVUOS ZHW LN XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 v9 ZHIN 666 2 s o s s eg 105592014 2989 801 00 Od 10 1 61 24 1 483 Reference Information uo sejqe ajou ay aes pezuouiny 9 001 01 WVHA AN seine 9 pyeoq ujejs
22. 003 keyboards with a detachable cable replace the cable If the problem remains or if the cable is permanently attached to the keyboard replace the keyboard If the problem remains replace the system board Printer 1 Make sure the printer is properly connected and powered on 2 Run the printer self test If the printer self test does not run correctly the problem is in the printer Refer to the printer service manual If the printer self test runs correctly install a wrap plug in the parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determine which FRU failed If the diagnostic tests with the wrap plug installed do not detect a failure replace the printer cable If that does not correct the problem replace the system board or adapter connected to the printer cable Service Information 27 Power Supply If the power on indicator is not on the power supply fan is not running or the computer will not power off do the following Check Verify FRU Action 1 Verify that the Correct the voltage selector switch voltage selector switch is set for the correct setting voltage 2 Check the following for Reseat proper installation Power Cord e On Off Switch connector e On Off Switch Power Supply connector e System Board Power Supply connectors e microprocessor s connection 3 Check the power cord Power Cord for proper continuity 4 Check the power on
23. 16 MB with OS 2 Warp Connect Full Pack 32 MB with OS 2 Warp Connect Full Pack 16 MB with DOS Windows 8 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and Windows 4 16 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and Windows 16 MB 32 MB with Windows 95 or DOS and Windows X 32 MB M Memory and Preloaded Software 700 Series Type 68X7 Only Memory and Preload Software U S only 16 MB EDO Ready to Configure 16 MB Parity Ready to Configure 32 MB Parity Ready to Configure 16 MB EDO SelectaSystem Preload 32 MB EDO SelectaSystem Preload 16 MB Parity SelectaSystem Preload 32 MB Parity SelectaSystem Preload 16 MB EDO Windows 95 32 MB EDO Windows 95 16 MB Parity Windows 95 141 2 32 MB Windows 95 M Memory and Preloaded Software 700 Series All Other Types Memory and Preload Software U S only 8 MB Open Bay System 8 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows Reference Information 443 Memory and Preload Software U S only 8 MB with OS 2 16 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows 16 MB with OS 2 16 MB with SelectaSystem High Video 16 MB with OS 2 High Video z zcirj o z 444 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Country Language Model Configuration Use this table to identify the country language of the specific Models that are listed in
24. ISOS 99 5 Oda 831 219 2 002 XLI ae 993 LN SMOPUIM 4 9 1 ISOS BIN 99 Sy 003 82 ZHIN 003 ae LN SMOPUIM 9 JMOL 7X9 esuaju ISOS BIN 99 9 993 v9 ZHIN 002 xp LN SMOPUIM 7X9 ISOS 99 5 993 003 aN v9 ZHW 002 LN xe 9 JOMO 7X9 ISOS 89 993 ze ZHIN 003 XOL 2 Sio S s eg 105592014 6689 ed 792 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 504 Miscellaneous Information Acronyms Abbreviations and Terms Term Information ACPA A Audio Capture and Playback Adapter ADP Automatic Data Processing AGP Advanced Graphics Port Alt Alternate ANSI American National Standards Institute ARTIC A Real Time Interface Coprocessor ASCII American National Standard Code for Interface Interchange AT Advanced Technology as in AT Bus AVC Audio Video Connection BIOS Basic Input Output System Controls System Resources bps Bits Per Second BPS Bytes Per Second CCITT The International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee CCS Common Command Set CCSB Common Complete Status Block CCSB Configuration Control Sub Board CD Compact
25. SSS 539 HA CIS MESSIA MASA ZOE SSO UO SAS MZAHA SAS SAS PS FRCL uo AS 2180 LEO ROD Hol Ce FOB REB OSS FILA SUHU Sal SAA YES FINO 100 212 018 Oe 2 2 9 3 S amp S SUHU SHSA S amp S SIMO 2201 rer HE CIS A FO CD ROM E 21018 amp XISIOI SI Oel FS YA OZ CD ROM MO Es DX ASA ABS SAS 20 US CD ROM MAGA ABS AOH BHAHS0 SS USUCI CD ROM 21012 WOE YU E UE ASUC CD ROM 802 grs MAGA S amp S IAA 182 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 2 CD ROM UA 4104 23 22 0015 01 SH ASU OS NZS BIalolelA 2 SH FAFSO aU SAS FAHU SS WAS ACPA BEER oD 240 LSAT BEER 32kg 70 5 jg 55kg 121 2 HE WE SO SANNO 10 gt AS Y SA HOISTHE USE Are AAC Y PI QE AAA 521 956 SHS 52 Ad ase AM SN AAS BONA Reference Information 183 A PELIGRO Para evitar una posible descarga el ctrica no conecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve cabo ninguna operaci n de instalaci n de mantenimiento o de reconfiguraci n de este producto durante una tormenta el ctrica Para evitar una posible descarga
26. System Board Ethernet SW1 6 Disable Disable On Enable Off D Privilege Access Password PAP Switch SW1 7 PAP SW1 7 Disable Off D Enable On Diskette Write Access Switch SW1 8 Diskette Access SW1 8 Write Enabled Off D Write Protected On Reference Information 369 PC 300 Type 6588 Pentium Il 233 266 MHz System Board Note The PC 300 Type 6588 system board and system board jumper settings are the same as the IntelliStation Type 6888 See IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium 266 300 MHz System Board on page 410 for system board locations and jumper settings BB 8 Boo 370 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 657 658X 80486 System Board B A E B B E 7 unnn 204
27. ees 152 104 z u pepnjour JON Y N L SOJON 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9 9 9 3013 89 003 ZHIN 00 rez 0 LN SMOPUIM 9 9 3013 89 Oda 26 ZHW 222 rel 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9 9 9 3013 89 003 ZHIN 993 ri 0 LN SMOPUIM 9 9 eA S ISOS 80 Oda ze ZHW 992 XI9 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9 9 9 NES 3013 89 003 ZHIN 00 XES 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 8859 d L 00 Od 10 GL 477 Reference Information Opp eDed uo Od 51055902014 G ay 1e quiessy pezuouiny u do p OQ3 spy uo ees 152 104 Z ur S9JON V N V N SXS S V N Oda 26 ZHIN 002 V N V N XS es V N oaa ze ZHN 081 uedo XLI LN SMOPUIM 9 x9 ISOS 80 2 993 003 26 ZHW 002 LN x8 9 9 55 89 9 003 ZH
28. 001 01 5 74 ayoed ZIG 5105599010 v eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny Spp abed uo japon p 152 104 72 pepnjoul JON Y N 10 0022 Il 1505 993 ZHIN 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMO 9X9 dov BIN 89 9 NVUOS 831 0022 ISOS 993 ZHIN 007 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL 9X9 49 89 5 NVUOS 821 Il Xvc Jajdepe soiudej6 ssejajul 223 ZHIN 00p V N XEN XZE JOMOL 9X9 Y N N MISOS NVUOS v9 I uedo Jajdepe soiudej6 eoejojut 223 ZHW OSE V N XZE JOMOL 9X9 uedo N M ISOS NVUOS v9 uedo INOH d2 s o s s eg soiydesy 105592014 6889 ed 9 jo ebeg ez AGEL 495 Reference Information Old GE eui pesn eq jou ueo Ja depe uondo eu Z
29. Fan Removal 6892 Computer Exploded View Type 6893 Input Output Connectors 6893 Cover Removal 6893 System Board Removal Type 6893 System Board Installation Type 6893 Drive Cage Service 6893 Computer Exploded View Type 6898 Input Output Connectors 6898 Side Cover Removal Type 6898 Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6898 Cage Removal 6898 Computer Exploded View Type 6899 Keylock Assembly Exploded View Desktop Models System Board Layouts PC 300 Type 6272 6282 6284 Pentium 133 233 MHz System Board PC 300 Type 6272 6282 6284 Pentium 133 233 MHz System Board Locations 300 6272 6282 6284 Pentium 133 233 MHz Switch Jumper Settings TEN PC 300 Series Type 6265 6275 6285 Pentium 11 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board PC 300 Series Type 6265 6275 6285 Pentium 11 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board Locations di daa ie vx ata PC 300 Series Type 6265 6275 6285 Pentium Il 300 333 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings PC 300 Series Type 6561 6591 Pentium 233 266 333 MHz System Board PC 300 Series Type 6561 6591 Pentium 233 266 333 MHz System Board Locations 158 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 334 335 336 336 337 337 337 338 339 340 340 341 342 343
30. uopeinbijuo9 jepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny uedo palapjos INVHOGS Howa WL Spp eDed uo japon ees 152 104 JON Y N H S9JON 96 SMOPUIM V N ext gN 2 9rrS sao 89 ze 662 96 SMODUIM 9 gN 2 975 snum 301 89 27 XINW ZHW xed 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 2129 00 Od 2 10 Z ejqe IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 450 Opp eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pazuoyiny u do 4ejdepe pue SISpo 79 pJeoq ay uo VEA EN 65 Slyder 76 821 peieis ssajun 140sseooid _ 2 RIU v 993 BUI 27187 219 q Unnuag 105599014 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104
31. 108S9901d 829 1 00 Od 01 91881 461 Reference Information uo uoneinbijuo9 JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 79 uiejs s uo VEA 2 L ES 01 76 AIM 821 peieis ssajun ayoeg ON 10sseooud 019180 110 y 993 21 ZLS UUM gunnued 76 uo japon ees 152 104 72 ur JON I S9JON V N VIN 9X9 aeolul es V N EN ZHIN 00 uedo 821 V N V N 9x9 CEOIYL ES VIN NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHIN 666 XIZ 821 V N V N 9x9 qeoiad Les V N NVUOS uoJeje ZHIN 666 821 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHI 821 86 SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 e NVUOS ZH 666 821 V N V N 9x9 Les V N NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHIN 006 XLL 821 V N V N 9x9 CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS 9 006 uedo 2 sjo s s eg 105592014 5
32. 429 300 Type 6562 PCVISA 429 330 Type 6571 ISAVESA 429 330 Type 6573 PCI ISA 429 330 Type 6575 PCVISA 430 330 Type 6576 PCVISA 430 330 Type 6577 ISA PCI 430 350 6581 ISA VESA 430 350 6583 PCIISA 431 350 6585 5 431 350 6586 PCIISA 431 350 Type 6587 ISA PCI 432 300 Type 6588 ISA PCI 432 365 6589 ISA PCI 433 300 6591 ISA PCI 433 300 Type 6592 ISA PCI 434 300 Type 6862 ISA PCI 434 730 6875 PCVISA 434 730 Type 6876 Channel 434 730 6877 ISA PCI 435 750 6885 ISA PCI 435 750 6886 Channel 435 750 6887 ISA PCI 435 IntelliStation Type 6888 ISA PCI 436 300 Type 6892 ISA PCI 436 IntelliStation Type 6893 ISA PCI 437 IntelliStation Type 6899 ISA PCI 437 Type Model Number Conversion 438 Country Language Model Configuration 445 Type Model Configuration Tables 446 Reference Information 161 Miscellaneous Information 505 Send Us Your C
33. E ER la ao gt EJ a Gy E 19 E EJ A A M Reference Information 401 IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Xeon 400 MHz System Board Locations J3J1 Fan connector rear panel J4J1 Clear CMOS jumper EJ 4 2 Administration jumper Secondary microprocessor socket Primary microprocessor socket Secondary microprocessor fansink connector Primary microprocessor fansink connector DIMM connectors Bank 3 2 1 0 Power connectors dual 20 pin Auxiliary Power connector Voltage Regulator Module for secondary processor Diskette drive connector Fan connector upper front 1261 Boot Block jumper Front Panel LED connector SCSI LED connector Battery Tamper detect switch connector Fan connector lower front Speaker connector Wake On LAN connector RFID antenna connector Secondary IDE connector Wake On Modem connector Primary IDE connector Shared ISA PCI connectors PCI slot connectors CDROM audio connector AGP slot connector MIDI connector J2G1 Ethernet Power jumper Microphone connector Audio line In Out connectors RJ 45 Ethernet connector Parallel Serial 1 Serial 2 connectors USB 1 USB 2 connectors Keyboard Mouse connectors Geco coson 402 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Il Xeon 400 MHz Jumper Settings The following
34. Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Weight 17 3 kg 38 pounds 64 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Maximum as shipped 306 BTU 90 watts 65 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Maximum as shipped 0 70 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 46 dB operating 42 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 36 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 5 bels operating 5 1 bels idle 64 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 65 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 330 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 66 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM
35. 472 21 219 105592014 Z peojeud 79 Opp uo uoneinbijuo9 JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 y 5 y 993 10 OQ3 e spy uo ees 152 104 2 ui JON L S910N a 96 SMODUIM VIN 3013 89 003 ze ZHW 002 X9 a 96 SMODUIM VIN SUBOLINH 3013 89 8 003 ze ZHW 002 6 96 SMOPUIM XEN 3013 89 ZHW 991 XZE a LN SMOPUIM V N vXV 3013 99 sc dN 003 26 ZHIN 662 0 a LN SMOPUIM XEN Xvc vXV 3013 99 dN 003 26 ZHW 002 a 96 SMOPUIM V N 3013 89 92 91 ZHIN 991 INOH d2 Sjo S s eg 10SS9901d 2999 00 Od JO 1 94 1 473 Reference Information
36. 81 Replacing a Processor 81 Replacing a Video Cache Module 82 Replacing a System Board 83 6272 Parts 86 6265 6275 Parts 89 6282 6284 Parts 91 6285 Parts 94 Type 6X7X Parts 96 6X8X Parts 97 6560 Parts 107 Type 6561 Parts 110 6562 Parts 112 6588 6888 Parts 114 Type 6591 Parts 117 6592 Pars 120 6598 Parts 122 6862 Parts 124 6865 Parts 126 Type 6888 Parts 129 6889 Parts 130 6892 Parts 133 Type 6893 Pars 136 6898 Parts 138 Type 6899 Pars 141 Common Parts 143 Special Tools 152 Reference Information 153 Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations 2 163 Safety Information 187 Product Description 192 Specifications Type 6272 195 Specifications Type 6265 6275 196 Specifications Type 6282 6284 197 Copyright IBM Corp 1996 1997 1998 Specifications Type 6285 Specifications Type 6X7X Spec
37. electrical accident occurs Use caution do not become a victim yourself Switch off power Send another person to get medical aid e Asset ID allows the computer to be scanned by various radio frequency emitting devices supplied by independent companies Asset ID is intended for use only with radio frequency equipment that meets ANSI IEEE C95 1 1992 RF Radiation Limits Safety Inspection Guide The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products Each machine as it was designed and built had required safety items installed to protect users and service personnel from injury This guide addresses only those items However good judgment should be used to identify potential safety hazards due to attachment of non IBM features or options not covered by this inspection guide If any unsafe conditions are present you must determine how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether you can continue without first correcting the problem Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they present Electrical hazards especially primary power primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock Reference Information 189 Explosive hazards such as damaged CRT face or bulging capacitor Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a checklist Begin the c
38. pesn jou ugo 1ejdepe uondo eu 3013 WOY dO gezy 1215 10 NYT uo exea 001 01 Salmjea piepuels ayoed ZIG sJosseooid eDed uoneinbijuo9 jepojN ed ajou ay ses 1e quiessy pezuouiny Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 u JON L 5910 Jajdepe soiudej6 V N xe XZE 9X9 uedo v N ISOS V N V N Keg xos eoepelult Soludeuc 1505 993 ZHIN 09 VIN XZE J8MO IU 9X9 Y N JO 3013 5 821 Il uedo JojeJo ooov 00 000 01 1505 pe1eisibeu 993 ZHN 09 0 LN XZE 9X9 19d eN 89 L6 952 xov 8 0025 000 01 1505 993 ZHIN 09 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JMO JUN 9X9 89 16 EN 952 xsv 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 105592014
39. 001 01 NVEA SIN seinjee 5 9 ujejs s ay GEOIHL ES solde se paes 203 94V 21 215 q uinyuad 1055900 e Sy uo japon ees p 104 72 u JON Y N H S9JON V N V N 1 V N NVUOS v9 ZHW 00 V N V N 65 V N NVUOS v9 ZHW 092 uedo V N V N 42018 Les V N INVUOS 26 ZHIN 00 V N V N CEOIYL ES VIN NVUOS ZHW 992 uedo 28 V N 1 VIN INVUOS 26 ZHIN LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE vXv 2018 Les 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 05 5 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIYL ES 3013 89 v 9 993 AW 26 ZHW 096 NVUOS 96 SMOPUIM XEN XZE Les 3013 89 79 993 AW 26 ZHW 056 vr Jejdepe LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 2 097 xev INOH d2 Sjo S s eg 10SS9901d 2989 d L 00 Od 10 61 24 1 485 Reference Information uo apojy edAL ay ass
40. 243 Command Line Options 244 Viewing the Test Groups 244 Scripting mus Ae 245 Changing Logical Unit Numbers 245 Test Group Specifications 245 Starting the Diagnostics Diskette 245 Module Testing Mode 246 Running Selected Module Tests 246 Running All Selected Modules 246 Changing Selected Tests in Test Groups 246 Running an Individual Test 247 Stopping the Tests 247 Setup Utility _ 248 Adapter Configuration 248 Plug and Play Adapters 248 Legacy Adapters 249 Formatting Diskettes 249 Hard Disk Drive Boot Error 249 When To Use the Low Level Format Program 250 Preparing the Hard Disk Drive for Use Pinos 200 154 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM File Editor up ete aa 251 File Edit Function Keys 251 Diagnostics Control Keys 252 Power Management 254 Automatic Configuration and Power Interface ACPI BIOS Mode 254 Advanced Power Management 254 Automatic Hardware Power Management Features 254 Setting Automatic Hardware Power Management Features 255 Automatic Power On Features 255 Rapid Resume Manager 256 Rapid Resume 256 Running Rapid Resume Manag
41. fel AE FB aa ARAGAO RED A MANR I FERRNA ith I rp BER ES IT AT V te t A E BEER PUE hd rh DE SES ts irai aad ZR ABN MAT UE BEL Die fa fE 1 AMIA VERS 1 6 2 HBS the EE 2 T A Ard RR 3 a 4 4 Witte 5 TZ amp 2 ETEN NN IBM 33F8354 HPA HEFEI EAE 30 TETTE HIA SUR Re Ra AE uH HUE FE HALA 100 C ERIRE AM 3 A 212 IV PIDE JE FB A TALA ECL CD ROM 2525 ERR UN AR E ATH o WWE EAS CD ROM Ska 55 OA AIA CD ROM YX ads A BET wp PASSER F CD ROM Sas BENGE a 170 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM LIE 6 CD ROM aaeh aAA ER KR 3B TER HARIRA EROE SIOE VA AEH GANO TINE SEES 5 32 kg 70 5 55 kg 121 2 1
42. 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 1969 d L 00 Od 9 Jo el 471 Reference Information ON 10ss 901d 0019190 Jeu 8 993 83 219 10 99925 ge ZLS Z peojaid AjUO ayap esueor 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels v 993 10 Aued UoN Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 u pepnjour JON Y N SOJON VIAS V N V N vxv S97S 51119 dov V N dN 8N v9 ZHIN VIAS LN SMOPUIM XZE S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 993 26 ZHIN 00 VIAS 0 96 SMOPUIM XZE S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 993 26 ZHW 00 99 VOAS LN SMOPUIM V N soys 51119 dov 3013 99 dN ZHIN 00 VOAS 96 SMOPUIM VIN vXV dOW 3013 89 dN ze ZHIN 00 XES 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 105592014 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 1969 d L 00 Od 9 Jo 9 el ejqel
43. MOL 993 ZHIN 05 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE ZXZ ISOS 2 89 L6 5 952 NO3X 10 076 uS 0029 993 ZHI 0Sp NO3X 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL ZXZ ISOS 2 89 L6 NVUOS 952 xec 10 0 6 US 0029 MOL 993 ZHIN 05 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL ZXZ ISOS 2 89 L6 5 952 NO3X 10 0 2 US 0029 Xone 993 ZHIN 05 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 7X7 ISOS 2 80 97 NVUOS 821 NO3X INOH d2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 989 1 6 Jo ebeg 12 elqel 491 Reference Information OOVE Old GE eui pesn eq y euoje pesn aq jou ueo Ja depe Old qe esueiu 10 Ja depe uondo 7 eoepelu JAIJ WOH GO 79 peigeue 526 swejs s NYT uo exeM 001 01 9 203 215 siosseoold NO3X I p Opp eDed uo uoneinbijuo9
44. USB 2 Mouse Serial 2 Yellow Green LED e t ete 8 ere ONEN d OI 7 A y inr Mic Ethernet USB 1 Monitor Line In Parallel Serial 1 Line Out Keyboard Cover Removal Type 6862 II pg Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover System Board Removal Type 6862 System Board JT U Lo _ A Ez 2 Tab Latch Tab Lit Pull Here Here 330 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board Installation Type 6862 System Board 1 Reference Information 331 Computer Exploded View Type 6865 Input Output connectors and removal procedures for the cover bezels drive cage adapter cards support bar air baffle and terminator card are on the following pages 332 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Input Output Connectors 6865 Mouse USB 1 Serial 1 Serial 2 RJ45 Ethernet Audio Line Out Microphone Slot 1 AGP Keyboard lol USB 2 Parallel Audio Line In Slot 2 PCI Monitor Slot 3 PCI Slot 4 PCI SCSI Slot 5 PCI
45. pue Boj ay ui seuque smoys 10119 uiejs s ejdsig seDueuo pue sajepdn 5 5 ejdsig 5 IN SON sonsoubeip uondo Aq suondo jauueyo eui 1594 10 pieoq 1 eseq eui 1521 0 1591 euorndo yey ayexsip e pue salido ayeysip uondo ue uo uo MEM qpuelg e eunseu pidey Buimo joj y 10 ay 0 sBumes uieis s 195 ale juawabeuew Jamod JE ILUIS J 910N SoJnjeo 196 uonduosag 25 Service Information Module Test Menu and Hardware Configuration Report Depending on the diagnostics version level you are using the installed devices in the computer are verified in one of two ways jT At the start of the diagnostic tests the Module Test Menu is displayed Normally all installed devices in the computer are highlighted on the menu At the start of the diagnostic tests the main menu appears From this menu select System Info then select Hardware Configuration from t
46. BYRD YA ZLS g unnueg 10859004 uo japon ees 152 104 ai ow u JON Y N H SOJON 1 000 LO4d 993 0 LN xe 9 dopiseg SXS de esueiu ISOS 99 003 82 ZHIN 00 nee V N dopjsag SXS VIN VIN 993 ZHIN 992 uedo x8z 1 000 04d 993 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN dopised SXS de esueiu ISOS BRIN 80 6 Oda 831 2 992 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9 dopiseg SXS ISOS dO 993 v9 ZHIN 993 xec INOH d2 s10 S sAeg 10SS9901d 8889 ed 91481 493 Reference Information Old GE eui pesn eq jou ueo Ja depe uondo eu Z 3013 0 9 gezy 1215 10 NYT uo 001 01 Sesnyeey 5 74 euoeo 215 5105592010 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny Spp eDed uo japon
47. PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board 4 System Board 4 y Lift E Ee Here Tab Pull Lifi Hark Here Reference Information 293 System Board Installation 6265 6275 System Board mi IT F amp x AN Here N Hole GIL Tab PSS Tab Drive Cage Service Type 6265 6275 00000000 1000000 gt SS le YE 100000009 NL 00000000 TE 0005 294 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View 6282 6284 Reference Information 295 Computer Exploded View Type 6285 Input output connectors and removal procedures for the cover system board and hard disk drive cage are on the following pages 296 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Input Output Connectors Type 6285 Parallel a USB 1 USB 2 Lee Serial 13 Serial 2 Keyboard E Mouse Monitor 9 olo 0000 000000000000 A Reference Information 297 Removal 6285 Do not Attention entio lift handle cover too high or t
48. VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 ZHIN 666 V N V N 2018 Les V N NVUOS ZHIN 86 SMODUIM CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHIN XZE S6 SMODUIM XEN XZE 42014 Les 3013 89 INVUOS 26 ZHIN 00 X9E LN SMOPUIM VIN Les 3013 89 e NVUOS ZHIN 00 S6 SMODUIM V N 42018 Les 3013 89 INVUOS 26 ZHIN 00 V N V N CEOIYL ES VIN NVUOS ZHIN 00 uedo 821 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIYL ES 3013 89 e NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHIN Xec 821 LN SMOPUIM XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 666 INOH d2 Sjo S s eg 10SS9901d 929 00 Od 9 10 8 elqel 453 Reference Information Opp eDed uo ajou ay ass Jajquiassy pezuouiny u do oipny pue SISpo 79 pJeoq ay uo VEA 65 soludej gy 821 peieis ssajun ON 1055 001 2 v 993 21 JA 219 UUM E Spp eDed uo uo
49. 6889 ed 9 jo ez IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 498 OOPE Old GE 94 pesn aq 18 y suoje pesn jou ueo 1ejdepe uondo eu SOB HOU 3013 10 00 gezy e1s 19 oIpny NYT uo 001 01 prepueis ayoed 219 e eu 5105580019 eDed uo jepojN ed ajou 1e quiessy pezuouiny uedo Spp eDed uo japon gt ees 158 104 JON Y N L S9 0N 0022 swwid I ISOS 821 2 993 ZHIN 007 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 49 9PIM 89 16 INVHGS 952 06 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 6889 ed 9 jo 9 ez 499 Reference Information eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny 79 gezy 1215 10 NYT uo 001 01 senieej
50. El cable de alimentaci n debe conectarse a un recept culo con una instalaci n el ctrica correcta y con toma de tierra Los aparatos a los que se conecte este producto tambi n deben estar conectados a recept culos con la debida instalaci n el ctrica Cuando sea posible utilice una sola mano para conectar o desconectar los cables de se al a fin de evitar una posible descarga al tocar dos superficies con distinto potencial el ctrico La corriente el ctrica de los cables de comunicaciones tel fono y alimentaci n puede resultar peligrosa Para evitar una posible descarga siga las indicaciones de conexi n y desconexi n de los cables siempre que tenga que instalar mover o abrir las cubiertas de este producto o de los dispositivos acoplados Instrucciones de conexi n Instrucciones de 1 Apague todos los desconexi n componentes OFF 1 Encienda todos los 2 En primer lugar componentes ON conecte todos los 2 En primer lugar retire cables a los los cables de dispositivos alimentaci n de las 3 Conecte los cables de tomas se al a los 3 Retire los cables de recept culos se al de los 4 Conecte los cables de recept culos alimentaci n a las 4 Retire todos los cables tomas de los dispositivos 5 Encienda el dispositivo ON 184 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A percauci n Al cambiar la bater a utilice nicamente la bater a IBM N mero de pieza 33
51. Nonsystem disk or disk error type message with a known good diagnostic diskette Diskette Drive 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable Other display symptoms not See Display on listed above including blank page 31 or illegible display 2 System Board 3 Display Power on indicator or hard 1 Power Supply disk drive in use light 2 System Board not on but computer 3 LED Cables works correctly Printer problems 1 See Printer on page 27 Program loads from the hard disk with a known good diagnostics diskette in the first 3 5 inch diskette drive Run Setup Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable System Board Power Supply BAN RPL computer cannot access programs from its own hard disk If network admin is using LCCM Hybrid RPL check startup sequence First device network Second device hard disk 2 Hard disk drive RPL computer does not RPL from server 1 Check startup sequence 2 Check the Network Adapter LED Status on page 11 Serial or parallel port device failure system board port External Device Self Test OK External Device Cable System Board PON Serial or parallel port device failure adapter port External Device Self Test OK External Device Cable Alternate Adapter System Board Riser Card gusce Service Information 79 Message Symptom FRU Action So
52. SA5 On other side Shared Slot 3 Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 A AARON 00000 Reference Information 435 IntelliStation Type 6888 ISA PCI On other side Shared P Slot 3 Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 DURO ADA DUDA ADO ANO ALDO OO Same as PC 300 Type 6588 riser card PC 300 Type 6892 ISA PCI Power Diskette 3 Drive Dis ISA Fan A 1 am win Fan B ISA T 1 2 Fan Alert on LAN Wake LAN Asset ID e i Antenna Rudio Y B mL Chassis Intrusion mum a N nsum n Detector 4 7 laa 340 Pin Primary LED Internal Connector IDE Panel Speaker Secondary SCSI Modem IDE Hard Disk Wakeup LED Note The Front Fan and Disk Fan A connectors are thermally controlled These fans can run at high or low speed or can be turned off depending on the ambient air temperature Disk Fan B connector is not thermally controlled The fan connected to Disk Fan B should be running when the computer is powered on 436 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6893 ISA PCI SCSI Hard Drive LED Asset ID Connector Secondary IDE
53. Specifications Type 6X7X Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 7 in Height 130 mm 5 1 in Width 360 mm 14 2 in Weight Minimum 8 6 kg 19 0 Ib Maximum 10 4 kg 23 0 16 16 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 685 BTU 200 watts 17 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 125 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 30 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 43 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 40 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 0 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 16 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 17 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 18 For additional infor
54. XINW ZHW 002 esueor 2 50 VIN SNUID 89 sz 91 ZHN 991 96 9 vXV 2 975 snum 89 2 ZHIN 003 X0Z S6 SMOPUIM V N gN 2 9rrS SNUID 89 an 91 991 X69 96 VIN vXV gN 2 oyps SNUID 99 an 9 ZHIN 002 X89 2 s10 S sAeg 105592014 2829 00 Od 10 6 ejqe 459 Reference Information LUS SAS uo X18 X LZ XOZ X89 XZ9 XS XIE X8Z SIOPOIN Z XININ JO 51055900 4 SUOLI 21 EN 962 e eu SIOSSIDOJA 79 Opp eDed uo uoneinbijuo9 JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 om p INNI spy uo ees p 152 104 2 ui JON 5 96 SMOPUIM X9L vXV gN 9 SNUID 89 ce XININ ZHIN 662 XL9 96 V N 9775 Sno 89 2 gn 91 XININ ZHIN
55. v9 ZHIN 096 xeg VIN VIN 9x9 CEOIHL ES VIN NVHOS EN 26 ZHIN 00 uedo x18 V N VIN 9X9 aeolul es V N EN ZHIN 992 uedo V N V N 9x9 Les V N NVUOS ZHW X64 993 86 SMODUIM XEN XZE 9X9 1 65 3013 99 79 NVUOS v9 2 09 mas 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 1055920 2689 801 00 Od 10 02 eiqe IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 490 GE eui pesn eq 3 euoje pasn aq jou Ja depe OOPS GE esuaju 10 1 uondo eu 7 eoepelu JAIJ WOH GO 79 peigeue 1505 suajs s e1s 19 NYT 001 01 75 203 219 siosseooid NO3X py Opp eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pazuoyiny Sy uo japon ees 152 104 72 pepnjoul JON Y N L OOVE 044 GE 10 0 6 us esueju
56. 65 Slyder 76 821 peieis ssajun 140sseooid uoJ9Jo2 v 993 2187 219 UUM Il 10559004 76 spy uo japo ees 152 104 2 pepnjour JON SOJON 86 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 2 097 XEL V N V N vxv 42018 Les V N 79 ZHIN 09 uedo 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIYL ES 3013 89 e NVUOS ZHIN 00 X69 86 SMODUIM VIN 42018 Les 3013 89 v 9 INVUOS v9 ZHW 00 x89 86 SMOPUIM VIN CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHW 00 9 LN SMOPUIM VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS 79 2 00 99 LN SMOPUIM VIN CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS 26 ZHIN 007 9 S6 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 2 00 9 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE 65 3013 8926 NVUOS ZHW 096 m9 V N V N CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS v9 ZHIN 007 uedo 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 9 29 00 Od 9 JO G 8 eiqe 455 Reference Information 9yy eDed uo jepojN ed ajou ay 5 pezuouiny uedo
57. 821 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHI 666 9 821 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE 1 3013 89 22 u019 99 ZHI 666 821 86 SMOPUIM VIN 65 3013 8926 NVUOS v9 uoJeje ZHI 666 Xvc 821 LN SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS uoJeje ZH 821 86 SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 89 e NVUOS uoJeje ZHIN 81 VIN VIN CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS 79 EEE uedo XIZ NOY 09 Sio S s eg 105592014 929 00 Od 9 10 8 elqel IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 452 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny Z pue 79 pJeoq wejsAs ay uo WWHA CEOIYL ES 76 gy 821 pas ON 140sseooid v 993 QUEI 2187 219 UUM 10559004 76 Spp eDed uo japoyy ees 152 104 2 pepnjour JON Y N L SOJON 96
58. Reference Information 179 A ATTENZIONE Quando si sostituisce la batteria utilizzare solo una batteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipo equivalente consigliate dal produttore Se il sistema di cui si dispone provvisto di un modulo contenente una batteria al litio sostituire tale batteria solo con un tipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore La batteria contiene litio e pu esplodere se utilizzata maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente Evitare di Gettarla o immergerla in acqua Riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100 e Cercare di ripararla o Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore D Lgs 22 del 5 2 97 e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali AN ATTENZIONE Quando installata un unit CD ROM notare quanto segue L utilizzo di controlli regolazioni o l esecuzione di procedure non descritti nel presente manuale possono provocare l esposizione a radiazioni pericolose L apertura di un unit CD ROM pu determinare l esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose All interno dell unit CD ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuare l assistenza tecnica Non rimuovere i coperchi dell unit CD ROM PERICOLO Alcune unit CD ROM contengono all interno un diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B Prestare attenzione a quanto segue Aprendo l unit vengono emesse radiazioni laser Non fissare il fascio non guardarlo direttamente con strumenti ottici ed ev
59. System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 245 BTU 70 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 8 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 37 dB operating 34 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 9 bels operating 4 5 bels idle 7 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 8 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 9 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 196 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6282 6284 Feature Description Size Depth 420 mm 16 5 in Height 110 mm 4 3 in Width 440 mm 17 3 in Weight Minimum 9 07 kg 20 0 Ib Maxim
60. System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 53 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 38 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 37 dB operating 33 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 3 bels operating 4 9 bels idle 52 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 53 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 54 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 211 Specifications Type 6889 Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Maximum as shipped Weight 17 3 kg 38 pounds 55 Environment Air temperature
61. The settings shown in Figure 1 apply to most computer configurations ISA Mode Operations Parameters The following provides the possible values for ISA mode operation parameters that you can select according to your system configuration e Input Output I O Base Address this is used by the computer to identify and communicate with each individual adapter Reference Information 267 268 Table 1 VO Base Address ISA Mode Switch Positions Base Address 123 000 86A0 100 96A0 010 110 B6A0 001 C6A0 101 D6A0 011 111 F6A0 Remote Program Loading RPL capability this allows you to enable or disable the RPL memory Table 2 RPL Memory Enable ISA Mode Switch Position 4 0 RPL Memory Disabled not using the RPL feature 1 Enabled Interrupt Level also called Interrupt Request Level IRQ this establishes the priority by which the adapter can interrupt the computer the lowest value is given the highest priority Table 3 Interrupt Level IRQ ISA Mode Wireless LAN adapter Switch Positions Interrupt Level 56 00 9 10 10 01 11 11 15 m Important The IBM Wireless LAN adapter does not support interrupt level sharing Therefore make sure that no other adapter in your computer uses the same interrupt level If necessary change the interrupt level of the IBM If you want to use i
62. Type 6 7 Parts IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 96 Type 6 8 Parts 4 a 97 Service Information Parts Listing Index 1 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Cover Top Cover 3x3 with Labels 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6876 6877 Top Cover 5x5 with Labels 6581 6583 6585 6586 6587 Top Cover 5x5 with Labels 6587 6589 6885 6886 6887 Logo Kit Diskette Drive and Cable 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Only Short Button 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Only Long Button 3 5 Inch 2 88 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch Auto Eject Diskette Drive Non EMEA 6875 6876 6885 6886 Diskette Drive Cable Diskette Drive Cable 6577 6587 5 25 Inch 1 2 MB Diskette Drive 5 25 Inch Diskette Drive Bracket 6587 6589 6887 Hard Disk Drive and Cable 170 MB3 IDE Hard Disk Drive 270 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6571 6573 6581 6583 270 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6575 6585 6875 6876 6885 6886 364 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 540 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 540 MB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 635 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 728 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 850 MB IDE Hard Disk Drive 1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 1 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 1 2 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 1 6 GB IDE Hard Disk 6577 6587 6589 1 6 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6877 6887 2 0 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 6877 6887 2 2 GB SCSI Hard Disk
63. 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 22 23 24 25 118 System Type 6591 Handle and Cap Assembly Top Cover Assembly CD ROM Drive 32X CD ROM Drive 32X Models 74J 75 76X Audio Cable CD ROM IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop 2 1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 3 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6 4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Cable EIDE Miscellaneous Blank Bezel Miscellaneous Optional Bezel 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable Front Panel 3 5 inch Model Plate Front Bezel Foot 4 Bottom panel Fan Assembly 80 mm 80 mm Fan Assembly 233 266 MHz Proc only Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 64 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 64 MB DIMM ECC Processor 233 MHz Pentium Il Processor 266 MHz Pentium Il Intel Celeron Processor 266 MHz no cache Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz no cache Processor 300 MHz Pentium Il ECC Processor 333 MHz Pentium Il ECC System Board no processor memory with guide rails and shield Processor Support Posts System Board Guide Rail Lithium Battery Riser Card Riser Support Clips Front Rear Cable Wake On Ring Card Guide EMC Kit Access Cover Assembly DASD Bracket 3 5 inch 5 25 inch and 3 5 inch Drive Bracket Power Supply 200W Power Supply 200W Japan Keylock Assembly Base Frame Assembly Latch and Screw system board Power Switch LED Cable Assembly Audio Adapter
64. 2 Memory Module 3 System Board Arithmetic Functions Failed An error was detected during the CPU Test Microprocessor 2 System Board Base Memory Test Failed An error was detected in base memory Boot Sector Unreadable A boot sector read error was detected on the hard disk drive Memory Module 2 System Board Hard Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Cable 3 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 4 System Board Bus Noise Test Failed RAM Test detected an error in the memory bus 1 Memory Module 2 System Board Butterfly Cylinder Access Test Failed Hard Disk Drive Test detected mismatch between the data read and the data stored on the drive 1 Hard Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Cable 3 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 4 System Board Clock Stopped Real time clock has stopped working 1 Real Time Clock Assembly 2 System Board CMOS Clock Test Failed Time and Date Settings for CMOS and DOS do not Match 1 Real Time Clock Assembly 2 System Board Controller Diagnostic Test 1 Hard Disk Drive Failed Adapter An error was detected while if installed testing the Hard Disk 2 Hard Disk Drive Controller Adapter 3 System Board Cylinder 0 errors 1 Hard Disk Drive Test detected an error 2 Hard Disk Drive reading the first cylinder of Adapter the hard disk drive if installed 3 System Board 50 Device is Not Ready Re
65. 2 When a small white box appears in the upper left hand corner of the screen press Alt F1 3 When the Recovery Choices screen appears select from the following Esc Quits the Recovery Choices program and continues the OS 2 Warp boot startup sequence C Gives you access to an OS 2 command prompt V Resets the video mode to a base VGA mode and restarts the computer After the computer restarts you can select another video mode if necessary X Restores OS 2 Warp to its original state as it was originally installed 1 2 or 3 Starts OS 2 Warp using a set of configuration files used during one of the last three times OS 2 Warp was started The date when these files were archived appears next to each selection These selections do not appear on the Recovery Choices screen unless you previously opened the Desktop Settings notebook and selected Create archive at each system restart from the Archive page For more information about the Recovery Choices program refer to the Master Help Index located in the Information folder on the OS 2 Desktop 260 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Editing the CONFIG SYS File A CONFIG SYS file contains lines of instructions that control how the computer starts up and how the computer works with the devices attached to it The active CONFIG SYS file for DOS and OS 2 Warp is stored in the root directory OS 2 Warp maintains other CONFIG SYS files in other subdirectories for
66. Recovering from OS 2 Warp Problems The following are some problems that might occur when you try to start your system or switch from one operating System to another 262 Internal Processing Error Message Appears Symptom The system stops and the screen displays INTERNAL PROCESSING ERROR at the top of the message Action Record the information exactly as it is displayed on the screen and write a description of what you were doing when the problem occurred Contact an IBM HelpWare technician for assistance Unable to switch from DOS or Windows to OS 2 Warp Symptom DOS Unable to switch from DOS to OS 2 using the C 0S2 BO0T 052 command Symptom Windows Unable to switch from DOS with Windows to OS 2 using the Go to Warp icon Action You might have one or more active terminate and stay resident TSR or DOS cache programs that take up the available computer memory End the TSR programs before attempting to switch to OS 2 Warp IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM If you suspect the problem is caused by TSR programs that are loaded from the AUTOEXEC BAT file deactivate the programs before attempting to switch to OS 2 Warp Refer to the instructions that come with your TSR program If this solves the problem you might need to deactivate the TSR programs each time you want to switch to OS 2 Warp System Stops Working Symptom The system stops and the keyboard and mouse do not respond Action Press
67. Slot 6 PCI Slot 7 Shared ISA PCI Reference Information 333 Side Cover Removal Type 6865 Cover Release Tab Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6865 m Attention Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break 334 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Bezel and Tab Removal Type 6865 335 Reference Information Drive Cage Removal 6865 Note Make sure the vibration insulation mounts are installed on the cage when installing a disk drive Adapter Removal Type 6865 Card Retainer 336 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Support Bar Removal Type 6865 Note The baffle must be installed for proper air flow to the microprocessor s Terminator Card Removal Type 6865 Terminator Ll Note Use this same procedure to remove the processor Reference Information 337 Computer Exploded View 6889 Input Output connectors and removal procedures for the cover drive cages and baffle are on the following pages 338 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series H
68. V N AN 9 ZHIN 991 uedo X9y 2 Sjo S s eg 10SS9901d 2829 ed 00 Od r 10 6 ejqe IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 458 5 ay uo 18 X LZ XOZ X89 X49 9 X8b XIE Xyz SIEPOW Z XININ JO 51055902014 OYMI 21 992 51055902014 79 Opp eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 om y m gN pejepjos gW 7 Awed UON NVEOS WWI spy uo ees p 152 104 2 u JON L SOJON 96 VIN vXV gN 2 976 snum 99 9 2 AN 9 XININ ZHIN 003 V N 9 SNUIO V N 26 XINW ZHW 991 uedo S6 SMOPUIM XEN 9 vXV 9 snum 99 ce XINW 2HW 991 X18 LN SMOPUIM V N 9 SNUIO 89 ce XININ ZHIN 002 x08 96 SMOPUIM V N vXV 9 SNUIO 99 2 91 ZHIN 002 X6L 96 SMOPUIM 9 vXV gN 2 975 SNUID 89
69. if installed System Board Service Information 41 FRU Action 3015 3040 1 Network Attached Check for missing wrap 2 LF Translator or terminator plug on the 3 Cable Problem adapter 4 PC Network Adapter 5 Riser Card 30XX 1 PC Network Adapter 2 LF Translator 3 Cable Problem 4 Riser Card 3115 3140 1 Network Attached 2 LF Translator 3 Alternate PC Network Adapter 4 Cable Problem 5 Riser Card 31XX 1 Alternate PC Network Adapter 2 LF Translator 3 Cable Problem 4 Riser Card 36XX 1 GPIB Adapter 2 Riser Card 38XX 1 DAC Adapter 2 Riser Card 4611 4630 1 Multiport 2 Interface Board 2 Multiport 2 Adapter 4612 4613 4640 4641 1 Memory Module Package 2 Multiport 2 Adapter 4650 1 Multiport Interface Cable 46XX 1 Multiport 2 Adapter Not listed above 2 Multiport 2 Interface Board 3 Memory Module 5600 1 Financial System Controller Adapter 5962 1 Run Configuration An IDE device other than 2 CD ROM Drive hard drive configuration 3 CD ROM Adapter error 4 ZIP or other ATAPI device 5 System Board 62XX 1 1st Store Loop Adapter 2 Adapter Cable 63XX 1 2nd Store Loop Adapter 2 Adapter Cable 64XX 1 Network Adapter 71XX 1 Voice Adapter 42 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU Action 74XX 1 Video
70. r_ Attention If a device such as a monitor does not have power management capabilities it can be damaged when exposed to a reduced power state Before making energy saving selections for the monitor check the documentation supplied with the monitor to see if it supports Display Power Management Signaling DPMS Automatic Hardware Power Management Features Automatic Hardware Power Management can reduce the power states of the computer processor and monitor if monitor supports DPMS if they are inactive for a predetermined length of time There are three levels of specified time that the computer must be inactive before the power management options that are selected take effect Select the amount of time that is offered within each level Level 1 Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours Level 2 Set time from 10 minutes to 5 hours Level 3 Set time from 15 minutes to 6 hours At each level you can define the amount of energy savings by specifying values for the following options System Power Select On for the computer to remain on Select Off for the computer to shut down 254 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Processor Speed Set the microprocessor to be disabled or to run at 1 10 25 or 50 percent of its internal clock speed Display Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at these power states Standby Screen is blank but can be restored immediately when any activit
71. 2 sjo s s eg solydelo 108S9901d IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 1699 00 Od 10 Z1 ejqel 480 ON 105592000 78 993 83 219 10 9U9 D 8M ZLS Il 77 Ajuo esueor 2 50 79 uo apojy edAL ay sas 1ejquiessy pezuouiny 9 v GIN v 993 10 WIG Spp eDed uo japoyy ees 152 104 2 JON Y N L SOJON VOAS LN SMOPUIM XE 9x9 soys dov 3013 89 dN v9 ZHW 9 VOAS V N V N 9x9 99 6 SNUID dov V N dN 8N v9 ZHIN feg uedo 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 1699 00 Od 10 Abed 2 ejqel 481 Reference Information eu9eo 21 219 105592014 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75
72. 64 16 16 64 32 72 32 4 80 32 8 96 32 16 128 32 32 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz You can install a maximum of four single inline memory modules SIMMs in the computer The system supports a minimum of 8 MB and a maximum of 128 MB of memory Use only tin lead 72 pin 60 ns Industry Standard EDO non parity SIMMs Memory modules are installed in two memory banks Bank 0 and Bank 1 see PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board on page 384 Each bank supports 4 8 16 or 32 MB single or double density SIMMs Each bank used must contain a pair of SIMMs of the same size and density For best performance fill Bank 0 first The following table shows some possible SIMM combinations and the total memory size for each combination Bank 0 Bank 1 Total SIMM 1 SIMM 2 SIMM 3 SIMM 4 4 MB 4 MB 8 MB single single 4 MB 4 MB 4 MB 4 MB 16 MB single single single single 8 MB 8 MB 16 MB double double 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB 32 MB double double double double 8 MB 8 MB 16 MB 16 MB 48 MB double double single single 282 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 16 16 MB 32 MB single single 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 64 MB single single single single 32 MB
73. 64 and 128 MB are acceptable Use Non Registered DIMMs DIMM height must not exceed 2 5 inches If SDRAM ECC and SDRAM non parity DIMMs are mixed they will configure as non parity ECC Install only SDRAM ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type Reference Information 289 Computer Exploded View Type 6272 Note For models 88X 89X 90X 91X use a T15 Torx driver to remove the top cover The 88X 89X 90X 91X models do not have a CD ROM drive or diskette drive To perform general checkout and diagnostics for these models see General Checkout Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X on page 5 and Diagnostics Test Programs on page 232 290 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View 6265 6275 Input output connectors and removal service procedures for the cover system board and drive cage are on the following pages Reference Information 291 Input Output Connectors Type 6265 6275 USB 2 Mouse Serial 2 Monitor Parallel Serial 1 Keyboard Cover Removal Type 6265 6275 5 Ma a 000000000 00000 Aw Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover System Board Removal Type 6265 6275 292
74. EIDE Cable 6588 6888 Riser Card 6588 6888 Power Supply 200W 6588 6888 Power Supply 200W Japan Rear Fascia 6588 6888 Rear Panel I O 6588 6888 Base Frame Assembly with labels 6588 6888 Rear Panel D Shell 6588 6888 Serial Cable 9 pin 6588 6888 Power Switch and Cable 6588 6888 LED Cable Assembly Dual Power Hard Disk 6588 6888 LED Cable Assembly Hard Disk 6588 6888 LED Cable Assembly Power 6588 6888 SCSI LED Cable 6588 6888 IR Serial Cable 6588 6888 Security Switch and Cable Assembly 6588 6888 Keylock and Key 6588 Keylock and Key 6888 Bottom Cover 6888 Pedestal 6888 Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB 6588 6888 Diskette Drive Cable 6588 6888 Bracket 5 25 inch 6588 6888 CD ROM 16X Max 6588 6588 Models 53U 530 72J 73J only 6888 Front Bezel Assembly 6588 6888 Blank Drive Bezel 5 25 inch 6588 Blank Drive Bezel 5 25 inch 6888 Blank Drive Bezel 3 5 inch 6588 Blank Drive Bezel 6588 Blank Drive Bezel 6888 Bezel PCMCIA 6588 Bezel PCMCIA 6888 Card Guide 6588 6888 Service Information FRU No 75H7986 12J6023 06H1783 12J6029 07H1123 76H5820 76H4616 01K1459 06H6326 12J3018 12J5109 12J5111 01K1689 12J6028 06H9410 12J3040 12J3023 75H9218 60G2258 76H4463 93F2388 93F2389 75H9217 12J3025 06H1788 06H1776 12J6027 01K1652 12J3038 93F2361 76H4091 06H6344 06H9408
75. Latch Tab y on Here 4 System Board 1 LE t Pull Here After unlatching and extending the system board latch handle grasp both system board rails and carefully slide the system board out from the chassis t System Board L Push Here Alignment Mark Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of the right hand rail When the system board is fully seated the alignment mark on the chassis is visible Reference Information 321 Style 2 system board rail with latching tab System Board 4 System Board 1 U EU rai e Tab Lit 7 Pull Here Lift the end of the right hand rail to disengage the plastic tab from the bottom of the chassis System Board T d N SS Push N Here gt gt Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of the right hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the chassis Drive Cage Removal Type 6591 Note Some Type 6591 computers have a non removable drive cage See Non removable Drive Cage Type 6591 on page 323 and Tab Removal Type 6591 on page 323 322 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Non removable Drive Cage Type 6591
76. Power on password Operating system password U bolt and cable Optional for some models C2 security on some models CMOS backup battery Lithium Common parts Varies with each model see Type Model Number Conversion on page 438 Diskette drive Except for Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X Hard disk drive Keyboard 192 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Power supply Mouse Reference Information 193 Specifications Information ISO ANSI The model specifications information on the following pages was determined in controlled acoustical environments according to procedures specified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI S12 10 and 150 7779 and are reported in accordance with 150 9296 Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differ from the average values stated because of room reflections and other nearby noise sources The declared sound power levels indicate an upper limit below which a large proportion of machines will operate 194 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6272 Feature Description Size Depth 400 mm 15 8 in Height 95 mm 3 7 in Width 369 mm 14 5 in Weight Minimum 6 8 kg 15 0 lb Maximum 8 16 kg 18 0 Ib 4 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8
77. System 10 to 35 C 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Maximum as shipped 306 BTU 90 watts 56 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Maximum as shipped 0 75 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 92 cubic meters minute 32 5 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 42 dB operating 37 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 36 dB operating 34 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 2 bels operating 5 0 bels idle 55 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 56 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 330 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 57 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 212 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6892 Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Weight 15 kg 33 Ib Maximum 17
78. Y N V N 993 AW 26 uedo 285 0 02 1 0022 Old AE NVUOS ZHIN 00 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9X9 esueju ISOS BRIN go 5 993 821 EUS 0 3013 INVHOS ZHIN 00 LN SMOPUIM XEN Xvc JOMOL 9X9 8 1 eipeuueg 00vS 89 79 993 v9 EUS 0 WvHas ZHIN 00 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9X9 8 ISOS go 5 993 821 285 0 INVHOS ZHIN 992 LN SMOPUIM XEN 9X9 8 eipeuueg 3013 89 993 v9 285 0 INVHOS ZHIN 82 LN SMOPUIM XEN Xvc JOMOL 9X9 AIN 8 1 3013 89 26 I 2 sjo s s eg solydelo 108S9901d 8689 ed Jo 1 ebeg 92 elqel IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 502 219 5105599010 7 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny uo japon ees p 152 104 72 u pepnjour JON Y N S9JON Jajdepe solydelb INVHOS
79. jeuueyo eui 104 eui sajepdn pue ung y pue dn yoeg eui Aq pardos SY 1 uonduosag IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 24 ayes pue Aouanbay 2 e jas pue ad Ke dsip ay esoouo Aejdsip 196 19npoud ay se mouy osje si uogeuuojul sy walsAs pue JosseooJd eui JO eui s ejdsip pue jenas eui uiejs s mala pue 195 Aun jo Aue ay Jo peal ejns ayeyy yum Ajuo pesn aq ued jo aneysig sonsouBelg au uo ejqejre e 5 jeuonippe 1noqe uoneuuojur 196 TIYLSNIN eur asn moy SaAQUISIJ n Siu Sioa puomssed
80. 023 CONTACT THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR AND ASK CAN DIAGNOSTICS BE ASSIGNED FROM THE SERVER Yes No 024 If you were provided with or have observed obvious symptoms Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 Notify system administrator that you have no symptoms diagnosed and diagnostics can not be run on the computer you are servicing 025 Restart the computer and run diagnostics See Starting IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics on page 9 026 AFTER CHECKING THE STARTUP SEQUENCE IS NETWORK THE FIRST DEVICE LISTED IN THE STARTUP SEQUENCE Yes No 027 Step 027 continues 8 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 027 continued Go to Step 029 028 Replace the network adapter card Contact the system administrator and provide the new MAC address 029 IS THE HARD DISK DRIVE THE FIRST DEVICE LISTED IN THE STARTUP SEQUENCE Yes No 030 If a device other than the hard disk is listed as the first device change the startup sequence so the hard disk is the first device then return to Step 001 on page 5 See Setup Utility Program on page 248 031 SHOULD THE COMPUTER BE ENABLED FOR RPL Yes No 032 Ask the system administrator to reinstall the operating system then return to Step 001 on page 5 If the operating system cannot be installed replace the hard disk drive
81. 10490 1 Run Advanced 10491 10492 10499 Diagnostics Read write error 2 Riser Card 3 Hard Disk Drive 4 System Board 10452 1 Run Advanced Seek test error Diagnostics 10453 Information only Wrong drive type 10454 1 Run Advanced Sector buffer test error Diagnostics 10455 10456 Controller error 1 Run Advanced Diagnostics 10459 Drive diagnostic command error Information only 10461 1 Run Advanced Drive format error Diagnostics 10462 1 Run Advanced Controller seek error Diagnostics 10464 1 Run Advanced Hard Drive read error Diagnostics 10467 1 Run Advanced Drive non fatal seek error Diagnostics 10468 1 Run Advanced Drive fatal seek error Diagnostics 10469 1 Run Advanced Drive soft error count exceeded Diagnostics 10470 10471 10472 Controller wrap error 1 Run Advanced Diagnostics 44 10473 Corrupt data Low level format might be required Information only IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU Action 10480 1 Hard Disk Drive ESDI 2 Drive Cable 3 System Board 10481 1 Run Advanced ESDI drive D seek error Diagnostics 10482 1 Run Advanced Drive select Diagnostics acknowledgement bad 106X1 Check Configuration 2 Ethernet Adapter 10635 1 Power off computer wait ten seconds then power on the computer 2 Ethernet Adapter 10651 1066
82. 3013 0 9 gezy 1215 10 NYT uo exea 001 01 senieej 5 74 euoeo 215 5105592010 eDed uo JepojN ed Ulm ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny Spp eDed uo japon ees p 158 104 2 u JON Y N S9 0N 007 0022 Old CE ISOS 993 ZHW 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL IUIN 9X9 19d BIN 9PIM 89 16 INVHGS 952 0022 Il 1505 993 ZHIN 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JMOL 9X9 dov 9PIM 89 L6 NVUOS 952 X6c 00pE 00001 Old 1505 ZHW 00 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL JUIN 9X9 19d BUN 89 16 INVHGS 952 INOu d2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 6889 ed 9 jo ebeg ez IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 496 0078 Old GE pesn eq 1 y pesn aq jou uondo eu Opp eDe
83. 4 On Off Off 0 Off Off Off Reference Information 223 1 12 GB 2 25 GB SCSI J3 2 Ss lt C2 lt gt SCSI Position SCSI Position ID ID aan 0 Soa 8 1 9 ff 2 Pu 10 3 11 4 12 FE 5 13 A nl 6 14 7 Reserved 15 B NNI r 2 GB SCSI SCSI Position SCSI Position ID ID BHH 6 2 5 1 4 0 E 3 224 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 2 1 GB 4 5 GB SCSI SCSI Position SCSI Position ID HHA ID 0 EE 8 D 1 g1 9 E 1 2 gt pa 10 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 Reserved 15 B NNI Reference Information 225 CD ROM PD CD ROM Drive Jumper Settings CD ROM and PC CD ROM drives use jumpers or tabs to set the drives as primary master or secondary slave Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below for the drive settings IDE INTERFACE DC INPU 35 1 2 sveci 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 loooo 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 See Jumper Settings Below C
84. 400 100 On On Off On MHz ROM Operation Switch SW1 5 ROM Operation SW1 5 ROM Recovery Mode On Normal ROM Operation Off D Reserved Switch SW1 6 Reserved SW1 6 Reserved Off D Privilege Access Password PAP Switch SW1 7 PAP SW1 7 Disable Off D Enable On Diskette Write Access Switch SW1 8 418 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diskette Access SW1 8 Write Enabled Off D Write Protected Reference Information 419 IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium Il 233 266 300 MHz System Board e Um am i pa Ed Ed ql 2 ET EJ a T MI 420 300 700 IntelliStation Series IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium Il 233 266 300 MHz System Board Locations CD ROM audio connector MPC3 1 Fan connector rear panel 3 3 V 5 V power connector a Primary microprocessor socket Power connector D Secondary microprocessor socket DIMM connectors MEM 3 2 1 0 B J7E1 CMOS clear request El voli Power switch and power
85. 6587 P54C 100 P54C 120 P54C 133 P54C 166 P54C 200 P55C 166 P55C 200 Voltage Regulator Card Shunt Block Supports Pentium processor on a Pentium MMX system board 6589 P6 180 P6 200 Pentium 200 Optional Second Processor Voltage Regulator Card 6875 6876 6885 6886 P54C 75 P54C 90 P54C 100 P54C 120 P54C 133 6877 6887 P54C 100 P54C 133 P54C 150 P54C 166 72 Pin Memory SIMM Non parity 4 MB Non parity 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 4 MB Non parity 6576 6586 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 71G0790 71G0791 71G0792 71G0793 71G0794 71G0795 82G5056 06H6055 06H7589 06H7590 06H7591 06H9492 07H0270 07H0838 76H5392 07H0843 07H0971 75H9575 12J2758 12J2759 76H3658 01K5755 75H9215 75H9212 75H9831 07H1097 06H5210 06H5251 06H6063 06H8212 06H8228 07H0311 06H9891 06H9892 07H0971 92G7540 60G2900 Index System Type 6X7X 6X8X 4 MB EDO Non parity 60 ns 6577 6587 6877 6887 8 MB Non parity 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 8 MB Non parity 6576 6586 8 MB EDO Non parity 60 ns 6577 6587 6877 6887 16 MB Non parity 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 16 MB Non parity 6576 6586 16 MB EDO Non parity 60 ns 6577 6587 6877 6887 32 MB Non parity 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 32 MB Non parity 6576 6586 32 MB EDO Non parity 60 ns 6577 6587 6877 6887 72 Pin Memory SIMM Parit
86. 800 426 9402 Ext 150 800 241 1620 800 342 6672 800 237 5511 800 284 5933 914 962 0310 800 547 1283 800 551 2832 Bulletin Board Service PC Company Customer Education Business Unit Customized Operational Services EduQuest Educational Computers End User HelpDesk Support IBM Anti Virus Services IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals IBM Dealer Referral IBM Information Referral Service IBM Service IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk IBM Technical Manuals Multimedia Information Center Multimedia HelpCenter OS 2 Information Line OS 2 Support Services Prodigy Prodigy User Questions Technical Coordinator Program SystemXtra for Personal Systems LAN Automated Distribution 2 OS 2 Bulletin Board OS 2 Application Assistance Center Technical Solutions Magazine Note Calls from outside the U S will be charged international call rates 514 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IBM Canada Customer Servicer Support Number Information 800 661 PSMT 905 316 5556 514 938 6048 800 465 4YOU 800 IBM SERV 800 263 2769 800 465 2222 416 443 5701 800 505 1855 800 465 7999 800 465 3299 905 316 3299 800 565 3344 905 513 3355 800 661 2131 800 268 3100 800 387 8343 800 487 7426 800 663 7662 800 IBM 9990 800 263 2769 416 443 5808 Fax 416 443 5755 514 938 3022 905 316 4255 604 664 6464 204 934 2735 800 661 7768 800 565 3344 800 387 8483 800 465 1234 905 316 4148 905 316 41
87. Advanced Setup ISA Legacy Resources e Rapid Resume Manager To run the Setup Utility program do the following 1 Power off the computer and wait for a few seconds until all in use lights go off 2 Power on the computer 3 When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen during start up press F1 The Setup Utility menu appears 4 Follow the instructions on the screen 5 When finished select System Summary to verify that any configuration changes have been accepted Adapter Configuration To add adapters to past generations of ISA computers a variety of switches are provided on the adapters These switches control the assignment of computer resources such as interrupt request IRQ lines direct memory access DMA channels and memory address ranges Determining how to set switches for or configuring these resources can be complex Plug and Play adapters and devices make this task easier Plug and Play Adapters Plug and Play adapters are easier to install and set up because they are auto configuring no jumpers or switches to set A Plug and Play adapter comes with built in identification and configuration specifications set in the adapter memory This information is sensed by the I O bus and interpreted by the computer BIOS The BIOS routines then automatically configure the adapter around the resources already in use by other devices 248 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM PCI adapters are generally
88. Cover Latch 5x5 6587 Blank Bezel Holder 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Blank Bezel PCMCIA 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Blank Bezel PCMCIA 3x3 6877 Blank Bezel PCMCIA 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6589 6885 6886 6887 Backup Battery CMOS Lithium See page Safety Information on page 187 Cover Lock Assembly 3x3 with Pawl 6577 6877 Cover Lock Assembly 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6589 6885 6886 Cover Lock Assembly 5x5 6587 6887 Blank Drive Bezel 3 5 Inch 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6589 6875 6876 6877 6887 Blank Drive Bezel 3 5 Inch 5x5 6587 Blank Drive Bezel 5 25 Inch Mounting Screw Kit Jumper Kit EMC Clips 6 each Multimedia Options Type 6X7X and 6X8X Audio Card 16 bit 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 Cable Audio Card 6571 6573 6575 6581 6583 6585 Audio System Board Card Cable 6575 6585 6885 6886 Audio Cable to CD ROM 6877 6887 Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Australia Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Austria Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Denmark Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 EMEA Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Finland IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 06H9409 01K1911 06H5747 75H7928 06H1782 92F0421 06H9417 06H5735 06H5736 06H1783 07H0844 06H5740 06H5741 06H9419 06H1784 33F8354 06H9418 06H1776 06H9406 06H5739 76H5856 06H5738 93F0041 93F0067 06H5734 10H3157 10H2924 06
89. F 2 then press Enter C is the drive on which OS 2 is installed 7 Follow any instructions that appear on the screen Remove the diskette from drive A 9 Restart your computer using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence To correct disk errors on another drive 1 On the Desktop double click on OS 2 System 2 Double click on Command Prompts 264 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 3 Double click on OS 2 Window or OS 2 Full Screen 4 Type CHKDSK D F 2 and press Enter If you are checking a drive other than D substitute that drive letter for the D used in this example 5 Follow any instructions that appear on the screen Recovering from a Forgotten OS 2 Password If you forget your OS 2 lockup password use the following procedure 1 Power on the computer 2 When a small white box appears in the upper left hand corner of the screen press Alt F1 3 When the Recovery Choices screen appears press C 4 Type CD 0 2 and press Enter 5 Type the following MAKEINI 0S2 INI LOCK RC 6 Press Enter 7 Restart the computer Backing Up and Restoring Files The backup routines provided with OS 2 and DOS allow you to back up a single file a directory or the entire contents of a disk Backing up files that contain your day to day work will help to protect you from losing data that cannot be recovered from another source Backing up the entire contents of each disk takes longer but ensures that you
90. If you did not receive the correct responses reinstall the System Partition on the hard disk drive from the Reference Diskette IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Programs Type 6876 6886 The system programs are utility programs for Micro Channel computers that allow you to e Change the system configuration e Set passwords Change the date and time Set power management features e Test the computer The programs are installed in a special protected area of the hard disk drive called the System Partition The System Partition appears on the FDISK and FDISKPM screens for DOS and 05 2 so that the partition can be deleted and the disk space about 6 MB can be used for other programs Before you delete the System Partition you must first use the Back up Restore system programs option on the system programs Main Menu to make current copies of the Reference Diagnostic and QAPlus PRO diskettes Without the System Partition you must use these diskettes to configure and diagnose the computer If the computer was manufactured without a hard disk drive the system programs were provided on three diskettes e Reference Diskette Diagnostics Diskette e QAPlus PRO for IBM Diskette Starting the System Programs Type 6876 6886 You can start the system programs from the hard disk drive or from the Reference Diskette If an error occurs during startup the computer automatically starts the system programs to
91. Miscellaneous Optional Bezels 3 5 inch Front Panel Model Plate Bottom cover Foot 4 System Board Latch and Screw Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 64 MB DIMM Non Parity Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz no cache Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz 128 KB cache Processor Pentium Il 300 MHz Intel Celeron Processor 333 MHz 128 KB cache Processor Pentium 333 MHz ECC Processor Pentium 350 MHz Processor Pentium Il 400 MHz Processor Pentium Il 450 MHz System Board for Intel Celeron processors no processor memory rails System Board no proc memory rails System Board Rail Set Fan Bracket 92 mm Fan with rubber mounts Card Guide Access Cover Assembly Hard Disk Drive Bracket Power Supply 200W Power Supply 200W Japan Keylock Assembly Base Frame Assembly Cable Audio CDROM Cable Wake On Ring Lithium Battery Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Miscellaneous Screw Kit Riser Card Riser Supports front and rear Video Ram 2 MB FRU No 1204494 1244510 1204509 1204495 02 1115 75 9219 1016006 1016012 1244518 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 1204497 1204498 01K1854 02K2832 03K9602 12J6294 01K1612 01K1146 01K1147 01K4463 28L5017 01K4291 01K4447 01K4327 02K2776 03K9672 01K1578 61H1061 61H1037 03K9626 03K9606 02K2861 03K9605 1204493 03K9608 75H8991 76H4873 1295102 03K9611 75H9219 76H7345 33F8354 03K9603 93F0041 20L0926 02K2766 01K1185 Service Information 95
92. Pentium 16 MB Non Parity Models 32 MB or 133 233 64 MB SDRAM MHz Type 6272 128 MB Industry 6282 6284 Maximum Standard PC 300 16 MB 100 MHz SDRAM Pentium 32 MB ECC Models 64 MB or 300 333 350 128 MB Non Parity 400 MHz Type 6265 384 MB Industry 6275 6285 Maximum Standard PC 300 16 MB 66 MHz SDRAM Pentium Il 32 MB Non Parity Models 64 MB or 233 266 333 128 MB ECC MHz Type 6561 256 MB Industry 6591 Maximum Standard PC 300 16 MB 60 ns EDO Pentium 32 MB Non Parity Models 64 MB or 166 200 233 128 MB ECC MHz Type 6562 384 MB Industry 6592 Maximum Standard PC 300 16 MB 60 ns EDO Pentium Il 32 MB Non Parity Models 64 MB or 233 266 128 MB ECC MHz 256 MB Type 6588 Industry 512 MB Standard Maximum 276 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Memory Module Name Size Speed Type PC 4 MB 70 ns Parity or 330 350 8 MB Non Parity 80486 Models 128 MB Gold plate Type 6571 Maximum 72 pin 6573 Industry 6581 6583 Standard PC 16 MB 70 ns Parity or 330 350 32 MB Non Parity Pentium 60 MHz 128 MB Gold plate Model Maximum 72 pin Type 6575 Industry 6585 Standard Matched pairs PC 340 4 MB 60 ns Non Parity Pentium 8 MB Models 16 MB Tin lead 100 133 32 MB 72 pin MHz EDO Type 6560 128 MB Industry Maximum Standard Matched pairs PC 16 MB 70 ns Parity or 330 350 32 MB Non Parity Pentium Models 128 MB Tin lead 75 90 100 120 Maximum 72 pin 133 150
93. Reference Information 215 Specifications Type 6899 Feature Description Size Depth 427 mm 16 8 inches Height 429 mm 16 9 inches Width 241 mm 9 5 inches with pedestal Weight Weight 12 9 kg 28 5 pounds 67 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 C 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 137 BTU 40 watts Maximum 785 BTU 230 watts 68 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 Maximum 0 52 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 46 dB operating 42 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 36 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 5 bels operating 5 1 bels idle 67 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 68 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the sy
94. Reference Information 343 Input Output Connectors Type 6892 Microphone 9 O 4 S Line Out Bio Yellow LED Ethernet m Green LED Parallel Bs 2 z USB 4 4 USB 2 no Serial 1 56 a SR Sera 2 a Jem Keyboard HE Mouse Monitor 0 344 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Cover Removal 6892 m Attention System Board Removal Type 6892 System Board Y Lo EUR rai Lift d U EXHI 2 Tab N N Latch NS Pull NN Here Here System Board Installation Type 6892 System Board gt AMY Nu ea y N SA Tab Push 7M S N Here Tab ix gt Non removable Hard Disk Drive Cage Type 6892 346 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Tab Removal 6892 Reference Information 347 Computer Exploded View Type 6893 Input output connectors and removal service procedures for the cover system board and drive cage are on the following pages 348 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Input Output Connectors Type 6893
95. To access the Flash over LAN setting 1 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program See Setup Utility Program on page 248 2 Select System Security 3 Select POST BIOS Update from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu 4 To enable Flash over LAN select Enabled To disable Flash over LAN select Disabled 5 Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration Setup Utility program menu 6 Before you exit from the program select Save Settings from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu 7 To exit from the Configuration Setup Utility program press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen Wake on LAN This setting is used to enable or disable the IBM developed Wake on LAN feature This feature makes it possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by a network server Remote network management software must be used in conjunction with this feature To access the Wake on LAN setting jT 258 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program See Setup Utility Program on page 248 Select Advanced Power Management Select Automatic Power On from the program menu Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power On menu To enable Wake on LAN select Enabled To disable Wake on LAN select Disabled Press Esc until you return to the Configuration Setup Utility program menu Before you exit from the program select Save Settings from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu To e
96. Type 6588 Tabs 6888 Push in until the tabs release IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 314 n 3000009 SATINATA AU 0001 4 Q 1 4 V AVV Yy x Microprocessor Removal Type 6588 6888 continued Carefully place one hand on the system board and pull the microprocessor up and out of the connector with the other hand Note Microprocessor Installation Type 6588 6888 on To install the Pentium Il microprocessor see page 316 315 Reference Information Microprocessor Installation Type 6588 6888 TON Y We Y We NNN t A AR Hpi 2 Rei d R 6888 on page 317 7 J A Se Note See Microprocessor Bracket and Plate when replacing the system board Press the tabs out to latch the microprocessor in place Removal Installation Type 6588 Press the microprocessor down until it seats in the connector Tabs can be pressed in or out IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 316 Microprocessor Bracket and Plate Removal Installation Type 6588 6888 Retention Bracket System Board Microprocessor Connector System Board Plate When replacing the system board keep the following e Retention Bracket System Board Plate e
97. Type 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz Jumper Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description MRD 2 3 D Modem answer on ring 1 2 Modem no answer on ring WP 2 3 D Enable writing to a diskette 1 2 Disable writing to a diskette PWD 1 2 D Password enabled 2 3 Password reset 376 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz System Board Te cn 4E un tH E3 i O This system board is for models 3XX 4XX 5XX See PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz System Board on page 381 for 6XX 7XX 8XX and 9XX models Reference Information 377 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz System Board Locations 1 c c c m gt J1D1 SW1 ui 0 OU OUO N 23 Video display connector Parallel port connector Serial port connector BIOS Flash jumper Serial port connector Mouse port connector Keyboard connector PCI ISA Riser connector Primary outer IDE conn
98. Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board 413 IntelliStation Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board Locations 414 IntelliStation Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz Switch Jumper Settings 415 IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board 416 160 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board Locations 417 IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings 418 IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium Il 233 266 300 MHz System Board 420 IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium Il 233 266 300 MHz System Board Locations 421 IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium II 233 266 300 MHz Switch Jumper Settings 422 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz System Board 423 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz System Board Locations 424 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz Second Microprocessor Option 425 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz Switch Jumper Settings 426 Riser Card Layouts 427 300 6272 PCVISA 427 300 Type 6265 6275 ISA PCI 427 PC 300 Type 6282 6284 427 300 Type 6285 ISA PCI 428 340 Type 6560 PCVISA 428 300 Type 6561
99. WNWIXEW y prepuels v 993 20 Aiueq uoN OQ3 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 u pepnjour JON Y N SOJON a V N V N 9x9 VIN ze ZHW 662 uedo x98 a V N V N 9x9 VIN ze 002 uedo Xv8 a LN SMOPUIM 9X9 ISOS 99 6 ZHIN a 96 SMOPUIM V N 9x9 3013 99 sc ce ZHIN 991 9 a 96 SMOPUIM XEN Xvc 9 9 3013 89 Oda 26 ZHIN 003 2 s o s s eg 105592014 2699 00 Od 81 481 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 482 eDed uo ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 79 oipny 001 01 WVHA v sanea 5 ujejs s ay 65 2 se paes ssajun 323 euoeo 21 215 q uinqued 10559007 E Spp eDed uo uonenbjuo9 japon
100. With this feature set to Enabled and an external modem connected to the Serial port the computer will turn on automatically when a ring is detected on the modem Reference Information 255 Modem Ring Detect With this feature set to Enabled the computer will turn on automatically when a ring is detected on the internal modem Wake Up on Alarm You can specify a date and time at which the computer will be turned on automatically This can be either a single event or a daily event Wake on LAN If the computer has a properly configured token ring or Ethernet LAN adapter card that is Wake on LAN enabled and there is remote network management software you can use the IBM developed Wake on LAN feature When you set Wake on LAN to Enabled the computer will turn on when it receives a specific signal from another computer on the local area network LAN For further information see Wake on LAN on page 258 Rapid Resume Manager Personal computers come with built in energy saving capabilities Rapid Resume Manager reduces the power consumption of the computer The following are features of Rapid Resume Manager e Rapid Resume Standby Scheduler e Wake Up on Ring Rapid Resume With Rapid Resume activated the computer saves its current state when you power it off with the power switch Rapid Resume retains all current settings remembers which programs were active and saves the position and size of windows a
101. levels 4 9 bels operating 4 6 bels idle 25 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 26 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 27 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 202 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6562 Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 8 in Height 128 mm 5 0 in Width 450 mm 17 7 in Weight Minimum 9 9 kg 22 0 Ib Maximum 11 3 kg 25 0 Ib 28 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 29 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 51 cubic meters minute 18 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 41 dB operating 36 dB idle At bystander position 1 met
102. provides a help index from which you can select different categories One of the important help categories is function key usage Pressing Esc exits Help and returns to where you left off Esc Go back to the previous menu Additional functions are available in the Test Module Selection screen and the Test Group screen using the following keys Keys Action Tab Move to test group or move to parameters Spacebar Toggle modules on off or toggle tests on off F2 View test results log F10 Local menu Next logical unit number for example LUN 1 LUN 2 and so on Previous logical unit number Reference Information 243 Command Line Options The following Command Line Options are available when initially starting the diagnostic program from within 15 directory Type QAPLPRO XXX where XXX represents one of the following from the list below then press Enter Command Action B amp W The B amp W command line option forces the program to load in Black and White Monochrome mode which is often more readable on laptop computers LOG file The LOG file command line option directs the test programs to start using a specified Error Log file 10 INT10 command line option forces the test programs to use the BIOS for screen writes The OXXX command line option where XXX test group for example MBD MEM VID HDU FDU KBD COM LPT and so
103. 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 38 dB operating 43 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 33 dB operating 37 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 3 bels operating 4 9 bels idle 34 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 35 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 36 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 205 Specifications Type 6591 Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Weight 15 kg 33 Ib Maximum 17 3 kg 38 37 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 170 BTU 50 watts Maximum 969 BTU 285 watts 38 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input approximatel
104. 006 196 XXX Diskette interface test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 62 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 006 197 XXX Diskette interface test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 006 198 XXX 1 If a component is Diskette interface test called out make sure aborted it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 006 199 XXX 1 Go to Undetermined Diskette interface test failed Problem on cause unknown page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 006 25X XXX 1 Diskette drive Cable Diskette interface Error 2 Diskette drive 3 System board 011 000 XXX 1 No action Serial port Interface Test Passed 011 001 XXX 1 Remove external Serial port Presence serial device if present 2 Run setup enable port 3 System board 011 002 XXX 1 System board 011 003 XXX Serial port Timeout Parity error 011 013 XXX 1 System board 011 014 XXX Serial port Control Signal Loopback test failure 011 015 XXX 1 Wrap plug Serial port External 2 System board Loopback failure 011 027 XXX 1 Run Se
105. 2 u JON Y N H S9JON 0 LN SMOPUIM X9L 9 9 eA S 3013 89 Oda ze ZHW 992 9 9 NES VIN 003 ZHIN 00 AVA N3dO S6 SMODUIM V N 9 9 2 65 3013 89 52 Oda ze ZHIN 992 xev V N V N 9 9 NES VIN 003 ze ZHIN 993 uedo XLy 2 80 9 9 ISOS 80 Oda 26 ZHN 662 XZE 0 LN SMOPUIM XEIN 9 9 NES ISOS 80 Oda ZHIN 682 0 LN SMOPUIM 91 9 9 NES 3013 89 003 ze ZHIN 662 V N V N 9 9 eA S V N Oda 26 ZHW 662 XSL S6 V N 9 9 NES 3013 89 92 003 2 662 96 SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 5 3013 89 52 Oda 26 ZHIN 0 LN SMOPUIM 9 9 9 NES 3013 89 92 003 2 662 NOY 09 Sio S s eg solydelo Kow N JOSS920Jd I PON 8859 d L 00 Od Jo GL ejqel IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 476 Opp eDed uo ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 9 wajs s eui uo 25 50149640 76 EA 219 gg unnueg 108692044 p OQ Spp eDed uo japoyy
106. 2 u 5 821 V N V N 2018 Les VIN NVUOS uoJeje ZHIN 666 XOZ 821 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS 26 u019 99 ZHIN 006 821 LN SMOPUIM V N vXv 42018 Les 3013 89 22 5 ZHIN 006 821 86 SMOPUIM VIN Les 3013 89 e NVUOS 26 u019 99 ZHIN 006 821 V N V N 6 V N NVUOS v9 u019 99 ZHIN 006 XLL 821 V N V N vXV CEOIHL ES VIN NVUYOS 26 ZHIN 006 uedo XOL 2 Sjo S s eg 105592014 429 d L 00 Od 9 40 9 8 451 Reference Information eDed uo ajou ass pazuoyiny uadg 4ejdepe pue SISpo 79 wejsAs ay uo VEA EN 65 so udej gy 821 peieis 140sseooid _ 2 RIU v 993 27187 219 q Unnuag 105599014 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 JON Y N H S9JON
107. 20L0970 02K2766 03K9646 76H7333 01K9846 01K9848 76H7339 01K2154 75H9219 76H7345 93F2386 93F0067 76H7336 33F8354 93F0041 01K1185 6282 6284 1 lt jill at Service Information 91 Parts Listing Index 1 2 2 NON ar bh o gt 92 System Type 6282 6284 Cover Assembly 1 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 2 1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive Models G4X G5X 2 5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 3 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive Models 80X 81X 85X IDE Cable Riser Card Bracket Power Supply 145W Power Supply Japan Base Frame Assembly with labels Bezel Covers Kit Model Plate Power button Power Switch and Cable Keylock Assembly Dual LED Cable Assembly Hard Disk Power LED Cable Assembly LAN Activity Cable Switch to Planar Security Serial Port B Connector and Cable Assembly 80 mm Fan Assembly Pedestal Assembly EMC Clips Kit Mounting Screw Kit Foot 4 16X Max CD ROM Drive Audio Card ESS Audio Card Model 78X Audio Cable Memory 8 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity System Board no processor memory with Ethernet Models 24X 28X 36X 48X 52X 64X 67X 68X 70X 71X 81X System Board no processor memory without Ethernet System Board no processor memory without Ethernet Models 85X 86X 87X L2 Cache 256 KB COAST Cache 512 K
108. 303 Computer Exploded View 6561 304 Input Output Connectors 6561 305 Cover Removal 6561 305 System Board Removal Type 6561 306 Drive Cage Service Type 6561 308 Fan Removal 6561 308 Computer Exploded View Type 6562 309 Cover Removal 6562 310 System Board Removal Type 6562 310 System Board Installation Type 6562 Luc a Drive Cage Service 6562 312 Computer Exploded View 6588 6888 313 Microprocessor Removal Type 6588 6888 314 Microprocessor Removal Type 6588 6888 continued 315 Microprocessor Installation Type 6588 6888 316 Microprocessor Bracket and Plate Removal Installation Type 6588 6888 317 Computer Exploded View Type 6591 318 Input Output Connectors Type 6591 319 Cover Removal Type 6591 320 Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6591 320 System Board Removal Type 6591 321 Drive Cage Removal Type 6591 322 Non removable Drive Cage Type 6591 323 Tab Removal 6591 323 Fan Removal 6591 323 Computer Exploded View Type 6592 324 Cover Removal 6592 325 Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6592 325 Drive Cage Removal Type 6592 326 System Board Removal Type 6592 326 Computer Exploded View Ty
109. 32 MB 64 MB double double 32 MB 32 MB 4 MB 4 MB 72 MB double double single single 32 MB 32 MB 8 MB 8 MB 80 MB double double double double 32 MB 32 MB 16 MB 16 MB 96 MB double double single single 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB 128 MB double double double double PC 330 350 Series Type 6576 6586 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 150 166 MHz These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed Total Bank 0 Bank 1 Memory 8 MB 4 MB 16 4 4 16 8 24 4 8 24 8 4 32 8 8 32 16 40 4 16 40 16 4 72 4 32 72 32 4 80 8 32 80 32 8 128 32 32 330 350 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed The maximum SIMMs DIMMs memory supported is 192 MB DIMM 0 and SIMMs 1 and 2 in the following figure correspond to the memory banks 0 1 and 2 Reference Information 283 Bank 0 holds DIMM memory modules Bank 1 and Bank 2 hold matched pair SIMM memory modules The banks are filled according to the following memory tables
110. 344 345 345 346 346 346 347 347 348 349 349 349 350 350 351 352 353 353 354 355 357 358 358 359 360 361 361 362 364 365 300 Series Type 6561 6591 Pentium 233 266 333 MHz Jumper Settings PC 300 Series Type 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz System Board PC 300 Series Type 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz System Board Locations PC 300 Series Type 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz Jumper Switch Settings PC 300 Type 6588 Pentium Il 233 266 MHz System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 System Board Locations PC 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 Jumper Settings PC 330 350 Series Type 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz System Board Locations PC 330 350 Series Type 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz Jumper Settings PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz System Board Locations PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz Jumper Settings PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz System Board Locations PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz Jum
111. 4 ue Tn Shared Slot 3 TN J ISA o TEPYIETUMNUEXTIEEIII shared mami Slot 2 ISA econo PCI TTT TT Slot 1 ISA eT 3 Shared 2 PCI PC 300 Type 6591 ISA PCI s _Diskette Drive _Primary IDE ISA 1 1 _ Secondary IDE een LED Panel PCcI SCSI Hard Disk LED E LE Wake on LAN PCI Power 840 Pin Modem Connector Wakeup Reference Information 433 PC 300 Type 6592 ISA PCI gt Diskette Drive Back 3 5 V Select Back Fan Modem Wakeup SCSI Hard Disk LED E wake on LAN EH Speaker Front A Panel 1 Audio Y fn 7n n CD ROM 340 Pin Power Primary Secondary LED Audio Connector Back IDE IDE Panel Back Back Back PC 300 Type 6862 ISA PCI SCSI Hard Drive LED Asset ID Connector Secondary IDE Connector Diskette Drive Connector po fme power Shared ISA Fan Connector System Front Panel Connector J Primary IDE Audio Connector Gack 340 Pin Modem Wake on LAN Alert on LAN Connector Wakeup Note T
112. 5 6 Disabled CMOS and Power on Password J4K2 Jumper Position Description J4K2 1 2 Normal D J4K2 2 3 Reset CMOS J4K2 4 5 Normal D J4K2 5 6 Reset Password BIOS Flash Recovery J4A2 Jumper Position Description J4A2 1 2 Normal D J4A2 2 3 Flash Enabled J4A2 4 5 Reserved Reference Information 383 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board A onm mm ollo blo t Al BE ES 1 a 23 E i O O Bes a See page 385 for Cache information 384 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board Locations 1 BREE m a Ld E w J8 JP11 21 JP4 J5 JP23 J8 J7 JP22 19 J12 J12 13 17 es 13 14 UU N as 1 1 1 a Power supply c
113. 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz System Board Locations EBEBBEBEBE cocos m mm 368 Display connector Mouse Keyboard connectors top mouse bottom keyboard Serial connectors top serial port 2 bottom serial port 1 USB connectors top USB2 bottom USB1 Parallel connector Ethernet RJ45 connector Audio line in Audio line out Matrox Rainbow Runner Studio upgrade connector VESA feature connector 115 Kbps infrared connector Video memory or Rainbow Runner Studio upgrade connector Battery Switch SW1 Processor socket DIMM socket 0 DIMM socket 1 DIMM socket 2 CMOS clear Jumper J15 System board latch Video memory or Rainbow Runner Studio upgrade connector IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz Jumper Switch Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description CMOS Reset 2 3 CMOS reset J15 1 2 D Normal The following tables contains the switch setting information D indicates the default setting P55C Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 CPU SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Switch Settings 166 On On On Off MHz 200 Off On On Off MHz 233 Off Off On Off MHz Reserved Switch SW1 5 Reserved SW1 5 Reserved Off D System Board Ethernet Disable Switch SW1 6
114. 76H6101 02K1152 02K1125 12J3021 12J3039 06H5738 12J6025 06H5739 06H9411 01K1653 06H1784 12J6024 06H1779 115 15 15 15 16 17 18 19 116 System Type 6588 6888 Fan Assembly 80 mm 6588 6888 Fan Duct 6588 6888 Fan Duct 300 MHz Processor System Board no processor memory 6588 6888 See page83 System Board no processor memory 6588 Model 11X See page83 Cable Audio System Board to CD ROM 6588 6888 Lithium Battery 6588 6888 Processor 233 MHz 512 KB Cache 6588 Processor 266 MHz 512 KB Cache 6588 6888 Processor with Fan Sink 300 MHz 512 KB Cache 6588 6888 Processor Retention Kit 6588 6888 Kit includes Retainer Bracket System Board Plate 6 Screws Washers Memory 32 MB DIMM NP EDO 6588 32 MB DIMM ECC 6888 64 MB DIMM ECC 6888 SCSI Adapter 6588 6888 4 MB Video Adapter Matrox 6588 6888 Intergraph 3D Graphics Adapter 6888 Bracket Hard File 6588 6888 EMC Shield 6588 6888 Foot 6588 6888 Misc Screw Kit 6588 6888 Jumper Kit 6588 6888 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 12J3020 12J3022 01K1894 93H9700 07L7120 75H9219 33F8354 12J3019 1203024 01 1895 1246030 42H2797 42H2801 42H2829 12J3094 75H9227 75H9225 06H9409 06H1782 06H1773 93F0041 93F0067 Type 6591 Parts Service Information 117 Parts Listing Index own ARAARA NNO 15
115. Aborted the test programs check the error return code at test completion To register the test properly in the test log the test programs must generate one of the following return codes Return Code Description 0 Indicates the device passed its test 1 Indicated the device failed its test 2 or greater Indicates the test stopped or was aborted 242 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Using the Test Programs The test programs provide advanced functions and utilities for users and service or support professionals to troubleshoot even the most difficult problems Program Navigation You can maneuver within the test programs by typing the first letter of a menu choice using the function keys or using command line options Using the First Letter of a Menu Choice Throughout the test programs pressing the first letter of an option on a menu is the same as moving to that item with the cursor and pressing Enter however this function is not enabled on Test Group Screens Using the Function Keys Use the following keys to maneuver throughout the test programs Keys Action Enter Select an item run the test module or run the test Down Moves the cursor down Arrow Up Moves the cursor up Arrow 1 F1 Calls up the appropriate Help information Use the up arrow key 1 or the down arrow key to scroll through the information Pressing F1 from within a Help screen
116. Adapter if installed 2 Riser Card 76XX 1 Page Printer Adapter 78XX 1 High Speed Adapter 79XX 1 3117 Adapter 80XX 1 PCMCIA Adapter 84XX 1 Speech Adapter 2 Speech Control Assy 3 Riser Card 8601 8602 1 Pointing Device Mouse 2 System Board 8603 8604 1 System Board 2 Pointing Device Mouse 86XX 1 Mouse Not listed above 2 System Board 89XX 1 PC Music Adapter 2 MIDI Adapter Unit 3 Riser Card 91XX 1 Optical Drive 2 Adapter 96XX 1 SCSI Adapter 2 Any SCSI Device 3 System Board 10101 10102 10104 1 Have customer verify 10105 10106 10107 correct operating 10108 10109 10111 system device 10112 10113 10114 drivers are installed 10115 10116 and operational 2 Modem 10103 10110 101171 1 System Board 2 Data Fax Modem 10117 1 Check system Not listed above speaker 2 Check PSTN cable 3 External DAA if installed 4 Modem 10118 1 Run Diagnostics and verify the correct operation of the modem slot 2 Modem 10119 1 Diagnostics detected non IBM modem 2 Modem Service Information 43 POST Error Code FRU Action 10120 1 Check PSTN Cable 2 External DAA if installed 3 Modem 10132 10133 10134 1 Modem 10135 10136 10137 10138 10139 10140 10141 10142 10143 10144 10145 10146 10147 10148 10149 10150 10151 10152 10153 1 Data Fax Modem 2 System Board 101XX 1 Modem Adapter A Not listed above 2 Data Fax Modem 3 System Board 10450 10451
117. AssetCare is part of the security software that allows the reading and tracking of computer and user data in the EEPROM The EEPROM is a dual port device that can be accessed through a wireless RF interface or standard system bus With an appropriate RF reader the RFID data can be read even with the system still in the box 220 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM With DMI compliant software the AssetCare software installed read write access to the EEPROM data via the keyboard 15 available The 256 byte data fields in the EEPROM are as follows e Serial number read only RF e Configuration data read only RF User area read write Lease information Asset information Owner information Warranty information User defined fields 5 AssetCare Enablement can be enabled or disabled under System Security in Setup Configuration Utility Disabling AssetCare will disable the RF read write functions to the EEPROM Asset ID Asset ID is supported on these computer Types 6862 6865 6892 6889 6893 Asset ID is the application of using radio frequency technology to communicate with the AssetCare EEPROM described above Asset ID assists customers in performing electronic property pass system deployment and physical inventory applications using radio frequency equipment from third party vendors The electronic property pass application can be set so that if unauthorized removal of
118. BTU 204 watts 47 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 37 dB operating 34 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 9 bels operating 4 5 bels idle 46 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 47 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 48 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 209 Specifications 6865 Feature Description Size Depth 460 mm 18 1 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Maximum as shipped Weight 20 5 kg 45 pounds 49 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate
119. Card 4x4 PCI ISA Serial Port Adapter Card Removable DASD Tray Service Information FRU No 93F0041 76H1788 12H0897 01K1604 76H1789 109 Type 6561 Parts 110 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 2 wo nnn eA 12 12 12 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 19 System Type 6561 Cover Assembly Bezel Kit Name Plate CD ROM Drive 32X CD ROM Drive 32X Models 29J 42X 46J 47J Audio Cable CD ROM IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop IDE Cable CD ROM 2 drop EMC Shield Kit 2 1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 2 5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 3 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive IDE Cable Hard Disk CD ROM Cage 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable 3 5 Inch Diskette Bracket Side Bracket Fan Assembly 80 mm Fan Assembly 80 mm 233 266 MHz Proc only Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM ECC Processor Pentium Il 233 MHz Processor Pentium Il 266 MHz Intel Celeron Processor 266 MHz cache Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz no cache Processor Pentium 266 MHz ECC Model 464 Processor Pentium Il 300 MHz ECC Processor 333 MHz Pentium Il ECC Goal Posts Processor support System Board no processor memory with guide rails and shield Guide Rail system board Lithium Battery Jumper Kit Latch and Screw system
120. Ctrl Esc or Alt Esc and wait a few seconds to see if the system responds If this does not resolve the problem do the following 1 Determine if you can move the mouse pointer but cannot select any object when you press mouse button 1 2 Press the Caps Lock and Num Lock keys to see if their status lights come on 3 Record a description of what you were doing when the system stopped If any messages appeared on the screen record the message text and number 4 Call a HelpWare technician for assistance Stacked Icons Symptom Some of the icons on your Desktop appear to be stacked on each other Action Refresh your Desktop by doing the following 1 Position the pointer on a blank area of the Desktop 2 Press mouse button 2 A pop up menu appears 3 Select Refresh 4 f your screen goes blank press Alt Esc to Switch between programs and force repainting of your screen Folders open and close immediately Symptom When you attempt to open a folder it will not stay open Action Use the OS 2 Warp Recovery Choices Program to recover a set of archived system files See OS 2 Warp Recovery Choices Program on page 260 for instructions Recovering from Errors on the Hard Disk You can use the CHKDSK command with the F parameter to check the hard disk for errors and if any errors are found correct them Reference Information 263 Correcting Disk Errors from DOS To run the CHECKDSK program from DOS 1 Clo
121. Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 3 System Board Incorrect DOS version 1 Ensure you are using DOS version 3 0 or higher INT Mask Register Failed INT Mask Register error 1 Microprocessor 2 System Board Invalid Date Clock DOS date mismatch 1 Real Time Clock Assembly 2 System Board Service Information 51 Error Message Symptom FRU Action Invalid Time 1 Real Time Clock Clock DOS time mismatch Assembly Back up clock and DOS time of day settings do not match 2 System Board Linear Cylinder Access Test Failed Hard Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Cable Hard disk drive error 3 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 4 System Board Logic Function Failed 1 Microprocessor CPU Logic test error 2 System Board Loopback Error 1 System Board COM Port Test or Parallel 2 Wrap Plug Port error A wrap plug must be installed to successfully complete these tests Main Components Failed 1 System Board System board error 2 Processor Memory test cannot run at 1 Memory Module this location in memory 2 System Board Not enough free memory available to start the memory test Missing QAPlus PRO Files s One or more diagnostic support files are missing 1 Diagnostic Diskette NO LOOP BACK PLUG Skipping External loopback test 1 Install wrap plug on the serial port rerun test No wrap plug instal
122. Drive 9 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 7200 RPM 9 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 10 000 RPM 10 1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 7200 RPM 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Blank Louver Bezels 3 5 In and 5 25 In Miscellaneous Optional Blank Bezels CD ROM Picture Frame Bezel 3 5 In Bezel Assembly Model Plate RFID Antenna Front Bezel System Board without processor or memory Fan Assembly 92 mm Card Guide C2 Switch Assembly EMC Kit 3 5 5 25 In Hard Disk Bracket Access Cover Assembly Video Adapter Matrox Eclipse Video Adapter Matrox Millenium Video Adapter 3D PRO 3400 GA Video Adapter 3D PRO 3400 T Video Adapter Permedia 2A Air Baffle 3 5 In Hard Disk Bracket 64 MB ECC DIMM Memory 128 MB ECC DIMM Memory 256 MB ECC DIMM Memory 350 MHz Pentium Il microprocessor 400 MHz Pentium Il microprocessor 450 MHz Pentium Il microprocessor Terminator Card Processor Processor Retainer Support Bracket Assembly Power Supply 330 W Keylock Assembly Chassis Assembly Cable Audio CD ROM Cable CD ROM IDE Cable Diskette Drive Cable Hard Disk IDE Cable Intergraph Cable SCSI 2 Drop Service Information FRU No 1245547 1244510 01K1637 02K1119 10L6078 10L6079 10L6084 10L6085 10L6016 10L6063 75H9550 75H9552 01K1888 1295551 1246473 12J5549 12J5552 03K9769 12J5548 93H9345 02K2861 10L5607 01K1495 1204508 1204501 12J5546 01K4422 01K434
123. Drive 6589 2 5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6577 6587 2 5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6589 4 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6577 6587 6589 SCSI Adapter PCI 6589 FRU No 06H5722 75H7986 75H7986 06H5723 93F2361 41H7675 41H7676 8261887 71G0660 06H6344 06H6325 82G1824 06H9408 71G4958 06H4152 82G5926 82G5927 82G5928 82G5932 06H9063 82G5929 06H8419 06H61 11 06H9079 07H0383 07H0390 75H7497 06H9064 07H1118 76H0958 76H5822 07H1123 76H5820 60H7823 3 When referring to hard disk drive capacity MB means 1 000 000 bytes total user accessible capacity may vary depending on operating environment 98 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Index System Type 6X7X 6X8X Adaptec SCSI Adapter 6877 6887 IDE Cable Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable SCSI Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable Hard Disk Drive Bracket SCSI Cable PCI 3x3 6575 6875 6876 6877 SCSI Cable PCI 5x5 6585 6885 6886 6887 SCSI Cable PCI 5x5 6589 Power Supply Cable Switch 145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 6571 6573 145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 6575 145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 3 3 Volt 6576 6875 6876 145 Watt Power Supply 3x3 3 3 Volt 6577 6877 210 Watt Power Supply 5x5 6581 6583 6585 210 Watt Power Supply 5x5 3 3 Volt 6586 6885 6886 200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 3 3 Volt 6587 6887 200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 3 3 Volt 6587 Japan Only 200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 3 3
124. French French Canadian ID 058 French Canadian ID 445 German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Korean Japan Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romania Russian Serbian Cyrillic Slovakian Spanish Swed Finn Swiss French German Thailand Turkish ID 179 Turkish ID 440 UK English US English US English Intl Yugoslavia Lat 2811828 2811829 2811830 2811826 2811831 2811859 2811832 2811833 2811834 2811835 2811824 2811827 2811836 2811838 2811839 2811840 2811841 2811842 2811860 2811858 2811825 2811843 2811844 2811845 2811846 2811847 2811848 2811849 2811850 2811851 2811852 2811861 2811853 2811854 2811855 2811823 2811856 2811857 Service Information 149 Keyboards PC NEXT Pearl White Type 6561 6591 6862 6892 Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese Czech Danish Dutch French French Canadian ID 058 French Canadian ID 445 German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Japan Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romania Russian Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swed Finn Swiss French German Thailand Turkish ID 179 Turkish ID 440 UK English US English UK English ISO Compliant Yugoslavia Key Kit EURO Symbol 02K0815 02K0816 02K0817 02K0814 02K0818 02K0845 02K0819 02K0820 02K0821 02K0822 02K0808 02K0810 02K0823 02K0824 02K0825 02K0826 02K0827 02K0828 02K0844 02K08
125. IDE 850 MB Hard Disk Drive IDE 1 2 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE 1 2 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE 2 5 GB Hard Disk Drive IDE CD ROM Drive 6X IDE CD ROM Drive 6X IDE Toroid Kit for 6X CD ROM Drive IDE Cable LED and Cable Power Hard Disk Drive Power Supply Order one of the following power supplies for Type 6560 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply without switch bracket 145 Watt Power Supply 200 Watt Power Supply Japan Switch Cable Assembly Japan System Board Without processor memory or cache System Board System Board with cache L2 Cache 256 KB Processors Pentium 100 Pentium 120 Pentium 133 Pentium 166 72 Pin Memory SIMM 4 MB Non parity EDO 8 MB Non parity EDO 16 MB Non parity EDO Base Assembly Base Assembly 4x4 6560 Fan Assembly 80 mm Foot 4 each LED and Cable Power Hard Disk Drive Lithium Battery See page Safety Information on page 187 Power Button Jumper Kit IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 75H7956 75H7959 75H7958 93F2361 41H7675 41H7676 06H6325 06H8419 42H1825 07H0383 07H1120 07H1123 75H9601 06H9429 11H6128 06H6326 07H1444 75H8473 75H8474 07H1441 06H2968 06H3863 93H4641 93H4603 42H2804 07H1446 07H1451 75H8235 75H8261 92G7319 92G7321 92G7323 75H7957 75H8258 07H1440 07H1444 33F8354 75H7979 93F0067 Index System Type 6560 Mounting Screws Card Guide Riser Card Support Bracket Riser
126. IntelliStation Series HMM Upgrading Adapter Microcode from the Utilities Diskette Warning When you update the adapter functional code on a wireless workstation data traffic on the wireless workstation is stopped To update the adapter functional code do the following 1 Stop all operations on your computer by using the Shutdown function if you are in OS 2 then insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in drive A Restart the workstation by pressing Ctrl Alt Del you have a PCMCIA slot and you experience problems when you start your system refer to the step 2 on page 272 Select Wireless LAN Adapter Utilities from the main menu and press Enter Select Functional Code Update from the Utility menu press Enter and follow the instructions on the screen Note Code update files IBMWLMC1 UPD for ISA MCA and IBMWLMC2 UPD for PCMCIA are available from the current IBM Wireless Utilities diskette or from a Corrective Service Diskette Reference Information 275 System Board Memory The following matrix cross references the name of the computer printed on the logo and the size speed and type of memory modules supported in the computer m Attention For SIMM memory PC 300 700 Series computers support gold plated SIMMs except Types 6560 6576 6586 6577 6587 6598 and 6877 6887 that support only tin lead SIMMS Computer Memory Module Name Size Speed Type PC 300 8 MB 60 ns EDO
127. MEM4 12 MB 4 8 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 4 4 8 16 MB 8 MB 8 MB 16 4 4 4 4 20 4 8 8 20 MB 4 MB 16 MB 24 8 8 MB 8 MB 24 4 4 8 8 24 4 4 16 28 4 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB 28 MB 4 MB 4 MB 16 MB 4 MB 32 MB 16 MB 16 MB 32 32 32 8 8 16 MB 32 MB 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB 36 MB 4 MB 16 MB 16 MB 40 MB 4 MB 4 MB 32 MB 40 MB 4 MB 4 MB 16 MB 16 MB 48 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 48 MB 8 MB 8 MB 32 MB 48 8 8 16 MB 16 MB 52 MB 4 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 64 MB 32 MB 32 MB 64 MB 16 MB 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 16 MB 68 MB 4 MB 32 MB 16 MB 16 MB 72 MB 4 MB 4 MB 32 MB 32 MB 80 MB 8 MB 8 MB 32 MB 32 MB 84 MB 4 MB 32 MB 32 MB 16 MB 96 MB 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB 96 MB 16 MB 16 MB 32 MB 32 MB 100 MB 4 MB 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB 128 MB 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB 32 MB PC 330 350 Series Type 6575 6585 Pentium 60 MHz These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed Reference Information 281 1 2 1 2 3 4 8 4 16 MB 4 MB 4 MB 16 MB 8 MB 24 8 4 32 8 8 32 16 40 16 4 48 16 8
128. Messages Messages generated by the software the operating system or application programs generally are text messages but they also can be numeric Basically there are five types of error messages POST error messages e POST beep codes Diagnostic error messages e Software generated messages Multiple messages Error Message Description POST Error Messages Displayed when POST finds problems with the hardware or detects a change in the hardware configuration POST Beep Codes Sounds emitted from the speaker if POST finds a problem One beep indicates POST completed successfully Multiple beeps indicate a problem was found by the POST Diagnostic Error Messages Displayed when a test program finds a problem with a hardware option Software Generated Error Messages Displayed if a problem or conflict is found by an application program the operating system or both For an explanation of these messages refer to the information supplied with that software package Multiple Messages The first error that occurs can cause additional errors Follow the suggested action of the first error displayed In this case the system displays more than one error message Always follow the suggested action instructions for the first error message displayed Reference Information 241 Return Codes For the test programs to properly determine if a test Passed Failed or
129. PC 300 Types 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6562 6592 6862 6892 For PC360 S150 and all IntelliStation models the 20 pin main power supply connector is located on the system board See Riser Card Layouts on page 427 and System Board Layouts on page 358 for connector location Attention These voltages must be checked with the power supply cables connected to the system board or riser card 1 10 11 20 Signal Function 1 3 3 V 3 3 V de 2 3 3 V 3 3 V de 3 COM Ground 4 5 V dc 5 COM Ground 6 5V 5 V 7 COM Ground 8 POK Power Good 9 5VSB Standby Voltage 10 12V 12 V dc 11 3 3 V 3 3 V 12 12 V 12 V dc 13 COM Ground 14 PS ON DC Remote Enable 15 COM Ground 16 COM Ground 17 COM Ground 18 5 V 5 V dc 19 5V 5 V dc 20 5V 5 V 30 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Display If the screen is rolling replace the display assembly If that does not correct the problem replace the video adapter if installed or replace the system board If the screen is not rolling do the following to run the display self test 1 2 3 4 Power off the computer and display Disconnect the display signal cable Power on the display Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to their maximum setti
130. Plug and Play devices Many ISA adapters are not Plug and Play devices If the adapter you are installing is not a Plug and Play adapter a legacy device you must configure it manually Legacy Adapters ISA adapters that are not Plug and Play devices are referred to as legacy devices The Configuration Setup Utility program can help you manually configure legacy adapters The Configuration Setup Utility program screens show the legacy resources typically required by adapters port address Memory address Interrupt request IRQ line Direct memory access DMA channel Resources not currently being used by adapters already installed in your computer are highlighted From these Screens you can select available resources for the adapter you are installing Set the resources used by installed legacy adapters to not available This enables the Plug and Play code to configure around legacy adapters Then you can make the appropriate jumper or switch settings on the adapter Using this procedure helps prevent conflicts with other adapters Refer to the adapter documentation for information about required resources If your computer comes with preinstalled software you can also select these resources using the Plug and Play icon Note The Plug and Play feature uses memory addresses EDOOh to EFFFh If you install an ISA legacy adapter or use a memory manager program do not use the addresses within this range Formatt
131. Power on Switch switch for continuity If the above are correct check the following voltages PC 300 700 Series System Board Power Supply Connections If the computer you are servicing has a 20 pin power connector on the riser card or system board see 20 Pin Main Power Supply Connection on page 30 Note These voltages must be checked with the power supply cables connected to the system board 28 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM o 5558 5 NO A MANN Sl Te 28 6 2220 gt LO IN gt Xo NP gt 59 2 Aa E REAR all 2 gt D 0 11 If the voltages are not correct and the power cord is good replace the power supply If the voltages are correct and the computer you are servicing has a power supply connector on the riser card check the following riser card voltages Riser Card Connections Note These voltages must be checked with the power supply cable connected to the riser card P10 If the voltages are not correct and the power cord is good replace the power supply Service Information 29 20 Main Power Supply Connection The 20 pin main power supply connector is located on the riser card for
132. Printer Failed 1 Printer Printer powered on and 2 Printer Cable ready 3 System Board Printer Fault 1 Printer Printer powered on and 2 Printer Cable ready 3 System Board Printer Not Selected 1 Printer Ensure the printer is 2 Printer Cable powered on and ready 3 System Board Program or File 1 Diagnostic Diskette Not Found 2 Diskette Drive Press Any Key Diagnostics cannot find the USER N COM file System Board Program Too Big To Fit In Memory Too many Terminate and Stay Resident programs in memory Reboot the system from the Diagnostic Diskette Service Information 53 Error Message Symptom FRU Action QAPlus PRO Cannot Be Diagnostic Diskette not detected Re run Because Of Error 2 Memory Module In Relocating Program 3 System Board Diagnostics failed to relocate the Diagnostics Test programs so the memory space it resides in was not tested RAM Memory Error in 1 Memory Module Block n Bad bits n 2 System Board Memory error RAM Test Failed 1 Memory Module Memory error 2 System Board Read error on cylinder n 1 Hard Disk Drive Hard disk drive format error 2 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 3 System Board Read Errors 1 Diskette Diskette drive read error 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Receive Error 1 Serial Port Cable Serial Port loopback test 2 System Board error Refresh Fail
133. Rear Decorative Panel 5x5 6587 6589 6887 80 mm Fan Assembly 80 mm Fan Guard 3x3 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 06H9405 06H9405 10H3080 06H1773 06H6992 06H9421 06H1774 06H9411 06H1791 06H1792 06H5748 06H9971 06H1788 06H9972 81G4632 81G4261 81G4633 81G4634 82G4982 75H7491 06H1790 06H5749 06H9422 06H9412 06H9413 06H9150 06H9423 10H2925 06H5742 06H9420 06H1785 06H9407 06H1796 06H5733 Index 10 10 10 10 10 10 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Air Duct Processor 6576 6577 6586 6587 Panel Assembly Rear Panel Assembly ISA 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6877 Rear Panel Assembly MCA 3x3 6876 Rear Panel Assembly ISA 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 Rear Panel Assembly MCA 5x5 6886 Rear Panel Assembly ISA 5x5 6587 6589 6887 Riser Card ISA VESA 3x3 6571 ISA PCI 3x3 6573 ISA PCI 3x3 6575 ISA PCI 3x3 6576 ISA PCI 3x3 6875 MCA PCI 3x3 6876 ISA PCI 3x3 6577 6877 ISA VESA 5x5 6581 ISA PCI 5x5 6583 ISA PCI 5x5 6585 ISA PCI 5x5 6586 ISA PCI 5x5 6587 6589 6887 3 Shared 2 ISA ISA PCI 5x5 6589 3 Shared 2 PCI ISA PCI 5x5 6885 MCA PCI 5x5 6886 Card Guide Card Guide 3x3 MCA PCI 6876 Card Guide 5x5 MCA PCI 6886 Card Guide PCMCIA 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Card Guide ISA 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 Card Guide ISA PCI 3x3 6577 6877 Card Guide ISA 5x
134. Run Flash Recovery using Boot Block See Flash Recovery Boot Block Jumper on page 228 2 System Board 167 Microprocessor installed that is not supported by the current POST BIOS 168 Alert on LAN error 1 Run Setup Check Stepping level for the BIOS level needed then perform the flash update 2 Processor 1 Run Setup Check to see that Ethernet and Alert on LAN are enabled 2 System Board 3 Riser Card if installed 17X 18X 1 C2 Security 36 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU Action 175 176 1 Run Configuration See Setup Utility Program on page 248 Riser Card if installed 3 System Board 1 Covers were removed from the computer 177 Corrupted Administrator Password Riser Card 2 System Board 178 1 Riser Card 2 System Board 183 1 Enter the administrator password 184 1 Enter new password Password removed due to check sum error See next 184 for Type 6862 6889 6892 184 Type 6862 6889 6892 No RFID Antenna 1 Make sure Asset Care and Asset ID are enabled in Configuration Setup RFID Antenna 3 System Board 185 1 Set configuration and Corrupted boot sequence reinstall the boot sequence 186 1 Riser Card if Type 6562 6592 6862 installed 6889 6892 2 System Board 187 1 Clear Administration password 2 System
135. able to run diagnostics diskette configuration settings 2 Diskette Drive A B Diskette Drive Cable Riser Card if drive cable connected 5 System Board 2 00 38 605 POST cannot unlock the diskette drive Diskette Drive 2 Diskette Drive Cable 3 System Board IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM POST Error Code FRU Action 662 1 Diskette drive configuration error or wrong diskette drive type run Setup Configuration 6XX 1 Diskette Drive Not listed above 2 System Board 3 External Drive Adapter 4 Diskette Drive Cable 5 Power Supply 762 1 Run Setup Math coprocessor 2 Processor configuration error 3 System Board 7XX 1 Processor Not listed above 2 System Board 962 1 Run Configuration Parallel port configuration 2 Parallel Adapter error if installed 3 System Board 9XX 1 Printer 2 System Board 1047 1 16 Bit AT Fast SCSI Adapter 107X 1 Check SCSI Check SCSI terminator terminator installation installation 2 SCSI Cable 3 SCSI Terminator 4 SCSI Device 5 SCSI Adapter 1101 Serial connector error possible system board failure Run Advanced Diagnostics 1101 1102 1106 System Board 1108 1109 2 Any Serial Device 1107 1 Communications Cable 2 System Board 1102 1 Run Advanced Card selected feedback error Diagnostics 1103 Port fails register check 1 Run Adva
136. board Power Switch LED Assembly Cage Riser Card Front Riser Support Guide Chassis Assembly Keylock Assembly Foot 4 Side Panel 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply Japan Audio Adapter Ethernet Adapter Cable Wake On Ring Misc Screw Kit Service Information FRU No 01K1607 76H7339 01K1611 02K3412 02K1115 75H9219 03K9724 1203432 76H7338 1243141 75H8978 10L6006 1243143 76H7341 76H7331 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 76H7330 76H7329 10L5501 03K9541 01K1104 01K1105 01K1125 01K2165 01K2166 01K4295 01K4463 01K2169 01K4291 01K2167 02K2856 01K2145 01K1610 33F8354 93F0067 01K1612 03K9542 61H0499 02K2766 01K1608 76H7336 93F2386 76H7333 01K9846 01K9848 01K2154 08L2566 08L2559 93F0041 111 6562 Parts 112 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 2 3 wo ou 14 15 16 17 18 18 System Type 6562 Cover Assembly Power Button EMC Shields 2 5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive IDE Cable 2 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 4 3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive SCSI Adapter Card Adaptec SCSI Data Cable SCSI LED Cable CD ROM Drive 24X Max IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop Hard Disk CD ROM Cage Audio Panel Assembly Audio Cable 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable Diskette Drive Power Cable 3 5 Inch Diskette Bracket Side Brack
137. checkout procedure is for Type 6876 and 6886 computers On Type 6876 and 6886 Micro Channel computers you can start the advanced diagnostics programs in one of three ways 1 From the 700 Series 6876 6886 Reference Diskette 2 From the 700 Series 6876 6886 Diagnostics Diskette 3 From the System Partition From the Reference Diskette Type 6876 6886 The Reference Diskette is bootable Starting the diagnostic programs from the Reference Diskette allows you to test the options installed in the computer or test the base system To Test Options Type 6876 6886 m Notes 1 Ensure that Rapid Resume 15 disabled before starting this procedure 2 f Rapid Resume is displayed during this procedure see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 3 Re run the diagnostics tests To test the options installed in the computer do the following 1 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle position Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following responses a One beep b IBM Logo c Readable instructions or the Main Menu 8 If you received the correct responses press Ctrl A Test the Computer screen appears Select Options diagnostics and follow the instructions on the screen 9 If you did not receive the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page
138. computer might not be connected to an active network or there might be a problem with the network adapter card See Network Adapter LED Status on page 11 005 Start the PC Enhanced Diagnostics tests If necessary refer to Starting IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics on page 9 and Diagnostics and Test Information on page 230 If diagnostic programs are not installed on the computer you are servicing contact the system administrator and ask if the diagnostic programs can be made available over the LAN If the diagnostics can not be made available over the LAN use the Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 006 IS THERE A READABLE SCREEN WITH NO FLASHING JITTERING OR OTHER DISPLAY PROBLEMS Yes No 007 Go to Display on page 31 008 OBSERVE THE GREEN LED ON THE TOKEN RING ADAPTER OR THE LNK LED ON THE ETHERNET ADAPTER FOR 30 SECONDS IS THE LED ON SOLID FOR THE ENTIRE 30 SECONDS Yes No 009 Step 009 continues 6 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 009 continued The computer might not be connected to an active network or there might be a problem with the network adapter card See Network Adapter LED Status on page 11 010 IS THE COMPUTER STOPPED AT THE RPL SCREEN Yes No 011 The RPL Remote Program Load screen displays a title line at the top of screen such as IBM PCI Token Ring Adapte
139. connector Mouse Keyboard connectors top mouse bottom keyboard Serial connectors top serial port 2 bottom serial port 1 USB connectors top USB2 bottom USB1 Parallel connector Reference Information 361 300 Series Type 6265 6275 6285 Pentium 300 333 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description CMOS Reset J9 2 3 CMOS reset 1 2 D Normal The following tables contains the switch setting information D indicates the default setting Pentium Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 CPU SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Switch Settings 233 66 Off Off On On MHz 266 66 On On Off On MHz 300 66 Off On Off On MHz 333 66 On Off Off On MHz 350 100 Off Off On On MHz 400 100 On On Off On MHz ROM Operation Switch SW1 5 ROM Operation SW1 5 ROM Recovery Mode On Normal ROM Operation Off D Reserved Switch SW1 6 Reserved SW1 6 Reserved Off D Privilege Access Password PAP Switch SW1 7 PAP SW1 7 Disable Off D Enable On 362 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diskette Write Access Switch SW1 8 Diskette Access SW1 8 Write Enabled Off D Write Protected On Reference Information 363 300 Series 6561 6591 Pentium Il 233 266 3
140. ees 158 104 2 u pepnjour JON L SOJON VIAS G LN SMOPUIM V N S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN ZHW VIAS S6 SMOPUIM V N vXv S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN 26 ZHIN XSL VIAS 96 SMOPUIM V N vXV S9yg 3013 99 92 dN 8N ZHIN 662 XEL VOAS S6 SMOPUIM V N vXV S9yg qov 3013 99 92 dN 8N 9 ZHIN 662 VOAS V N V N vXV 9979 dov V N dN 26 2 662 uedo XOL 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 1969 d L 00 Od 9 Jo EL 467 Reference Information 2 ON 10sseoo4d U0I9 9D 8 993 83 219 10 99925 ge ZLS Il PUI Z peojaid AjUO ayap esuoeor esueor 2 50 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 75 y prepuels v 993 10 Aued UoN Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 u pepnjour JON Y N SOJON VOAS JosseooJd LN SMOPUIM V N vxv soys 51119 dov 3013 89 dN 5 ZHIN 992 VOAS Jos
141. ein CD ROM Laufwerk installiert ist beachten Sie folgendes Steuer und Einstellelemente sowie Verfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen im vorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen Andernfalls kann gef hrliche Laserstrahlung auftreten Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen des CD ROM Laufwerks kann zu gef hrlicher Laserstrahlung f hren Es befinden sich keine Teile innerhalb des CD ROM Laufwerks die vom Benutzer gewartet werden m ssen Die Verkleidung des CD ROM Laufwerks nicht ffnen VORSICHT Manche CD ROM Laufwerke enthalten eine eingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder 3B Die nachfolgend aufgef hrten Punkte beachten Laserstrahlung bei ge ffneter T r Niemals direkt in den Laserstrahl sehen nicht direkt mit optischen Instrumenten betrachten und den Strahlungsbereich meiden Reference Information 177 32 kg 55 kg achtung Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenen Sicherheitsbestimmungen beachten A achtung An Netz Telefon und Datenleitungen k nnen gef hrliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen Um eine Gef hrdung des Benutzers oder Besch digung des Ger ts zu vermeiden ist der Server auszuschalten Die Verbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln Telekommunikationssystemen Netzwerken und Modems ist vor dem ffnen des Servergeh uses zu unterbrechen sofern in Installations und Konfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben 178 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A PERICO
142. gungueg 105590014 GW 8 eDed uo japon sbenBue7 lunoo ees 158 104 pepnjour JON Y N L Q e x do ISOS V N XEN XZE dOV vXv uedo v N 10 3013 NVUOS v9 ZHW 09 8 0029 0022 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE XoJeW dov ISOS 89 16 INVUOS 821 ZHIN 09 Xvv 8 0029 0022 0 LN XEN XZE 9 89 NVUOS 821 2 04 xev 2 s10 S sAeg 105592014 2689 2 Jo ebeg rz 9981 501 Reference Information eu9e2 215 5105599010 7 9 uo jepoya ad ajou ay ees pezuouiny Spp eDed uo japo ees 152 104 2 u pepnjour JON IL SOJON Jejdepe soiudei6 5 ZHN 006 V N XEN JMOL 9X9 Y N V N 993 AW 26 uedo Jejdepe INVHOS ZHIN 992 VIN XEN JOMOL 9X9
143. jepojN ed ajou ay ass Jajquiaessy pazuoyiny eDed uo japoyy ees 152 104 72 JON Y N L SOJON 993 ZHW 09 V N XEN XZE JOMOL ZXZ uedo V N NVUOS 952 NO3X I uedo JO0jeJoJooov 007 Od ZHIN 09 10 06 US MOL 993 NO3X 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE ZXZ ISOS 2 89 16 NVUOS 952 Il 007 Od 10 0 6 US MOL ZHIN 05 0 LN XEN XZE J MOL ZXZ ISOS lt N 89 16 INVHGS 952 NO3X 9 2 sjo s s eg soiydesy 105592014 989 edA 6 Jo ebeg 12 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 492 5 ay uo 2 25 eDed uo jepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny
144. level BIOS see BIOS Levels on page 227 2 f multiple error codes are displayed diagnose the first error code displayed 3 If the computer hangs with a POST error go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 4 f the computer hangs and no error is displayed to Undetermined Problem on page 81 5 If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics program that device might be defective 2 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 001 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle position Insert the Diagnostics diskette into drive A Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following response 1 Readable instructions or the Main Menu DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE Yes No 002 If Rapid Resume is displayed do the following 1 Disable Rapid Resume see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 2 Run the diagnostics tests 3 Enable Rapid Resume after service is complete If the computer hangs during Rapid Resume do the following 1 Power off then power on the computer 2 When the hard disk drive activity light comes on press Ctrl Alt Del to exit Rapid Resume and restart the computer Rapid Resume is now turned off Go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 003 ARE ALL INSTALLED DEVICES IN THE COMPUTER HIGHLI
145. material that does not insulate you when working with live electrical currents Many customers have near their equipment rubber floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharges Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Find the room emergency power off switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet If an electrical accident occurs you can then operate the switch or unplug the power cord quickly Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages e Disconnect all power before Performing a mechanical inspection Working near power supplies Removing or installing main units e Before you start to work on the machine unplug the power cord If you cannot unplug it ask the customer to power off the wall box that supplies power to the machine and to lock the wall box in the off position e f you need to work on a machine that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Ensure that another person familiar with the power off controls is near you Remember Another person must be there to Switch off the power if necessary Use only one hand when working with powered on electrical equipment keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back Remember There must be a complete circuit to cause electrical shock By observing the above rule you may preve
146. mm 17 7 in Weight Minimum 9 9 kg 22 0 lb Maximum 11 3 kg 25 0 Ib 6t Environment Air temperature System 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 245 BTU 70 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 62 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 37 dB operating 34 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 9 bels operating 4 5 bels idle 61 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 62 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 63 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 214 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6898
147. on omits the designated test group from testing USRCONFIG The USERCONFIG file command line file option tells the test programs to look for a user diagnostic configuration file other than the default USERDIAG CFG SCRIPT The SCRIPT file R command line option file R with the R runs the selected script Please see Scripting on page 245 for a description of scripting on Note You can use a instead of a as the command line switch Viewing the Test Groups As you move the cursor bar up or down in the Test Module Selection window the right hand screen changes to show the attributes parameters and the selected tests of the corresponding Test Group The indicates a module selected for testing The indicated attributes are characteristics of the selected test module that are used by the test programs to determine which tests to run or how to run selected tests Attributes are also used to limit the allowable range of parameters for example ending cylinder Parameters are values you select to establish the scope of tests For example you can select Extended Memory testing parameters and limit the testing to a specific range of test blocks by specifying the starting and ending memory block This might be appropriate if prior experience indicates that problems are likely to exist in a 244 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM specific area of memory By selecti
148. ring adapter port removes itself from the network to perform self tests to verify that it is not the cause of a hard error If the tests are successful the port will reattach itself to the network Beaconing The state that a token ring adapter port enters after it has detected a hard error The error condition is reported to the other devices on the network Beaconing can result in the port removing itself from the network auto removal to determine whether it is the cause of the hard error Hard error An error condition on a network that requires removing the source of the error or reconfiguring the network before the network can resume reliable operation Initialization The first step taken to prepare the port for use after the computer has been booted During initialization the port runs a series of internal self diagnostic tests Open The state in which the port has established connection with other devices on the ring Wire fault An error condition caused by a break or short circuit in the cable segment that connects the port to its access unit such as an IBM 8230 Token Ring Network Controller Access Unit Service Information 13 General Checkout Type 6265 75 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 This general checkout procedure is for Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 computers m Attention The drives in the computer you are servicing might have been rearrang
149. s eui uo GEOIHL ES SOMARID U019 99 se pazes ssajun 323 94V 21 219 gyunnued 1055900 76 spy uo ees 152 104 Z JON Y N 86 SMOPUIM VIN Les 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHW 09 Jejdepe LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE XOMEN 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 2 007 XGE 86 SMODUIM XEN XZE 42018 Les 3013 89 9 79 ZHIN 00 86 SMOPUIM VIN CEOIYL ES 3013 89 NVUOS ZHIN 00 XZE 86 VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 v9 ZHIN 092 Xoe 86 SMODUIM VIN CEOIYL ES 3013 99 NVUOS 26 ZHW 096 Xec esueo 2 80 V N CEOIHL ES ISOS 80 Sp NVUOS 79 ZHIN 092 LN XEN XZE 42018 Les 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 00 LN VIN CEOIHL ES 3013 89 ZHIN 00 X9c 2 sjo s s eg soiydesy 1055920 2989 d L 00 Od 10 61 24 1 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 484 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 79
150. same locations Have the same address jumpers terminators cabling Have the same software versions and levels Have the same Reference Diagnostics Diskette version Have the same configuration options set in the System Have the same setup for the operation system control files Comparing the configuration and software set up between working and non working systems will often lead to problem resolution Reference Information 509 File Updates Use the World Wide Web WWW or the IBM BBS to download Diagnostic BIOS Flash and Device Driver files For PC Series 300 700 and IntelliStation systems the WWW address is http www pc ibm com us files html For IBM PC Servers the WWW address is http www pc ibm com us servers The IBM BBS can be reached at 919 517 0001 Hardware Considerations Use the following tools to help identify and resolve hardware related problems e Power on self test POST POST Beep codes Test programs Error messages POST does the following e Checks some basic system board operations e Checks the memory operation Starts the video operation e Verifies that the diskette drive is working e Verifies that the hard disk drive is working Use the test programs that come with this HMM or with the system you are servicing to test the IBM components of the system and some external devices Also from the DOS command or from OS 2 Utilities use the CHKDSK command to check and rep
151. tables contain the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting Jumper Setting Description J4J1 1 2 D Normal Operation 2 3 Erase Password and Configuration Clear CMOS Boot Block Jumper Setting Jumper Setting Description J12G1 1 2 D Normal Operation 2 3 Boot Block Recovery Administration Jumpe r Setting Jumper J4J2 Setting 1 2 2 3 0 Description Enable Administration Password Normal Operation Ethernet Power Jumper Setting Jumper Setting Description J2G1 1 2 D Enable power on 2 3 Disable power off Reference Information 403 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz System Board EJ EH E ES BIRR o B goos BE A co 404 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz System Board Locations w 1 N ou 1 1 c c J28 Riser connector Modem Ring Detect
152. the PC from the enterprise occurs an administrator password is required during the next boot up of the system Asset ID Enablement can be enabled or disabled under System Security in Setup Configuration Utility Note Disabling both AssetCare and Asset ID will disable the RF antenna testing during POST and will not cause a POST error 184 No RFID Antenna Reference Information 221 Hard Disk Drive Jumper Settings IDE hard disk drives for the PC 300 700 series computers use jumpers to set the drives as primary master or secondary slave For SCSI hard disk drives see SCSI Hard Disk Drive Settings on page 223 Attention For drives not listed below refer to the label on the hard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings IDE Hard Disk Drive Settings Primary Master Hard Disk Drive A Secondary Slave Hard Disk Drive m IDE Drives OO i og OO di F 222 300 700 IntelliStation Series SCSI Hard Disk Drive Settings 540 MB SCSI SCSI Position SCSI Position ID BH ID BH 6 1 2 NE 5 Am 1 4 0 3 BI 1 GB SCSI SCSI Position SCSI Position ID ID A2 7 3 Off On On 6 On On Off 2 On Off 5 On Off On 1 Off Off On
153. the computer with the QAPlus PRO diskette in the primary diskette drive CoSession for Windows If the CoSession for Windows program 15 preinstalled in the computer IBM HelpCenter personnel can use that program to diagnose the system from a remote location To use CoSession for Windows you must have a modem attached to your computer Contact the IBM HelpCenter for instructions before attempting to use CoSession for Windows Reference Information 239 The test programs include the following features Feature Description Advanced Diagnostic Tests Identifies most problems associated with the following major components System board Hard disk drives Diskette drives CD ROM drives RAM Serial and parallel ports Video adapter Printer Keyboard Mouse Flexible Test Control Allows you to Run groups of tests in batch Specify parameters to use for each test for example video modes disk cylinders and port addresses Specify the number of passes you want to run one to continuous Log the test results to a text dBase DBF format file Save all test settings for future use View System Information View the server s configuration information For example you can view the IRQ DMA assignments memory usage and device drivers Select System Utilities Run a low level format also contains system utilities Format a diskette 240 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Error
154. the computers hardware components The user interface is WaterGate s PC Doctor which serves as the control program for running the IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests provided by PC Doctor The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on line and can be downloaded from http www pc ibm com us Select Support e Select IBM IntelliStation Support Select Downloadable Files Select Diagnostics This diagnostic diskette includes A new user interface WaterGate Software s PC Doctor This interface serves as the control program for running both the IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic tests provided by PC Doctor Advanced Memory Diagnostics The memory diagnostic tests determine which memory module SIMM or DIMM 15 defective and report the socket where the failing module is located The Memory diagnostics can run a quick and full test of the system Diagnostics can also be run on a single SIMM or DIMM Note See Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 for the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 232 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Supported Systems The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics will run on all of the IBM PC 300 700 and IntelliStation computer systems except for Type 6571 6581 6573 6583 6875 6885 Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program To start the program 1 Shut down and power off the system 2 Wait
155. to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 110 BTU 35 watts Maximum 273 BTU 80 watts 5 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 30 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 38 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 37 dB operating 33 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 1 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 4 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 5 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 6 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 195 Specifications 6265 6275 Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 7 in Height 128 mm 5 0 in Width 450 mm 17 7 in Weight Minimum 9 9 kg 22 0 lb Maximum 11 3 kg 25 0 lb Environment Air temperature System 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F
156. to completion along with a visual representation of completion status e Provides messages that warn the user that this is a non recoverable process Important Make sure customer backs up all data before using the Quick or Full Erase function To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility 1 Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and press enter 2 Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASE HARD DISK option and then follow the instructions 236 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Asset EEPROM Backup When replacing a system board this utility allows the backup of all Asset information from the EEPROM to diskette This utility also restores data to the EEPROM from diskette after replacement of the system board To run this utility Select Utility Select Asset EEPROM Backup follow instructions on screen Viewing the Test Log Errors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed by the program as a failed test To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results do the following from any test category screen e Press to activate the log File Press again to save the file to diskette or F2 to print the file SIMM DIMM Memory Errors SIMM DIMM error messages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Message Failure Found Recommended Actions 2xx 1y A memory error was detected in SIMM socket Y Replace the SIMM in t
157. use 1 Tape Drive LED fails to come on 2 SCSI Adapter or System Board 3 SCSI Cable internal SCSI Cable external Tape automatically ejected 1 Tape Cassette from drive 2 Drive SCSI ID on rotary switch 1 Rotary Switch Circuit does not match SCSI ID Board set in configuration 2 Circuit Board Cable Verify drive switches 3 Tape Drive inside cover are set to zero Tape sticks breaks in drive Verify that the tapes used meet ANSI standard X3B5 1 Tape Cassette Service Information 47 POST Error Code FRU Action 212XX 1 SCSI Printer 2 Printer Cable 213XX 1 SCSI Processor 214XX 1 WORM Drive 215XXXC 1 CD ROM Drive I 215XXXD CD ROM Drive 11 215XXXE Enhanced CD ROM 215XXXU Drive If an external device and Any CD ROM Drive power on LED is off check 2 SCSI Cable external voltages 3 SCSI Adapter or System Board 216XX 1 Scanner 217XX If an external device and power on LED is off check external voltages 1 Rewritable Optical Drive 2 SCSI Adapter or System Board 3 SCSI Cable 218XX 1 Changer Check for multi CD tray or juke box 219XX 1 SCSI Communications Device 24201Y0 24210Y0 Be sure wrap plug is attached ISDN 2 Adapter 2 ISDN 2 Wrap Plug 3 ISDN 2 Communications Cable 273XX 1 1 Mbps Micro Channel Infrared LAN Adapter 27501 27503 27506 27507 ServerGuard Adapter 2 System Board 2
158. window to the right changes to correspond to the highlighted Module Running Selected Module Tests To run all selected tests for a test group 1 Use the up and down arrow keys 1 and to move the cursor to your selection 2 Press Enter Note A 4 appears next to your selection Running All Selected Modules To run all selected test modules 1 Use the down arrow key to move the cursor to the last choice Run All Selected Modules 2 Press Enter Note A appears next to your selection Changing Selected Tests in Test Groups To change selected tests in a Test Group 1 In the Module Tests Menu use the up and down arrow keys f and to move the cursor to your selection 2 Press Tab to move into the expanded Test Group window 3 Scroll to the test you want to select or deselect Warning Items indicated by a directly adjacent red text on color screens are destructive tests 4 Press the spacebar at the highlighted test to toggle between select indicated by a 4 and deselect 246 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Note Pressing the first letter of a test does not activate the test unlike menu operation 5 Press Enter Running an Individual Test To run an individual test 1 Use the up and down arrow keys 1 and to move to the highlighted bar to the test you want to run 2 Press Enter to run the test Note The results of the test appear in the lower right hand Tes
159. x99 S6 SMOPUIM V N vXV gN 9 snum 89 26 XININ ZHIN 002 xsd 96 SMOPUIM V N apps 89 AN 9 XINW ZHW 002 X79 VIN VIN 2 9rrS SNUID VIN ze 662 8 96 SMOPUIM V N 9 89 2 XININ ZHIN 9 LN SMOPUIM VIN 2 9rrS sna 3d 89 ze XINW ZHW esueo 2 50 VIN vXV gN 2 oyps snum 99 XININ ZHIN 002 NOY 09 Sio S s eg soiydesy 10559201 2829 00 Od 10 p 6 ejqe IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 460 XININ JO 51055902014 21 992 ONLY 51055902014 eDed uo uopeinbijuo9 jepojN ed ajou ay sas 5 pezuouiny om gy AUEd UON INVEOS Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 u JON L Qi e SOJON 96 VIN SNUID 89 an 94 ZHIN 002 XOL 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy PIH
160. 0 1 Check Cables 2 Ethernet Adapter 106XX 1 Ethernet Adapter Not listed above 107XX 1 5 25 inch External Diskette Drive 2 5 25 inch Diskette Drive Adapter A 109XX 1 ActionMedia Check the adapter cables Adapter A 2 System Board 112XX 1 SCSI Adapter This adapter does 2 Any SCSI Device not have cache 3 System Board 119XX 1 3119 Adapter 121XX 1 Modem Adapter 2 Any Serial Device 3 System Board 136XX 1 ISDN Primary Rate Adapter 2 System Board 137XX 1 System Board 141XX 1 Realtime Interface Coprocessor Portmaster Adapter A 143XX 1 Japanese Display Adapter 2 System Board 14710 14711 1 System Board Video Adapter 2 Adapter Video Memory 148XX 1 Video Adapter Service Information 45 FRU Action 14901 14902 1491X 14922 1 Video Adapter if installed System Board Display any type 14932 Mi External Display Video Adapter 16101 Riser Card Battery See page Safety Information on page 187 161XX FaxConcentrator Adapter 164XX 120 MB Internal Tape Drive Diskette Cable System Board 16500 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter 16520 16540 6157 Streaming Tape Drive 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter 166XX 167XX DIN Token Ring Adapter System Board Riser Card 18001 to 18029 Mi Wizard Adapter Wizard Adapt
161. 0 01K4337 01K4336 01K4342 02K2864 12J4516 01K1140 01K1141 01K1142 01K4333 01K4334 01K1578 01K7349 02K2903 01K9866 1295102 1204515 75 9219 01 1483 01 1541 01 1553 01 2035 01 1485 131 Index 132 System Type 6889 Cable SCSI 4 Drop Foot Qty 4 Microphone Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Miscellaneous Screw Kit Speaker System Board EMC Shield IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 01K1481 12J4506 01K4910 12J4503 93F0041 06H9417 01K1855 6892 Parts Service Information 133 Parts Listing Index System Type 6892 1 Cover and Handle 2 Power Switch LED Cable Assembly 3 Top Cover Assembly 4 Front Bezel Order either 32X Max CD ROM drives 5 CD ROM 32X Max 5 CD ROM 32X Max CD ROM Audio Cable 6 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6 6 4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Cable EIDE 6 4 5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive SCSI Adapter Card Adaptec SCSI Data Cable SCSI LED Cable 7 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 7 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable 8 Louver Blank Bezel Miscellaneous Optional Bezel 9 3 5 inch Front Panel 10 Model Plate 11 RFID Antenna 12 Bottom cover 13 Foot 4 14 System Board Latch and Screw 15 Memory 32 MB DIMM EDO ECC 15 Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity 15 Memory 64 MB DIMM EDO ECC 15 Memory 64 MB DIMM Non Parity 16 Processor Pentium Il 266 MHz 16 Processor Pentium Il 300 MHz 16 Processor P
162. 0 then 1 then 2 Use 3 3 V unbuffered 100 MHz SDRAM Non Registered DIMMs only Non parity or ECC DIMMs are supported Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type IntelliStation Type 6865 DIMM sizes of 128 256 and 512 MB are acceptable Use 100 MHz SDRAM ECC Registered DIMMs When installing or removing memory any sequence of DIMM size is allowed Fill each DIMM connector sequentially starting at DIMM socket 0 See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed Total Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 Memory MEM 1 2 MEM 3 4 MEM 5 6 8 MB 4 MB 16 4 4 16 8 24 4 4 4 24 8 4 32 8 8 32 16 40 8 8 4 40 16 4 48 8 8 8 48 16 8 64 16 16 64 32 72 16 16 4 286 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 72 32 4 80 MB 16
163. 0 Personal System 2 Portmaster 5 1 5 2 PS ValuePoint Rapid Resume SelectaSystem Skill Dynamics SystemView SystemXtra ThinkPad TrackPoint TrackPoint II Wake on LAN XGA ActionMedia Celeron LANDesk MMX Pentium ProShare and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U S and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows NT and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Other company product and service names used in this publication may be trademarks or service marks of others Reference Information 517 518 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Part Number 1019187 Printed in U S A
164. 00 Fax 905 316 4150 905 316 4100 Fax 905 316 4872 905 316 4100 Fax 800 661 2131 800 565 3344 416 443 5835 Fax 905 316 2445 905 316 3515 Fax 416 443 5778 800 505 1855 800 267 7472 Business Partner Marketing Support Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto Business Partner Marketing Support French Customer Relations Customer Service Dispatch Customer Service Parts Customer Support Center ISC Customer Service Repair Centre Dealer Support Group DSG HelpClub Registration IBM Direct HelpFax HelpFax Toronto HelpPC IBM Certification Administrator Mail to 50 Acadia Drive Markham Ontario L3R 083 IBM Education A Course IBM Information Network Support IBM PC Service Partners International Warranty Registration Lexmark Product Information PartnerLine Parts Orders Exchange or Emergency Parts Regular Orders Exchange Parts Orders Inquiries PC Co Bulletin Board Montreal PC Co Bulletin Board Markham PC Co Bulletin Board Vancouver PC Co Bulletin Board Winnepeg PS Marketing Support PSMT PS 1 Warranty Customer Helpline PS 1 Warranty Service DOAs Publications Ordering Service Management Support Service Management Support Service Warranty Manager Service Warranty Manager Service Quality Programs Service Quality Programs Skill Dynamics Education ThinkPad EasyServe Warranty Claim Fulfillment Warranty Claim Reimbursement Warranty Claim Reimbursement Warranty Claim Part
165. 00 333 350 400 MHz System Board Locations 398 300 Series Type 6862 6892 Pentium Il 266 300 333 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings 225 4 2 2 399 IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Il Xeon 400 MHz System Board 401 IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Il Xeon 400 MHz System Board Locations 402 IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Il Xeon 400 MHz Jumper Settings 403 PC 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz System chy hee EOS yore Rue 404 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz System Board Locations 405 PC 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz Jumper Settings 406 Bus CPU Speed MHz Setting 406 Cache Jumper Settings 406 PC 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz System Board 407 PC 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz System Board Locations 408 PC 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz Switch Jumper Settings 409 IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium Il 266 300 MHz System Board 410 IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium Il 266 300 MHz System Board Locations 411 IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium Il 266 300 MHz Jumper Settings 412 IntelliStation
166. 01 4327 02 2776 03K9672 01K1578 01K1612 03K9623 76H7332 03K9622 20L0970 02K2766 03K9621 76H7333 01K9846 01K9848 76H7339 76H7345 01K4422 93F2386 93F0067 03K9624 33F8354 93F0041 125 Type 6865 Parts ENS 126 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index oo 27 29 System Type 6865 Handle Cap Assembly Power Switch LED Cable Assembly Top Side Cover Assembly CD ROM Drive 32X Max 9 1 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive 10 000 RPM 4 5 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive 7 200 RPM 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Blank Louver Bezels 3 5 In and 5 25 In Miscellaneous Optional Bezels 3 5 In Bezel Assembly Name Plate RFID Antenna Front Bezel Fan Assembly 92 mm System Board without processor or memory Speaker Card Guide Fan Assembly front 120x25 mm C2 Switch Assembly Support Bracket Access Cover Assembly LVD SCSI Adapter Adaptec 2940 U2W Video Adapter Eclipse Video Adapter Matrox Millenium Video Adapter 3D PRO 3400 GA Video Adapter 3D PRO 3400 T Air Baffle Fan Assembly rear 120x38 mm 3 5 In Hard Disk Bracket 128 MB ECC DIMM Memory 256 MB ECC DIMM Memory 400 MHz Pentium Il Xeon microprocessor 450 MHz Pentium Il Xeon microprocessor Terminator Card Processor Voltage Regulator Module VRM for second processor Processor Retainer Support Bracket Assembly Power Suppl
167. 1 Jumper Position Description J5J1 1 3 Normal 0 J5J1 1 2 Reset ISA Bus Clock Speed Jumper J5J1 CPU External ISA 1 6 Clock ISA 1 8 Clock Clock Speed Speed Speed Jumper 5 7 Not Jumper 5 7 Installed Installed 50 75 MHz 8 33 MHz D 6 25 MHz 60 90 MHz 10 MHz 7 5 MHz D 66 100 MHz 11 MHz 8 25 MHz jumpered Note J5J1 pins 4 6 and 8 are reserved and should not be Processor VRE Enable J9C1 Jumper Description J9C1 1 3 D Standard Voltage Processor J9C1 5 7 VRE Rated Processor 380 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz System Board an E E goa s dum This system board is for models 6XX 7XX 8XX 9XX See PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz System Board on page 377 for 3XX 4XX and 5XX models Reference Information 381 330 350 Series 65 6 Pentium 133 166 MHz System Board Locations c N C oL IN Video Port ECP EPP Parallel Por
168. 1 Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover Reference Information 305 System Board Removal 6561 The computer you are servicing might have one of two styles of the right system board rail Below are the removal and install procedures for both rail styles Style 1 system board rail with scribe line System Board 1 Rail Latch Tae Tab Lift Here 1 System Board 4 Pull Here After unlatching and extending the system board latch handle grasp both system board rails and carefully slide the system board out from the chassis System Board 1 Alignment Mark Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of the right hand rail When the system board is fully seated the alignment mark on the chassis is visible 306 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Style 2 system board rail with latching tab System Board Rail Lift EE Here Tab Latch Lift Here 4 System Board 1 y Pull Here Lift the end of the right hand rail to disengage the plastic tab from the bottom of the chassis System Board Rotate the latch handle and firmly push in on the end of t
169. 1 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 76H7330 03K9769 76H7329 1111619 1111622 03 9626 01 1140 01 1141 02 2776 03K9672 01K1578 01K1612 03K9623 76H7332 03K9622 20L0970 02K2766 03K9818 02K2728 01K9846 01K9848 76H7345 93F2386 93F0067 03K9624 33F8354 01K4422 01K4340 93F0041 01K4342 137 Type 6898 Parts 138 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 A OON System Type 6898 Handle Cap Assembly Top Side Cover Assembly Order either of the below 24X Max CD ROM drives that match the FRU number of the drive being replaced CD ROM Drive 24X Max CD ROM Drive 24X Max 4 2 GB Hard Disk Drive EIDE 4 5 GB Hard Disk Drive SCSI 6 4 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 6 4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 9 1 GB Hard Disk Drive SCSI 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 In 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Blank Louver Bezels 3 5 In and 5 25 In 3 5 In Bezel Assembly Name Plate Front Bezel Foot Qty 4 System Board with SCSI onboard adapter without processor or memory Processor Retainer Support Kit 32 MB ECC DIMM Memory 64 MB ECC DIMM Memory 128 MB ECC DIMM Memory Terminator Card Processor 233 MHz Processor 266 MHz Processor 300 MHz Processor 333 MHz Processor Fan Assembly 92 mm Card Guide Speaker 3 5 In Hard Disk Bracket Access Cover Assembly Video Adapter Appian Video Adapter Permedia II Video Adapter 3D PRO 2200 T V
170. 10 seconds 3 Insert the IBM Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into diskette drive A 4 Power on the system The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed Navigating Through the Diagnostic Programs Use either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate through the Enhanced Diagnostics program Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within the menus The Enter key is used to select a menu item The Esc key is used to back up to the previous menu e For online help select F1 Running diagnostic tests There are four ways to run the diagnostic tests 1 Using the cursor movement keys highlight Run Normal Test or Run Quick Test from the Diagnostics Menu and then press Enter This will automatically run a pre defined group of tests from each test category Run Normal Test runs a more extensive set of tests than does Run Quick Test and takes longer to execute 2 Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in all categories See Test Selection on page 234 3 From within a test category press Ctrl Enter to automatically run only the selected tests in that category See Test Selection on page 234 4 Using the cursor movement keys highlight a single test within a test category and then press Enter This will run only that test Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process Test results N A PASSED FAILED ABORTED are displayed in the field beside the test description and in the test log See Viewin
171. 12 02K0829 02K0830 02K0831 02K0832 02K0833 02K0834 02K0835 02K0836 02K0837 02K0838 02K0847 02K0839 02K0840 02K0841 02K0806 02K0843 02K0842 28L1837 150 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Keyboards IntelliStation Type 6888 6899 Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese Czech Danish Dutch EMEA Blank 104 key EMEA Blank 105 key French French Canadian German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Korea Japan Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romania Russian Russian Cyrillic Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swedish Swiss French German Thailand Turkish ID 179 Turkish ID 440 UK English US English US English ISO 9995 Compliant Yugoslavia Lithuania 76H0903 76H0904 76H0905 76H0902 76H0906 76H0934 76H0907 76H0908 76H0909 76H0937 76H0938 76H0910 76H0898 76H0939 76H0912 76H0913 76H0914 76H0915 76H0916 76H0935 76H0933 76H0900 76H0917 76H0918 76H0919 76H0920 76H0922 76H0921 76H0923 76H0924 76H0925 76H0926 76H0927 76H0936 76H0928 76H0929 76H0930 76H0896 76H0932 76H0931 Service Information 151 Keyboards PC NEXT Gray Type 6865 6889 6893 6898 Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese US Czech Danish Dutch French French Canadian ID 058 French Canadian ID 445 German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Korea Japan Latin Sp
172. 15 the recommended way It s the most flexible because it s independent of the hardware Applications to operating system to BIOS to hardware This method is inflexible and operating system dependent Applications to BIOS to hardware This method has some flexibility but it is BIOS dependent Applications to hardware This method is hardware dependent and very inflexible however it is very fast very efficient and it has no overhead Adding adapters to the System When adapters are added to the system an area in memory has to be allocated to run its programs This can be done with either hardware switches or software mapping If there is a conflict in software mapping The first device to attach to an IRQ DMA I O Address or RAM location will probably function The second device will not be found Standalone diagnostics might function properly because the device that was found is the only device running Software configuration conflicts occur when Hardware is configured differently then the software using it expects it to be Hardware memory address space is in conflict with memory used by the application software System Resource Conflicts System failures occur when there are system resource conflicts with the 512 Interrupt Request Queue IRQ Direct Memory Access DMA Address ROM and RAM Addresses Assigns a unique interrupt request line to every I O device line numbers range from 0 to 15 Interrupt
173. 166 Industry MHz Standard Type 6576 Matched 6586 pairs PC 4 MB 70 ns Parity or 330 350 8 MB Non Parity Pentium 16 MB Models 32 MB Tin lead 100 133 166 72 pin 200 MHz 192 MB Industry Type 6577 Maximum Standard 6587 Matched pairs PC 8 MB 60 ns Non Parity 360 8150 16 MB Fast Page Pentium 32 MB Tin lead Pro ECC 72 pin Models Industry 150 200 128 MB Standard MHz Maximum Matched Type 6598 pairs Reference Information 277 Memory Module Name Size Speed Type PC 365 16 MB 60 ns Non Parity Pentium 32 MB EDO or Parity Pro Models or 180 200 512 MB ECC MHz Maximum Industry Type 6589 Standard PC 300 16 MB 100 MHz SDRAM Pentium Il 32 MB ECC Models 64 MB or 266 300 350 128 MB Non Parity 400 MHz Type 6862 384 MB Industry 6892 Maximum Standard IntelliStation 128 MB 100 MHz SDRAM Pentium Il 256 MB ECC Xeon 512 MB Industry Models Standard 400 MHz 2 6865 4 70 ns 730 750 8 MB Pentium 16 MB Gold plate Models 32 MB 72 pin 75 90 100 Industry 120 133 192 MB Standard MHz Maximum Matched Type 6875 pairs 6876 6885 6886 PC 4 MB 60 ns Parity 730 750 8 MB Pentium 16 MB Gold plate Models 32 MB 72 pin 100 133 Industry 150 166 128 MB Standard MHz Maximum Matched Type 6877 pairs 6887 IntelliStation 16 MB 60 ns EDO Pentium Il 32 MB Non Parity Models 64 MB or 266 MHz 128 MB ECC Type 6888 256 MB Industry 512 MB Stand
174. 1ejquiessy pezuouiny 001 01 NVEA seinjee prepueis p1eoq wa sAs ay EOI 1 25 SOLARI se pas ssajun 203 euoeo 21 Gy 215 1055900 japon ees 152 104 Q ce x u pepnjour JON Y N L S9JON INVHOS 821 LN XEN XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 904 v9 u018 899 ZHIN 666 9 NYVHOS 821 96 XZE CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 v9 ZHIN 666 821 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 42018 Les 3013 89 v 9 993 v9 uoJeje2 ZHIN 006 Mya 821 96 SMODUIM XEN XZE 1 3013 89 v 9 993 v9 ZHIN 006 nea WNvHas 821 86 SMODUIM XEN XZE 42014 Les 3013 89 v 9 993 v9 5 ZHI Mza WNvHas 821 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE vXv 2018 Les 3013 89 v 9 993 v9 uoJeje2 ZHIN 006 Mia VIN VIN CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS v9 2 09 uedo X88 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 2989 00 Od Jo p 61 94 1 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 486 Opp eDed uo
175. 2 o Ba SS RJ5 6 Ethernet Audio Audio SCSI Line Out 0 Line In Device Microphone O E Slot 1 AGP NO Slot 2 PCI Slot 3 Slot 4 PCI Slot 5 Shared ISA PCI Monitor Intergraph Slot 6 ISA Intergraph 352 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Side Cover Removal 6898 Cover Release Tab Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6898 Attention Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break Reference Information 353 Cage Removal 6898 ill ANO SEN a IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 354 Computer Exploded View Type 6899 AMA Removal procedures for the top cover is on the following page 355 Reference Information Unlock the cover before removing 356 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Keylock Assembly Exploded View Desktop Models Reference Information 357 System Board Layouts PC 300 Type 6272 6282 6284 Pentium 133 233 MHz System Board Lo
176. 2K1146 02K1152 76H4491 61H0193 01K2082 76H4464 76H4860 76H4858 76H4460 02K2782 76H4461 02K2741 02K2742 76H4462 76H4469 76H4485 76H4463 1295542 60G2258 76H7122 76H6613 1203146 1243147 01K1619 93F0041 03K9655 75H9550 76H4228 42H2807 42H2808 42H2809 76H7116 76H7117 1 When referring to hard disk drive capacity GB means 1 000 000 000 bytes total user accessible capacity may vary depending on operating environment 2 MHz measures internal clock speed of the microprocessor only not application performance Many factors affect application performance Service Information 87 88 System Type 6272 Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 200 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz System Board no processor memory with Ethernet System Board no processor memory without Ethernet Models 88X 89X 90X 91X L2 Cache 256 KB COAST Cache 512 KB EMEA Only Video RAM 1 MB Lithium Battery Jumper Kit IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 76H7119 01K1699 02K2768 61H0507 61H0151 01K4400 61H1048 42H2828 33F8354 93F0067 Type 6265 6275 Parts Service Information 89 Parts Listing Index 1 2 OORA oon 90 System Type 6265 6275 Cover Assembly Name Plate CD ROM Drive 32X Max IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop 3 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6 4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Cable EIDE EMC Shields Hard Dis
177. 3 Microphone 6885 6886 Microphone with Headset Speaker 6581 6583 Communications Type 6X7X and 6X8X Service Information FRU No 07H0016 07H0018 75H7453 75H7451 75H0458 75H7460 75H7450 75H0459 75H0454 75H0456 07H0017 76H2654 01K1465 06H9074 75H9213 06H6728 75H9227 06H5249 06H9610 07H0020 06H5906 06H7654 75H9601 06H9429 06H9431 76H0481 75H9748 76H0472 76H6103 76H6101 07H0019 06H3615 06H3618 06H3616 66G1246 30H2312 06H3614 105 Index 106 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Token Ring Card Assembly PCI Token Ring Card Assembly ISA Ethernet Card Assembly PCI Ethernet Card Assembly ISA Ethernet Card Intel 10 100 6587 Japan Wake On LAN Cable PCI 6877 6887 FAX Modem Assembly ISA FAX Modem Cable ISA IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 04H8098 55H6810 25H4383 25H6151 1203123 07H0447 04H5788 06H6053 6560 Parts UT ly 107 Service Information Parts Listing Index 1 108 System Type 6560 Top Cover and Logo Top Cover including front bezel 4x4 Label Plate Personal Computer 340 6560 Bezel Covers Kit Diskette Drive and Cable 3 5 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Only Short Button 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Only Long Button Diskette Drive Cable Hard Disk CD Drives and Cables Order either one of the same capacity drive 850 MB Hard Disk Drive
178. 3 kg 38 10 58 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 245 BTU 70 watts Maximum 969 BTU 285 watts 59 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 51 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 35 dB operating 33 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 8 bels operating 4 3 bels idle 58 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 59 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 60 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 213 Specifications Type 6893 Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 7 in Height 128 mm 5 0 in Width 450
179. 32 BOX OL Roo Service Information 17 Test the System 6876 6886 Notes 1 Ensure that Rapid Resume 15 disabled before starting this procedure 2 f Rapid Resume is displayed during this procedure see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 3 Re run the diagnostics tests To test the base system do the following 1 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle position Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following responses a One beep b IBM Logo c Readable instructions or the Main Menu 8 If you received the correct responses do the following a Press Ctrl A Test the Computer screen appears b Select System board diagnostics and follow the instructions on the screen c When the QAPlus PRO Main Menu appears press Ctrl A d Select Diagnostics e Select Module Test If the Module Test Menu is correct run diagnostics e If the Module Test Menu is not correct go to Module Test Menu and Hardware Configuration Report on page 26 9 If you did not receive the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 From the Diagnostics Diskette Type 6876 6886 m Important If the diagnostic program is started from the diagnostics diskette you will not have the option to te
180. 33 MHz System Board EN H 321 EN 321 12 o 4 ET A El hr NI m al A 133 He DIMMO um E DIMM1 7 gg r Notes For other system connectors see Riser Card Layouts on page 427 under Type 6561 and Type 6591 For main power supply connection see 20 Pin Main Power Supply Connection on page 30 For Type 6561 system board input output connectors see Input Output Connectors Type 6561 on page 305 For Type 6591 system board input output connectors see Input Output Connectors Type 6591 on page 319 364 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6561 6591 Pentium Il 233 266 333 MHz System Board Locations meum CMOS Clear Jumper J6C1 Buzzer Processor socket Fan Connector for processor Fansink if required Reserved Jumper J2A1 DIMM socket 0 DIMM socket 1 Battery Monitor Connector Parallel connector Serial 1 connector Serial 2 connector Keyboard connector Mouse connector USB connectors top USB1 bottom USB2 Boot Block Recovery Jumper J7H1 Reference Information 365 300 Series 6561 6591 Pentium Il 233 266 333 MHz Jumper Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indic
181. 4 4 16 24 MB 4 4 0 0 16 32 MB 0 0 0 0 32 32 MB 8 8 8 8 0 40 MB 4 4 8 8 16 40 MB 0 0 4 4 32 48 MB 4 4 4 4 32 64 MB 8 8 8 8 32 72 MB 4 4 16 16 32 80 MB 8 8 16 16 32 96 MB 16 16 16 16 32 128 MB 16 16 32 32 32 IntelliStation Type 6888 6899 Any combination of DIMM sizes is acceptable DIMM height must not exceed 1 2 inches If EDO NP non parity DIMMs and EDO ECC DIMMs are mixed they will configure as non parity Install only EDO ECC DIMMs to enable parity See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type IntelliStation Type 6889 DIMM sizes of 32 64 128 and 256 MB are acceptable Use 100 MHz SDRAM DIMMs Do not mix Registered and Non Registered DIMMs When installing or removing memory any sequence of DIMM size is allowed Fill each DIMM connector sequentially starting at DIMM socket O If SDRAM ECC and SDRAM non parity DIMMs are mixed they will configure as non parity ECC Install only SDRAM ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type IntelliStation Type 6893 DIMM sizes of 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB and 128 MB are acceptable Start filling DIMM socket 0 then 1 then 2 Use 3 3 V unbuffered 100 MHz SDRAM Non Registered DIMMs only Only ECC DIMMs are supported See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type 288 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6898 DIMM sizes of 16 32
182. 41 ZI PC 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 System Board Locations Power supply connector On Off Switch Power Supply Connector JP1 Diskette drive write protect jumper J7 Diskette drive connector J9 Primary hard disk drive connector Modem Ring Detect jumper Secondary hard disk drive connector Processor socket SX DX CPU selection jumper P24T CPU selection jumper Local bus configuration jumper JP4 Local bus configuration jumper Local bus configuration jumper Processor Regulator Connector DX4 clock selection jumper 1 c 550 o T 2 N Reference Information 371 16 7 738 EH 13 EJ 27 Bl 119 EA 120 EH 2 El 22 vP11 12 337 El 036 E 035 EN 15 14 EH 14 15 EH Jc J5 4 J13 3 40 11 ups EN JP v2 24 1 234 EG Cache size selection jumper Cache size selection jumper Cache size selection jumper VESA PCI jumper 128K cache memory connectors Cache TAG RAM connector Power LED connector Hard disk drive LED connector Speaker connector with enable jumper Memory module connector MEM 4 Memory module connector MEM 3 Memory module connector MEM 2 Memory module connector MEM 1 256K cache memory connectors VHIMEM jumpe
183. 5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6589 6885 Card Guide ISA PCI 5x5 6587 6887 DASD Mounting Tray 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6876 6877 Removable DASD Tray 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 Front Bezel w Labels and keylock 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Front Bezel w Labels 3x3 6577 Front Bezel w Labels 3x3 6877 Front Bezel w Labels 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 Front Bezel w Labels 5x5 6587 Front Bezel w Labels 5x5 6589 Front Bezel w Labels 5x5 6877 Service Information FRU No 72H2545 06H5744 06H5745 06H1786 06H1787 06H9410 88G4250 88G4255 06H4714 11H9624 06H4003 06H4018 01K2028 88G4260 88G4265 06H4715 11H9625 01K2094 93H7830 06H4008 06H4023 06H5729 06H1778 06H5731 06H5730 06H9416 06H1779 07H1091 06H5743 06H9408 06H6994 07H0350 06H9415 06H1775 07H0349 75H9214 06H9404 103 Index 11 11 104 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Non removal DASD Tray 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 Non removal DASD SCSI Tray 5x5 6589 EMC Shield 4 each 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6876 EMC Shield 3x3 6877 EMC Shield 5 25 Inch 4 each 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6587 6589 6885 6886 6887 Speaker 6575 6585 Speaker 6877 Speaker Enhanced 6875 6876 6885 6886 6887 Cover Latch 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6876 6877 Cover Latch 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6589 6885 6886 6887
184. 5288 06H5287 06H5281 06H5282 06H5283 06H5305 06H5285 Service Information 145 Keyboards IBM Basic 101 Rubberdome Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Bulgarian Czech Danish Dutch Swiss Finnish French French Canadian German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Cyrillic Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swiss French German Turkish 179 Turkish 440 UK English US English Yugoslavia Lithuania 71G4617 71G4618 71G4639 71G4619 71G4620 71G4621 71G4622 71G4623 71G4624 06H2963 71G4625 71G4626 71G4627 71G4628 71G4629 71G4630 82G3291 71G4631 71G4632 71G4633 71G4634 71G4635 71G4636 71G4637 71G4638 71G4640 71G4642 82G3255 71G4643 71G4646 71G4647 146 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Keyboards IBM Enhanced 101 Key Buckling Spring Arabic Belgian Bulgarian Czech Danish Dutch Farsi Finnish French French Canadian German Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic with Cap Set 1391495 Italian Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Cyrillic Serbian Cyrillic Slovak South African Spanish Swedish Swiss French German Turkish 179 Turkish 440 UK English US English US English EMEA Yugoslavia Lithuania 1391490 1391414 1399583 1399570 1391407 1391511 52G9811 1391411 1391402 82G3280 1391403 1399046 1391408 1399581 1391407 1393395 8263294 13
185. 6 300 MHz Jumper Settings The following tables contain the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Note These jumper settings also apply to Type 6588 System Board Jumper Block 233 MHz 266 MHz Ae Be De Be Ce De ooocloNNoooooo ooo 0000000 OMB OMMooo0o00 MM 02000000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 300 2 00M 00000 FDD Read Only FDD Read Write L 0000000000 oo 00000000 000000000000 000000000000 Normal CMOS Clear CMOS ON ojo O O O O O OjjO O OjO OO O O O O O OjjO O OjO O O Setup Normal Enabled Setup Disabled ooooooooo o MEM 00000000 ON o 000000000000 0000000000000 Password Normal Password Reset O O O O O O O O Ojo oooooooo Reserved 00000 doo ojo Boot Block Recovery Jumper Jumper Setting Description Boot 5 6 D Normal Block 4 5 Recover Recovery 412 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board
186. 65 Series Type 6589 Pentium Pro 180 200 MHz 285 300 Type 6862 6892 286 IntelliStation Type 6865 286 PC 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz 286 PC 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 287 IntelliStation Type 6888 6899 288 IntelliStation Type 6889 288 IntelliStation Type 6893 288 IntelliStation Type 6898 289 Computer Exploded View Type 6272 290 Computer Exploded View 6265 6275 291 Input Output Connectors Type 6265 6275 292 Cover Removal Type 6265 6275 292 System Board Removal Type 6265 6275 292 System Board Installation Type 6265 6275 294 Drive Cage Service Type 6265 6275 294 Computer Exploded View Type 6282 6284 295 Computer Exploded View Type 6285 296 Input Output Connectors 6285 297 156 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Cover Removal Type 6285 298 Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6285 298 System Board Removal Type 6285 299 System Board Installation Type 6285 2 299 Non removable Hard Disk Drive Cage 6285 299 Tab Removal 6285 300 Fan Removal Type 6285 300 Computer Exploded View Type 6X7X 301 Computer Exploded View Type 6X8X 302 Computer Exploded View Type 6560
187. 7 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 000 197 XXX BIOS test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 000 198 XXX BIOS test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 000 199 XXX BIOS test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test System Addressing test failure 001 025 XXX System Checksum Value error 000 250 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS APM failure 2 System board 000 270 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS ACPI failure 2 System board 001 000 XXX 1 No action System Test Passed 001 00X XXX 1 System board System Error 001 01X XXX 1 System board System Error 001 024 XXX 1 System board Flash the system 2 System board 001 026 XXX 1 Flash the system System FLASH data error 2 System board 001 027 XXX 1 Run Setup System Configuration Setup 2 Flash the system error 3 System board 001 032 XXX System Device Controller failure 1 System board 001 034 XXX System Device Buffer Allocation failure Reboot the system Flash the system Run memory test System board PON 58 IBM PC 300 700 Inte
188. 7502 27504 27510 27511 27533 27534 27536 27537 1 ServerGuard Adapter 27509 1 Remove redundant adapters run Auto Configuration program then retest 27512 1 WMSELF DGS diagnostics file missing 2 WMSELF DGS diagnostics file incorrect 27535 1 3V Lithium Backup Battery 2 ServerGuard Adapter 48 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM POST Error Code FRU Action 27554 1 Internal Temperature out of range ServerGuard Adapter 27555 27556 ServerGuard Adapter Power Supply 27557 7 2V NiCad Main Battery Pack ServerGuard Adapter 27558 27559 27560 27561 PCMCIA Type Il Modem ServerGuard Adapter 27562 External Power Control not connected External Power Control ServerGuard Adapter 27563 27564 External Power Control ServerGuard Adapter 275XX 27801 to 27879 Update Diagnostic Software Personal Dictation System Adapter System Board 27880 to 27889 External FRU Speaker Microphone 1999030X Hard disk reset failure Possible hard disk drive problem see Hard Disk Drive Boot Error on page 249 Service Information 49 Error Messages Error Message Symptom FRU Action Address Exceeds the Size of Your Memory An invalid memory address was entered Diagnostics Tests display this message during the Locate Bad Chips option 1 Enter the correct address
189. 829 00 Od 30 1 11 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 462 eDed uo uopeinbijuo9 jepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny pjeoq wa sAs y uo 2 65 solydery 821 1 15 559 ON JOSSIDOJA WL 993 949 21 219 UUM guunnueg 105692044 ebed uo jepojy ees p 158 104 pepnjour JON Y N L S9JON V N V N 9x9 42018 Les V N NVUOS v9 ZHW 007 86 VIN 9 9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 ZHIN 092 XLS LN XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 99 v 9 INVUOS 79 ZHW 092 9 LN SMOPUIM V N 9x9 Les 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHW 056 S6 SMODUIM V N 9x9 42018 Les 3013 89 INVUOS 26 ZHW 056 V N V N 9x9 Les V N NVUOS v9 ZHIN 056 LN SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHIN S6 SMOPUIM V N 9x9 2018 Les 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHW Xvv V N V N 9x9 CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS ZHIN 666 uedo LN SMOPUIM V N 9x9 2018 Les 3013 89 22 ZHIN 00 96 9x9 CEOI
190. 86 6885 6886 Base Assembly 5x5 6587 6589 6887 Foot Qty 4 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6577 6875 6876 6877 Foot Qty 4 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6587 6589 6885 6886 6887 Blank Bezel with and without Audio 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Blank Bezel with without Audio 3x3 6577 6877 Blank Bezel with and without Audio 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 Blank Bezel with Audio 5x5 6587 6589 6887 Bottom Cover 5x5 6587 6589 6885 6886 6887 Floor Stand Assembly C 2 Switch Assembly 3x3 6875 6876 C 2 Switch Assembly 3x3 6877 C 2 Switch Assembly 5x5 6885 6886 C 2 Switch Assembly 5x5 6887 PCMCIA Card Assembly ISA 6571 6573 6575 6875 6581 6583 6585 6885 PCMCIA Card Assembly Micro Channel 6876 6886 PCMCIA Bay Assembly 6571 6573 6575 6875 6581 6583 6585 6885 PCMCIA Cable 6876 6886 PCMCIA Bracket 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 PCMCIA Bracket 3x3 6877 PCMCIA Bracket 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 6887 Audio Front Panel Assembly 3x3 6875 6876 Audio Front Panel Assembly 3x3 6877 Audio Front Panel Assembly 5x5 6887 Audio Front Panel Assembly Bracket 5 5 6887 Front Panel Card All Types Front Panel Bracket 6877 Rear Decorative Panel 3x3 6571 6573 Rear Decorative Panel 3x3 6575 6576 6875 6876 Rear Decorative Panel 3x3 6577 6877 Rear Decorative Panel 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886
191. 9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 09 xsv LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 99 79 ZHIN 092 rsp 904 96 XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 ZHIN 046 yy 86 SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHW 096 XZE LN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 2 00 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 092 9 96 SMODUIM XEN XZE 9X9 1 3013 89 NVUOS ZHIN 00 96 SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 NVUOS ZHIN 993 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 2689 d L 00 Od 40 1 02 24 1 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 488 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay 1e quiessy pezuouiny 79 uiejs s ay uo 65 76 oipny 001 01 WVHA v sanea prepuelg 993 5 21 JA 219 q ungueg 105599014 76 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 72 u JON Y N 5 993 S6 SMODUIM XEN XZE 9X9 1 3013 89
192. 91409 1399580 1391410 1399582 1399579 1399578 1399571 1396790 1391405 1391411 1391412 1393286 8125409 1391406 8203278 1396790 1393669 Keyboards IBM Enhanced 101 Buckling Spring Type 6877 6887 Brazil Portugal 104 Key French Canadian 102 Key Latin Spanish 102 Key US English 101 Key 42H1297 42H1299 42H1298 42H1296 Service Information 147 Keyboards 104 Key Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese Czech Danish Dutch French French Canadian German German 2137 Standard Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Korea Japan Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romania Russian Russian Cyrillic Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swiss Finnish Swiss French German Thailand Turkish ID 179 Turkish ID 440 UK English US English US English ISO 9995 Compliant Yugoslavia Lithuania 07H0673 07H0674 07H0675 07H0672 07H0676 07H0705 07H0677 07H0678 07H0679 07H0680 07H0668 07H0681 07H0682 07H0683 07H0684 07H0685 07H0686 07H0687 07H0706 07H0704 07H0670 07H0688 07H0689 07H0690 07H0691 07H0693 07H0692 07H0694 07H0695 07H0696 07H0697 07H0698 07H0707 07H0699 07H0700 07H0701 07H0666 07H0703 07H0702 148 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Keyboards PC NEXT Pearl White Type 6275 6285 Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese US Czech Danish Dutch
193. A Local BUS 1 2 1 2 PCI Local BUS 2 3 2 3 Miscellaneous Jumpers Jumper Setting Description J15 1 2 Enable system board VGA D 2 3 Disable system board VGA J13 1 2 Program Flash Disable D 2 8 Program Flash Enable JP14 1 2 Normal D 2 3 Discard CMOS Data 374 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz System Board FE Ed MEO dol II all 2 Z H Ap m da 8 a DA v E uM H dd El Reference Information 375 330 350 Series Type 65X5 Pentium 60 MHz System Board Locations TU 1 E E 00 7 Modem Ring Detect jumper Diskette drive write protect jumper Diskette drive connector Hard disk drive connectors On Off Switch Power Supply Connector On Off Switch Connector Power supply connectors Processor connector Memory connectors Bank 1 Memory connectors Bank 2 Video memory modules Power on password jumper Battery Display connector Parallel connector Serial connector Serial connector Keyboard connector Mouse connector Riser connector PC 330 350 Series
194. B EMEA Only Video RAM 1 MB Lithium Battery Jumper Kit Processor Pentium 133 MHz Processor Pentium 166 MHz Processor Pentium 200 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 200 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz Models 85X 86X 87X Riser Card IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 76H4230 07H1120 1243141 75H8978 10L6006 02K1146 76H6064 76H1788 76H4856 76H4858 76H4231 76H4232 76H4233 76H4234 76H4485 1256076 76H4463 1245542 60G2258 76H7122 06H1796 1203146 1204462 9320041 07H1440 02K1152 1204437 0283457 10H2924 42H2807 42H2808 42H2809 61H0507 61H0382 61H0151 01K4400 61H1048 42H2828 33F8354 93F0067 76H7116 76H7117 76H7118 76H7119 01K1699 02K2768 61H0188 Index System Type 6282 6284 FRU No 11 3 5 Inch Drive Bracket 76H1789 12 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 75H9550 Diskette Drive Cable 76H4489 Service Information 93 6285 Parts 94 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index oo 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 System 6285 Power Switch LED Cable Assembly Top Cover Assembly Front Bezel CD ROM 32X Max CD ROM Audio Cable 3 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6 4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Cable EIDE 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable Louver Blank Bezels
195. Bar Module Test Adds a diamond Menu to the left of the Test Group highlighted test Menu The test will run when Run All Selected 15 highlighted and the Enter key 15 pressed Also removes the diamond to the left of the item The test will not run when Run All Selected is highlighted and the Enter key is pressed Tab Key Main Menu Selects the Module Test additional test Menu for the menu you are in Keys Test Group Selects Menu additional test The LUN displayed on the top right Test Group Menu shows which test is selected and how and remain example LUN 1 of 2 Reference Information 253 Power Management Power management reduces the power consumption of certain components of the computer such as the system power supply processor hard disk drives and some monitors Advanced Power Management and Rapid Resume Manager are features of some personal computers Automatic Configuration and Power Interface ACPI BIOS Mode When ACPI BIOS mode is enabled the operating system is allowed to control the power management features of the computer and the setting for Advanced Power Management APM BIOS mode are ignored Not all operating systems support ACPI BIOS mode ACPI BIOS mode can be enabled or disabled in Setup under Power Management Advanced Power Management Energy saving settings can be viewed and changed by using the Advanced Power Management menu in the Configuration Setup Utility program
196. Board 189 1 More than three password attempts were made to access the computer 190 Chassis intrusion detector was cleared This is information only no action required If this code does not clear System Board 2 Riser Card if installed 1XX 1 System Board Not listed above 201 20X 1 Run Enhanced Diag Memory data error Memory Test Memory Module 3 System Board Service Information 37 POST Error Code FRU Action 225 1 Unsupported Memory 229 1 L2 Cache Memory External cache test error 2 System Board 262 1 Run Setup Check POST detected a base memory or extended memory type error System Summary menu for memory type change See Setup Utility Program on page 248 2 Run the Extended Memory Diagnostic tests 301 1 Keyboard 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board 303 1 Mouse With an 8603 error 2 Keyboard 3 Keyboard Cable 4 System Board 303 1 Keyboard With no 8603 error 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board 3XX 1 Keyboard Not listed above 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board 5XX 1 Video Adapter if installed 2 System Board 601 1 Diskette Drive A 2 Diskette Drive Cable 3 System Board 601 1 Diskette Drive A Type 6562 6592 6862 2 Diskette Drive Cable 6889 6892 3 Riser Card if installed 4 System Board 602 1 Bad Diskette 2 Verify Diskette and retry 604 1 Run Setup and verify And
197. D ROM PD CD ROM Primary Secondary Type Master Slave 2X CD ROM FRU 06H5906 4X CD ROM ii f R FRU 06H7654 6X CD ROM I iE 8X CD ROM I iE 6X PD CD ROM 7 NE 16X Max CD ROM I if 24X Max CD ROM I if 32X Max CD ROM I if 226 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM BIOS Levels An incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error and unnecessary FRU replacement Use the following information to determine the current level of BIOS installed in the computer the latest BIOS available for the computer and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS e Current Level BIOS information Run the Configuration Utility to determine the level of BIOS installed Sources for determining the latest level BIOS available 1 IBM PC Company Home Page http www pc ibm com us 2 PC Partnerlnfo Technical Database CTSTIPS NSF 3 Bulletin Board System BBS 4 HelpCenter 5 Levels 1 and 2 Support 6 RETAIN Sources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available 1 IBM PC Company Home Page http www pc ibm com us 2 PC Partnerlnfo Technical Database CTSTIPS NSF 3 Bulletin board system BBS 4 HelpCenter 5 Levels 1 and 2 Support To update flash the BIOS see Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure on page 228 Reference Information 227 Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure m Attention Refer to the information label located inside the System unit cover for any model specific inform
198. Disc CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data CD ROM CD Read Only Memory stores data audio CGA Color Graphics Adapter See EGA VGA XGA CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRT Cathode Ray Tube CSA Canadian Standards Association CSD Corrective Service Diskette DASD Direct Access Storage Device hard disk diskette DMA Direct Memory Access DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory ECA Engineering Change Announcement ECC Error Correction Code EGA Enhanced Graphics Adapter ESD Electrostatic Discharge ESDI Enhanced Small Device Interface EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EWS Energy Work Station FRU Field Replaceable Unit replaceable part GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus IEEE 348 GSA General Services Administration Ht Height IDE Integrated Drive Electronics IC Integrated Circuit IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IML Initial Machine Load IPL Initial Program Load ISA Industry Standard Architecture ISO International Organization for Standardization ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network LAN Local Area Network LBA Local Block Address LTB Local Transfer Bus LUN Logical Unit Number as in SCSI MAP Maintenance Analysis Procedure Reference Information 505 Information MCGA Modified Color Graphics Adapter 320 x 200 x 256 MCA Micro Channel Architecture bus structure MHz Mega Hertz million cycles per second MIDI M
199. Diskette Drive Connector Fan Connector System Front Panel Connector Primary IDE Connector y Back 340 Pin Modem Wake on LAN Alert on LAN Connector Wakeup Note The Fan connector is thermally controlled The fan can run at high or low speed or can be turned off depending on the ambient air temperature IntelliStation Type 6899 ISA PCI _ 3 3V only Slot 2 Shared Mi PCI ISA TRE Slota MOE ISA TTT TI Slots _Primary PCI Slots Slot 4 a TIT Slot 6 gt Secondary sui _ PCI Slots 595 Reference Information 437 Type Model Number Conversion This section provides an explanation of the Type and Model numbers for Type 62 65XX and 68XX computers Note See Type Model Configuration Tables on page 446 for these Types and Models Type 6272 6282 6284 Type 6265 6275 e 6285 Type 6560 Models 4XX 5XX 6XX Type 6561 e Type 6562 e Type 6588 e Type 6589 e Type 6591 e Type 6592 e Type 6862 e Type 6892 e IntelliStation Type 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 6899 The following numbers identify the features of the computer The Type Number contains the following information Commercial Desktop series computer identification 300 or 700 Number of slots and bays Type of system board riser connec
200. F8354 o un tipo de bater a equivalente recomendado por el fabricante Si el sistema tiene un m dulo que contiene una bater a de litio sustit yalo nicamente por el mismo tipo de m dulo del mismo fabricante La bater a contiene litio y puede explotar si no se utiliza manipula o desecha correctamente Lo que no debe hacer Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior 100 C Reparar desmontar el producto Cuando quiera desechar la bater a siga las disposiciones y reglamentaciones locales A percauci n Cuando instale una unidad de CD ROM tenga en cuenta la siguiente informaci n Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizan m todos que no se atengan a lo aqu especificado se puede producir una exposici n peligrosa a las radiaciones Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD ROM se puede producir una peligrosa exposici n a radiaciones de l ser Dentro de la unidad de CD ROM no existen piezas reparables No retire las cubiertas de la unidad de CD ROM PELIGRO Algunas unidades de CD ROM tienen incorporado un diodo de l ser de Clase 3A o de Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguiente informaci n Cuando la unidad est abierta se generan emisiones de rayos l ser No dirija la mirada al haz no lo observe directamente con instrumentos pticos y evite la exposici n directa Reference Information 185 gt 32 kg gt 55 pe
201. GHTED ON THE MODULE TEST MENU OR HARDWARE CONFIGURATION REPORT Yes No 004 Go to Module Test Menu and Hardware Configuration Report on page 26 005 Run the Advanced Diagnostics test If necessary refer to Diagnostics and Test Information on page 230 e f you receive an error go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 e Ifthe test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device tested Step 005 continues Service Information 3 CONTINUED 005 continued If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses go to Keyboard on page 27 If the printer has incorrect responses go to Printer on page 27 Ifthe display has problems such as jittering rolling shifting or being out of focus go to Display on page 31 4 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM General Checkout 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X This general checkout and diagnostic procedure 15 for the Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X only These models come without a diskette drive disketteless and without a CD ROM Depending on the operating system and network configuration the method of running diagnostics varies It is the customer s responsibility to make the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics accessible from either The local hard disk or server If the computer you are servicing is set up to start remotely this general checkout procedure ass
202. H6068 55H8623 75H7457 75H0448 75H0455 07H0015 75H0449 Index System Type 6X7X 6X8X Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 France Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Germany Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Italy Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Japan Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Netherlands Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Norway Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Portugal Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Spain Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Sweden Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 Switzerland Audio Card DSP 6877 6887 U S DSP Cable for DSP Audio Card 6877 6887 Cable Front panel to audio card 6877 6887 Matrox Video Adapter 6598 6877 6887 S3 Trio Video Adapter 6589 Auxiliary Video Extension Cable MCA 6876 6886 Video Adapter Matrox PCI 6589 Video Card Assembly PCI 6875 6876 6885 6886 SCSI Card Assembly PCI 6575 6576 6585 6586 6875 6876 6885 6886 Infrared Dongle Card 6877 6887 CD ROM Drive IDE Dual Speed 2X CD ROM Drive IDE Quad Speed 4X CD ROM Drive IDE Six Speed 6X CD ROM Drive IDE Six Speed 6X CD ROM Drive IDE Six Speed 6X 6598 PDCD ROM Drive IDE Six Speed 6X 6589 CD ROM Drive IDE Eight Speed 8X 6589 CD ROM Drive IDE Eight Speed 8X 6589 CD ROM Drive IDE 16X Max 6587 Japan Models CD ROM Drive IDE 16X Max 6589 Audio Cable for CD ROM Drive Transformer 6581 6583 U S Canada Transformer 6581 6583 World Trade Microphone 6581 658
203. HIN 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d XXG xxp 0999 d L 00 Od 2 10 1 21 eige 465 Reference Information 5105590014 v UON SU 09 ININIS 76 Spp eDed uo japon ees 152 104 ui JON Y N eJeu peisi JOU 5 0989 104 eDed uo uoisieAuo JSQUINN 0 L SOJON 96 SMOPUIM VIN snum 9921 003 91 ZHIN 991 X99 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 108S9901d XXG xxp 0959 d L 00 Od 2 10 21 eige IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 466 ON 10 U0I9 9D Jeu 8 993 83 219 10 99985 Ey ZLS Il Z esueor esueon 2 60 79 eDed uo JepojN ed L ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels v 993 10 Aued UoN Spp eDed uo japon
204. HL ES 3013 89 22 ZHIN 00 INOH d2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 5829 d L 00 Od Jo LL 463 Reference Information eDed uo ajou ay ses 1e quiessy pezuouiny 79 pieoq was s y uo pereJDeiu VEA 2 65 soludejo 76 gy 821 peieis ssajun 140sseooid _ 2 v 993 BUI 27187 219 105599014 spy uo ees 152 104 Z u JON Y N H 5 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 09 XSL LN SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 42018 Les 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS 79 ZHIN 09 86 SMOPUIM V N 9x9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 097 VIN 9 9 CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS 79 2 04 uedo 86 SMOPUIM VIN 9 9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHW 00 XL9 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 007 X99 LN SMOPUIM V N 9x9 42018 Les 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHIN 00 9 96 VIN 9 9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS 26 2 00 9 NOY 09 Sio S s eg soiydesy
205. Hard disk LED connector Secondary IDE connector Diskette drive connector Primary IDE connector Channel A SCSI connector 68 pin Channel B SCSI connector 50 pin Channel B SCSI connector 68 pin J4F1 Reserved J11B1 SCSI LED connector 4 pin J12B3 Internal speaker connector J12B1 Tamper detect switch connector EJ 1282 Fan connector front panel upper J12A1 Fan connector front panel lower FA Switch set SW1 Battery EZ J10A1 SCSI LED connector 2 pin EJ 601 Wake On LAN connector EJ 9 1 Wake On Modem connector RAlDport extension ISA slot connectors EJ External SMBus connector PCI slot connectors AGP slot connectors 2 Secondary microprocessor fansink connector J2E1 Primary microprocessor fansink connector Microphone connector Audio line In Out RJ 45 Ethernet connector Parallel Serial 1 Serial 2 connectors USB 1 USB 2 connectors Keyboard Mouse connectors Reference Information 421 IntelliStation Type 6898 Pentium Il 233 266 300 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contai information D indicates Processor Speed Switch n the switch and jumper setting the default setting Setting SW1 1 4 Speed SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 233 Off Off On On MHz 266 On On Off On MHz 300 Off On Off On MHz Normal ROM Operation Switch SW1 5 Normal ROM Operation SW1 5 Normal Operation Off D ROM Reco
206. Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Weight 15 kg 33 Ib Maximum 17 3 kg 38 Ib 13 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 245 BTU 70 watts Maximum 969 BTU 285 watts 14 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 51 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 35 dB operating 33 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 8 bels operating 4 3 bels idle 13 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 14 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 15 For additional information see the ISO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 198 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM
207. IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A PERIGO Pour viter tout risque de choc lectrique ne manipulez aucun c ble et n effectuez aucune op ration d installation d entretien ou de reconfiguration de ce produit au cours d un orage Pour viter tout risque de choc lectrique Les cordons d alimentation du pr sent produit et de tous les appareils qui lui sont connect s doivent tre branch s sur des socles de prise de courant correctement c bl s et mis la terre Afin d viter tout risque de choc lectrique provenant d une diff rence de potentiel de terre n utilisez qu une main lorsque cela est possible pour connecter ou d connecter les cordons d interface Le courant lectrique passant dans les c bles de communication ou les cordons t l phoniques et d alimentation peut tre dangereux Pour viter tout risque de choc lectrique lorsque vous installez ou que vous d placez le pr sent produit ou des p riph riques qui lui sont raccord s reportez vous aux instructions ci dessous pour connecter et d connecter les diff rents cordons Connexion D connexion 1 Mettez les unit s hors 1 Mettez les unit s hors tension tension 2 Commencez par 2 Commencez pas brancher tous les d brancher les cordons sur les unit s cordons alimentation 3 les c bles des socles de prise de d interface sur les courant prises 3 D branchez les c bles 4 Branch
208. IBM Personal Computer S83G 7789 17 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual September 1998 We Want Your Comments Please see page 507 This Manual Supports 300 Series Type 6265 6272 6275 6282 6284 6285 6561 6588 6591 65XX 6862 6892 700 Series Type 68XX IntelliStation Type 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 6899 IBM Personal Computer S83G 7789 17 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual September 1998 We Want Your Comments Please see page 507 Before using this information and the product it supports be sure to read the general information under Notices on page 516 Eighteenth Edition September 1998 The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS 15 WITHOUT WARRANTY OF KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the pub
209. IDE Hard Disk Drive 10 1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive IDE Cable 4 5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive SCSI Adapter Card Adaptec SCSI Data Cable SCSI LED Cable EMC Shields Hard Disk CD ROM Cage 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable 3 5 Inch Diskette Bracket RFID Antenna Side Bracket System Board no processor memory rails System Board Guide Rails center and front Memory 32 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 64 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 64 MB DIMM Non Parity Processor Pentium Il 266 MHz Processor Pentium Il 300 MHz Air Duct for 300 MHz Processor only Processor Pentium Il 333 MHz Processor Pentium 350 MHz Processor Pentium Il 400 MHz Processor Pentium Il 450 MHz Latch and Screw Card Blank Bracket AGP Cover Fan Speaker Power Switch Assembly Bracket Riser Card Riser Clips front and rear Chassis Assembly Side Panel 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply Japan Bezel Kit Cable Wake On Ring Card Matrox Eclipse Video Adapter Foot 4 Jumper Kit Keylock Assembly Lithium Battery Misc Screw Kit Service Information FRU No 01K1607 03K9625 02K1115 02K3412 03K9724 1016011 1016012 1016063 76 7341 1016084 1017095 76 7343 76 7344 76 7338 03K9641 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 76H7330 03K9769 76H7329 1111619 03 9626 01 1143 01 1146 01 1140 01 1147 01 2169 01 4291 03 9648
210. IMM socket Only sockets containing a SIMM or DIMM can be selected for testing Unpopulated sockets are noted besides the test description 234 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Alert On LAN Test The Alert On LAN test does the following Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on the system Checks the revision ID register Verifies the EEPROM checksum e Validates that a software alert can be sent Asset ID Test The Asset ID test does the following Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system e Verifies the EEPROM areas e Performs an antenna detection test Test Results IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce this error code format Function Failure DevicelD Date ChkDigits Text Code Type Function Code Represents the feature or function within the PC Failure Type Represents the type of error encountered DevicelD Contains the component s unit id which corresponds to either a fixed disk drive removable media drive serial or parallel port processor specific DIMM or a device on the PCI bus Date Contains the date on which the diagnostic test was run Date is retrieved from CMOS and displayed using the YYYYMMDD format ChkDigits Contains a 2 digit check digit value to ensure that Diagnostics were run on the specified date Diagnostics were run on the specified IBM computer The diagnostic error code is recorded correctly Te
211. IN QAPlus WIN a Windows program is included in the preinstalled software on certain IBM computers QAPlus WIN provides an effective tool for isolating software related problems because it encompasses the entire operating system QAPlus WIN gathers Windows related information and also does some hardware device testing QAPlus PRO is a DOS diagnostic program that is available either in preinstalled software or on a diskette If the computer has DOS or DOS with Windows preinstalled you can access QAPlus PRO by typing QAPRO and the C prompt You must first exit from Windows to use QAPRO QAPlus PRO provides similar diagnostic capacity to QAPlus WIN but is more balanced between software and hardware problem determination The Windows related information that is available in QAPlus WIN is not available in QAPlus PRO However QAPlus PRO does gather a wealth of information about the DOS environment including device drivers It more effectively isolates 238 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM hardware problems than QAPlus WIN because is not limited by the operating system environment When OS 2 is preinstalled QAPlus PRO is not available from the hard disk However you can use the Diskette Factory available on the computer to build the QAPlus PRO diskette Typically if software was not preinstalled on the computer QAPlus PRO is provided on a diskette supplied with the computer To access QAPlus PRO boot
212. IN 003 V N V N 9 9 65 8991 Oda 91 2 081 XOL LN SMOPUIM 9 301 89 2 ZHIN 002 Os LN SMOPUIM X9L EXE 25 89 Oda 26 ZHW 081 LN SMOpUIM XEN 9 EXE ES 89 003 ZHIN 003 NOY 09 Sio S s eg JOSS920Jd lepow 6969 d L 00 Od 91 4 1 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 478 ON 10 999 8 993 83 219 10 99985 Ey ZLS UUMUad Z esueor esueon 2 60 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels v 993 10 Awed UON Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 u JON L SOJON VIAS G 96 SMODUIM VIN 9 9 S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN ZHW 992 VIAS V N V N 9x9 S97S 51119 dov V N dN ZHIN 992 VOAS Josseooud S6 SMODUIM V N 9x9 dov 3013 89 dN u019 99 992 VOAS JOSS3901d V N V N 9x9 soys dov V N
213. J5109 1245111 61G2177 07H1119 76H2697 06H9674 06H6326 75H9217 12J3033 1203032 9320041 93F0067 Common Parts Wireless LAN Adapter ISA Micro Channel Bus Index Wireless LAN ISA Micro Channel Bus aaa ld dd Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu Radio Modu e Australia e EMEA Non Europe e ETSI Countries e Finland e France e Japan e Korea e Mexico e New Zealand e Singapore e US Canada Non EMEA IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card No Cipher 1 5 m cable 4 m cable Custom Cable Kit Service Information 80G2708 80G2714 80G2702 25H0988 80G2706 80G2703 80G2715 80G2705 80G2704 80G2709 80G2701 80G2700 80G2711 80G2713 54G2016 80G4320 143 Computer Power Cords Arabic Countries 14F0033 Australia 93F2365 Belgium 1339520 Bulgaria 1339520 Canada 93F2364 Czechoslovakia 1339520 Denmark 13F9997 Finland 1339520 France 1339520 Germany 1339520 Hungary 1339520 Israel 14F0087 Italy 14F0069 Latin America 93F2366 Netherlands 1339520 New Zealand 93F2365 Norway 1339520 Poland 1339520 Portugal 1339520 Serbia 1339520 Slovakia 1339520 South Africa 14F0015 Spain 1339520 Switzerland 1339520 Switzerland French German 14F0051 U S 93F2364 UK Ireland 14F0033 Yugoslavia 1339520 Display Power Cord 38F3908 Display and Monitor Information Display an
214. LD E gt L La ee mp A ACA IA AA Share Slot PC 330 Type 6573 PCI ISA ISA Share ISA PCI n Share ISA rl TIE OOOO OOOO INN tn Reference Information 429 330 Type 6575 PCI ISA 0 0 ISA creeme E Shared Slot ISA Shared Slot ISA 330 6576 PCI ISA ISA CURA DEN o TTI IL Share Slot ISA I PCI AS Share Slot ISA A DODDO 000000000 TO PC 330 Type 6577 ISA PCI __ _ _ Shared Slot 3 ISA 0000000000000000000000000000 2 OOD MOOD OOOO D000 0000 TTI TOO Slot 2 0100 000 000000000000 000000000000 0000000000 pe TATE TTT Slot 1 ISA rh 3 TW ISA TEA 3 NN Nin 111111101 11 11111 Bg PC 350 Type 6581 ISA VESA SAC N d UD OT OLGA Share Slot 430 IBM PC 300 700 Intel
215. LO Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche durante i temporali non collegare o scollegare cavi non effettuare l installazione la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione di questo prodotto Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad una presa elettrica correttamente cablata e munita di terra di sicurezza collegare qualsiasi apparecchiatura collegata a questo prodotto ad una presa elettrica correttamente cablata e munita di terra di sicurezza Quando possibile collegare o scollegare i cavi di segnale con una sola mano per evitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dal contatto con due superfici a diverso potenziale elettrico La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi di alimentazione del telefono e di segnale pericolosa Per evitare scosse elettriche collegare e scollegare i cavi come descritto quando si effettuano l installazione la rimozione o l apertura dei coperchi di questo prodotto o durante il collegamento delle unit Per collegare Per scollegare 1 SPEGNERE tutti i 1 SPEGNERE tutti i dispositivi dispositivi 2 Collegare prima tutti i 2 Rimuovere prima il i cavi alle unit di 3 Collegare i cavi di alimentazione dalla segnale alle prese presa elettrica 4 Collegare il i cavoli di 3 Rimuovere i cavi di alimentazione alla segnale dalle prese presa elettrica 4 Rimuovere tutti i cavi 5 ACCENDERE le unit dalle unit
216. MB 16 MB 8 MB 80 MB 32 MB 8 MB 96 16 16 16 96 32 16 128 32 32 136 32 32 4 144 32 32 8 160 32 32 16 192 32 32 32 730 750 Series 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed DIMM 2 and SIMMs 0 and 1 in the following figure correspond to the memory banks 0 1 and 2 Bank 0 and Bank 1 hold matched pair SIMM memory modules Bank 2 holds DIMM memory modules The banks are filled according to the following memory table When installing SIMM memory a matched pair is first loaded into Bank 0 and then into Bank 1 as required e DIMM m Important Only memory modules with a maximum height of no more than 3 05 cm 1 2 inches can be installed on the Type 6877 6887 system board Reference Information 287 Size SIMM 60 ns 4 MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB DIMM 60 ns 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB Total Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Memory SIMM 3 4 SIMM 1 2 DIMM 16 MB 0 0 0 0 16 16 MB 4 4 4 4 0 24 0 0
217. MM Input Output Connectors Type 6889 Keyboard Mouse USB 1 Serial 1 Serial 2 RJ45 Ethernet Audio Line Out Microphone Of i ot 1 AGP USB2 Parallel Audio Line In SCSI Device 9 4 ot 2 PCI Slot 3 PCI ot 4 PCI ot 5 PCI Dv ot 6 Shared ISA PCI Reference Information 339 Side Cover Removal Type 6889 Cover Release Tab Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6889 m Attention Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break 340 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Cage Removal 6889 41 Reference Information Baffle Removal Type 6889 Carefully remove the SCSI signal cable from the baffle before removing the baffle Note The baffle must be installed for proper air flow to the microprocessor s 342 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View Type 6892 Input output connectors and removal procedures for the cover system board and hard disk drive cage are on the following pages
218. N aN 91 uoJeje 006 XZE VOAS LN VIN vXV dOW 3013 89 dN c ZHIN 993 XSE 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 105592014 1969 edA 00 Od 9 Jo el ejqel IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 470 ON 10 999 8 993 83 219 10 99985 Ey ZLS UUMUad Z esueor esueon 2 60 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels v 993 10 Aued UoN Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 pepnjour JON L SOJON VIAS G V N V N vxv S97S 51119 dov VIN dN 26 ZHW 00 VIAS Josseooud S6 SMODUIM XZE S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN 5 ZHIN 006 x8v VIAS S6 SMOPUIM XZE vXV S9yg 3013 99 993 26 ZHIN 992 X9v VOAS 96 SMOPUIM XZE S9yg 3013 80 dN ZHW 992 xsv VOAS S6 SMOPUIM vXV S97S dov 3013 89 dN 26 ZHIN 993
219. PP parallel port Serial B port Serial A port Mouse port Keyboard port Infrared port w 1 c cc a o al 3 ES E ES ELE E E CR E E Co E 408 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Processor Speed Switch Settings SW1 1 4 Speed SWh1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 75 MHz Off Off 90 MHz Off Off On Off 100 MHz Off Off Off On 120 MHz On Off On Off 133 MHz On Off Off On 150 MHz On On On Off 166 MHz On On Off On Additional Switch Settings SW1 5 6 Description SWh1 5 SW1 6 Enabled Administrator Password On D N A Disabled Administrator Password Off N A Normal Diskette Operation N A Off D Read Only Diskette Operation N A Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description 15 1 2 0 2 3 Password Enabled Password Disabled Reference Information 409 IntelliStation Type 6888 Pentium 266 300 MHz System Board Note This system board and jumper settings are the same as the PC 300 Type 6588 e a
220. S 2 Display HMM Volume 1 SA38 0053 Monitors December 1993 IBM Color Monitor HMM Volume 2 S71G 4197 IBM Monitors P G Series June 1996 IBM Monitor HMM Volume 3 S52H 3679 IBM 2248 Monitor February 1996 IBM Monitor HMM Volume 4 S52H 3739 Disk Array technology overview and using the IBM RAID Configuration Program Configuring Your Disk Array booklet S82G 1506 Installation Planning for Personal System 2 computers Personal System 2 Installation Planning and Beyond G41G 2927 Installation Planning for Advanced Personal System 2 Servers Advanced PS 2 Servers Planning and Selection Guide GG24 3927 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Contents About This Manual iii Related Publications iv Service Information 1 General Checkout Type 62XX 65XX 68XX 2 General Checkout Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X drum V uu E e A 5 General Checkout Type 6265 75 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 14 General Checkout Type 6876 6886 17 Module Test Menu and Hardware Configuration Report 26 Keyboard 5 27 Printer 4i i asta eam opaque ta 27 Power Supply 28 Displays a Sai od fee owe Oh MO Ah 31 Symptom to FRU Index 32 Undetermined Problem
221. Screws and Washers Install these parts on the new system board See System Board Replacement Type 6588 6888 on page 83 m Important Make sure the plastic washers are attached to the six mounting tabs of the system board plate and that the washers are under the two front screw heads that secure the system board plate If any of the washers not installed the system board can be damaged Reference Information 317 Computer Exploded View 6591 Input Output connectors and removal procedures for the cover system board drive cage and fan are on the following pages 318 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Input Output Connectors 6591 USB 2 USB 1 Mouse Keyboard s Serial 2 9 H Serial 1 Parallel EA o Monitor Reference Information 319 Cover Removal Type 6591 pom r Attenti Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break 320 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board Removal Type 6591 The computer you are servicing might have one of two styles of the right system board rail Below are the removal and install procedures for both rail styles Style 1 system board rail with scribe line System Board
222. Setting Description CMOS Reset 9 2 3 CMOS reset 1 2 D Normal The following tables contains the switch setting information D indicates the default setting Pentium Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 CPU SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 Switch Settings 233 66 Off Off On On MHz 266 66 On On Off On MHz 300 66 Off On Off On MHz 333 66 On Off Off On MHz 350 100 Off Off On On MHz 400 100 On On Off On MHz ROM Operation Switch SW1 5 ROM Operation SW1 5 ROM Recovery Mode On Normal ROM Operation Off D Reserved Switch SW1 6 Reserved SW1 6 Reserved Off D Privilege Access Password PAP Switch SW1 7 PAP SW1 7 Disable Off D Enable On Reference Information 399 Diskette Write Access Switch 5 1 8 Diskette Access SW1 8 Write Enabled Off D Write Protected On 400 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6865 Pentium Il Xeon 400 MHz System Board Lua A AL tess pa WE n a BEBA E HE Si pani a E H E E E 12 E
223. Status Note See Token Ring Table Terms and Definitions on page 13 for definition of terms in this table Amber Green Explanation Blinking Blinking The adapter is waiting for initialization during POST Off The adapter initialization is in progress during POST or the computer is powered off Off Blinking The adapter did not detect any problems during its self diagnostic tests and is waiting to open If this LED state occurs after the adapter has been opened this state indicates that the adapter has been closed under software control Off On The adapter is open and operating correctly On Off The adapter self diagnostic tests failed or there is a problem with the adapter Replace Adapter Riser card System board Blinking Off The adapter is closed due to an undetected error One of the following exists The adapter open failed The adapter detected a wire fault The adapter failed the auto removal test Blinking On The adapter has detected beaconing or hard error If network is known good check cable between computer and network receptacle Replace Adapter Riser card System board On On The adapter has failed before running the self diagnostic tests Replace Adapter Riser card System board 12 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Token Ring Table Terms and Definitions Auto removal state in which a token
224. View Type 6898 Computer Exploded View Type 6899 Computer Exploded View Keylock Assembly Exploded View Desktop Models vi PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board Layouts 358 Riser Card Layouts 427 Type Model Number Conversion 438 Country Language Model Configuration 445 Miscellaneous Information 505 Send Us Your Comments 507 Do You Need Technical References 508 Problem Determination Tips 509 Notices ous ea a e ee ee 516 Contents vii viii IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Service Information This section contains the general checkout procedures related service procedures Symptom to FRU indexes and parts listings for IBM Personal Computer 300 700 Series Type 62XX 65XX and 68XX and the IntelliStation Type 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 and 6899 computers Note This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products of any kind including adapter cards accelerator boards options or non IBM devices can give false errors and invalid computer responses If you remove a non IBM device and the symptom goes away the problem is with the device you removed Copyright IBM Corp 1996 1997 1998 1 General Checkout Type 62XX 65XX 68XX This general checkout procedure 15 for Type 62 65XX and 68XX computer
225. Volt 6589 200 Watt Power Supply 5x5 3 3 Volt 6589 Japan Only Power Switch and Cable 6576 6586 Only Power Switch and Cable All Others Power Button 3x3 6571 6573 6575 6576 6875 6876 Power Button 3x3 6577 6877 Power Button 5x5 6581 6583 6585 6586 6885 6886 Power Button 5x5 6587 6887 LED and Power Cable System Board Without processor memory or cache 6571 6573 6581 6583 6571 6573 6581 6583 6575 6585 6576 6586 Model 3XX 4XX Only 6576 6586 Model 5XX Only 6576 6586 Models 6XX 7XX 8XX 9XX For P54C 6577 6587 For P55C 6577 6587 6589 6875 6885 Model PxH PxM RxH TxH Only 6875 6885 All Other Models 6876 6886 Model PxH PxM RxH TxH Only 6876 6886 All Other Models 6877 6887 FRU No 07H0132 06H6326 93F2388 75H9217 06H9409 71G2556 06H6062 06H9674 06H2972 06H3861 06H3862 06H8824 06H2967 06H2968 06H8825 55H6636 1245109 1245111 06H3863 60G2258 06H5724 06H9414 06H1777 06H9403 93F2389 65G4152 96G1819 88G4282 11H9623 96G3576 96G3573 93H5966 93H4690 40H6044 40H4744 88G4270 40H4743 11H5545 60H9453 Service Information 99 Index 100 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Processor 6571 6573 6581 6583 486SX 25 486SX 33 486SX2 25 50 486DX 33 486DX2 25 50 486DX2 33 66 486DX4 100 with regulator 6575 6585 P60 60 6576 6586 P54C 75 P54C 90 P54C 100 P54C 133 P54C 166 6577
226. Wake On Ring LAN Cable Miscellaneous Hardware Kit IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 1204494 1204509 02 412 02K1115 75H9219 03K9724 1243141 10L6006 1243143 75H9921 1204518 1204497 1204498 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 01K1854 02K2832 1204495 1206294 03K9602 1015501 03 9541 01 1105 01 1106 01 1126 01 2165 01 2166 01 4295 01 4463 01 4291 01 2167 01 2145 02 2856 01 1610 3328354 61H0498 02K2766 08L2559 03K9605 12J4508 1204493 03K9608 75H8991 76H4873 12J5102 03K9610 01K1612 12J4510 01K2154 76H7345 03K9603 Index System Type 6591 FRU No Miscellaneous Screw Kit 93F0041 Jumper Kit 93F0067 Service Information 119 6592 Parts 120 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 2 3 A A 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 System Type 6592 Handle Cover Top Cover Assembly CD ROM 24X Max CD ROM Audio Cable 2 5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Cable EIDE 2 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 4 3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive SCSI Adapter Card Adaptec SCSI Data Cable SCSI LED Cable 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable Miscellaneous Blank Bezel Miscellaneous Optional Bezel 3 5 inch Bezel Assembly Model Plate Front Bezel Bottom pane Foot 4 Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 200 MH
227. Warp utility diskettes also contain programs that allow you to back up and restore OS 2 Warp The preinstalled software includes programs to create utility diskettes for both DOS and OS 2 Warp Make these utility diskettes at the earliest opportunity Creating Utility Diskettes To create the utility diskette for DOS 1 Start the Diskette Factory in either OS 2 Warp or Windows 2 Select IBM PC DOS 7 0 and follow the instructions on the screen To create utility diskettes for OS 2 Warp 1 On the Desktop double click on OS 2 System 2 Double click on System Setup Reference Information 259 3 Double click on Create Utility Diskettes and follow the instructions on the screen 4 Label the diskettes OS 2 Warp Utility Diskette 1 OS 2 Warp Utility Diskette 2 OS 2 Warp Utility Diskette 3 OS 2 Warp Recovery Choices Program The Recovery Choices Program built into OS 2 Warp provides a means to recover from some problems that prevent OS 2 Warp from loading successfully such as e video mode not supported by your hardware An incorrect statement in the OS 2 Warp CONFIG SYS file A damaged INI file e A hard disk error If you get an unreadable screen or a message that OS 2 Warp cannot start correctly you can try to resolve the problem using the Recovery Choices Program To start the Recovery Choices Program 1 Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart it using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence
228. When installing SIMM memory a matched pair 15 first installed into Bank 1 and then into Bank 2 Notes 1 Industry standard 72 pin tin lead SIMMs and 168 pin gold lead DIMMs are supported 2 Install only SIMMs DIMMs to enable 3 A mix of parity and non parity SIMMs DIMMs will configure as non parity 4 A mix of EDO and FP SIMMS DIMMS will work provided that matched pairs are installed in each bank 5 The Configuration Setup Utility must be used to install 70 ns memory modules SIMMS DIMM m Important Only memory modules with a maximum height of no more than 3 05 cm 1 2 inches can be installed on the Type 6577 6587 system board The following table shows the 8 MB and 16 MB standard memory module configurations Type Speed EDO Parity Size Memory SIMMs 60 ns EDO 4 4 8 DIMM 60 ns EDO 16 16 284 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM The following table shows the SIMMs and DIMMs that are supported Type Speed EDO Parity Sizes FP Supported SIMM 60 ns EDO N 4 8 16 32 MB SIMM 60 ns Y 4 8 16 32 MB SIMM 70 ns FP N 4 8 16 32 MB SIMM 70 ns FP Y 4 8 DIMM 60 ns EDO N 8 16 32 DIMM 60 ns FP Y 8 16 32 MB PC 360 S150 Series Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz These are the r
229. Windows 95 2 5 GB IDE with Windows 95 4 2 GB IDE with Windows 95 1 6 GB IDE with Windows NT 2 5 GB IDE with Windows NT 72 4 2 GB IDE with Windows H Hard Disk Drive Size and Type All Other Types Hard Disk Drive Size and Type No Hard Disk Drive Installed 170 MB IDE 270 MB IDE 364 MB IDE 540 MB IDE 635 MB IDE 850 MB IDE 1 GB IDE 1 2 GB IDE 1 6 GB IDE 360 MB SCSI 540 MB SCSI 720 MB SCSI 1 GB SCSI 2 2 GB SCSI with Multimedia CD ROM 270 MB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 364 MB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 540 MB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 850 MB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 1 GB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM Universal Open Bay System Special Bid 635 MB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 1 2 GB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM N xX z ciH o m u zimmijioom ojo omn mounor 1 6 GB IDE with Multimedia CD ROM 442 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Memory and Preloaded Software 300 Series All Types Memory and Preload Software U S only A 4 MB Open Bay System or 8 MB with DOS Windows 4 MB with DOS and Microsoft Windows 4 MB with no Preloaded Software 8 MB Open Bay System M 8 MB with SelectaSystem 8 MB with OS 2 16 MB with SelectaSystem 2 lt
230. ZHIN V N XEN Xvc J9MOL 9X9 Y N VIN 993 v9 feg uedo xgz 285 07 02 1 0022 Old AE 000 01 INVHOS ZHIN LN SMOPUIM XEN Xvc JOMOL 9X9 ISOS 89 16 993 821 Xvc EUS 0 3013 5 ZHW LN SMOPUIM XEN Xvc JOMOL 9X9 AIN 8 11 0022 89 v 9 993 v9 xec 2 s o s s eg 108500014 8689 1 2 40 ebeg 92 503 Reference Information S10Sse20Jd OM sejeoipur 105522018 payloads ssajun gy 952 Old ZHIN 002 81055902014 eDed uoneinbijuo9 jepojN ed Ulm ejou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny usado Spp eDed uo jepojy gt ees jequinu 158 104 u JON Y N L 5 10 de 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN X9L JOMOL ZX9 esueju ISOS BRIN 89 5 Oda an 831 ZHIN 002 x92 V N XEN ZX9 V N V N 26 ZHW 002 de 993 29225 LN SMOPUIM X9L 9
231. ady the Device or Press Any Key 1 Ensure the device is powered on 2 Replace failing device 3 Device Adapter if installed 4 System Board IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Error Message Symptom FRU Action Disk Error Encountered Opening Output File Press Any Key To Continue Hard Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed 3 System Board DMA X Failed Main Components Test detected an error while testing the DMA controller 1 System Board DMA Page Register Failed DMA page register error 1 System Board Drive x Media y Mismatch FAT ID mismatch with installed drive 1 Check diskette and diskette drive capacity 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board Error in video buffer 1 Video Adapter Bad bits if installed Video memory test error 2 System Board 3 Display Exception Interrupt In 1 Any Adapter Protected Mode Diags 2 System Board Cannot Continue Server error remove one adapter at a time until the symptom goes away 3 Processor Extended Memory Test Failed Extended memory error Memory Module 2 System Board Floppy Drive Failed 1 Diskette Drive Diskette drive s failed 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable General Function Failed 1 Any Adapter Remove one adapter at a 2 System Board time until the symptom goes away Processor Hard Drives Failed Hard Disk Drive test error Hard
232. ag durch Berthren von Oberflachen mit unterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zu vermeiden Elektrische Spannungen von Netz Telefon und Daten bertragungsleitungen sind gef hrlich Um einen Stromschlag zu vermeiden nur nach den Anweisungen arbeiten die f r Installation Transport oder ffnen von Geh usen dieses Produkts oder angeschlossenen Einheiten gelten Kabel anschlieBen Kabel l sen 1 Alle Ger te 1 Alle Ger te ausschalten und ausschalten Netzstecker ziehen 2 Zuerst Netzstecker von 2 Zuerst alle Kabel an Steckdose l sen Einheiten anschlieBen 3 Signalkabel von 3 Signalkabel an AnschluBbuchsen AnschluBbuchsen l sen anschlieBen 4 Alle Kabel von 4 Netzstecker an Einheiten l sen Steckdose anschlieBen 5 Ger t einschalten 176 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A achtung Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mit der IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen Wenn Ihr System ein Modul mit einer Lithium Batterie enth lt ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vom selben Hersteller Die Batterie enth lt Lithium und kann bei unsachgem er Verwendung Handhabung oder Entsorgung explodieren Die Batterie nicht mit Wasser in Ber hrung bringen ber 100 C erhitzen reparieren oder zerlegen Die rtlichen Bestimmungen f r die Entsorgung von Sonderm ll beachten A achtung Wenn
233. ails to isolate the problem A software problem might be the result of a mismatch between the hardware and the operating system device drivers or direct drivers BIOS The BIOS acts as an interface between the system hardware application software and the operating system BIOS contains the instructions to operate the basic system components e Keyboard e Serial and parallel ports Diskette drive Hard disk drive VGA display Clock Memory controller The BIOS then starts the IPL or Boot functions Drivers Device drivers are the BIOS for additional hardware Device drivers are the communicators of the hardware assignments to the operating system including IRQ level DMA channel O address ROM or RAM Some device drivers like HIMEM SYS are position sensitive and must be placed before other device drivers in the CONFIG SYS file All device drivers are not found in the CONFIG SYS file Advanced operating systems use INI files to setup and start devices Device drivers can access the hardware five ways Reference Information 511 Operating system direct to hardware using direct driver Direct drivers which bypass BIOS have the advantage of faster throughput but the disadvantage of limited error handling capability and reduced software and hardware compatibility and flexibility This method is not used in the IBM PC Series systems Operating system to BIOS to hardware This
234. ailure 2 Audio card if installed 3 System board 071 195 XXX 1 Information Audio port Test aborted by 2 Re start the test if user need to 071 196 XXX 1 Depress F3 to review Audio port test halt error the log file See threshold exceeded Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 071 197 XXX 1 Make sure Audio port test warning component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 071 198 XXX 1 If a component is Audio port test aborted called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 Service Information 71 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 071 199 XXX Audio port test failed cause unknown 1 Goto Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 071 25X XXX Audio port failure 1 Speakers 2 Audio card if installed 3 System board 080 000 XXX Game Port interface Test Passed 1 No action 080 XXX XXX Game Port interface Error 1 Remove the game port device and re test the system 080 195 XXX Game Port interface Test aborted by user Information 2 Re start the test if need to 080 196 XXX Game Port interface test halt error threshold 1 Depress F3 to review the log file S
235. air hard disk data allocation errors Error messages generated by the software the operating system or application programs generally are text messages however error messages can be text numeric or both text and numeric Any time there is an error message indicating a problem with the system follow the General Checkout procedures in this HMM to resolve the problem Basically there are five types of error messages POST error messages are displayed when the POST finds problems with the hardware or detects a change in the hardware configuration POST Beep codes are sounds emitted from the speaker if the POST finds a problem One beep indicates the POST completed successfully Multiple beeps indicate a problem was found 510 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic error messages are displayed when a test program finds a problem with a hardware component Software generated error messages are displayed if a problem or conflict is found by an application program the operating system or both For an explanation of these messages refer to the information supplied with the installed software package Also refer to Software Considerations Multiple messages occur when the first error causes additional errors Follow the suggested action of the first error displayed Software Considerations Suspect a software failure if Hardware diagnostics run error free Swapping hardware components f
236. anced diagnostic tests This manual should be used along with the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively Important This manual is intended for trained servicers who are familiar with IBM Personal Computer products Use this manual along with advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively Before servicing an IBM product be sure to review the Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations on page 163 and Safety Information on page 187 Related Publications The following publications are available for IBM products For more information contact IBM or an IBM Authorized Dealer For Information About See Publication PS 2 Computers IBM Personal System 2 Hardware Maintenance Manual S52G 9971 PS ValuePoint Computers IBM PS ValuePoint Hardware Maintenance Service and Reference S61G 1423 Laptop Notebook Portable and ThinkPad Computers L40 CL57 N45 N51 P70 P75 ThinkPad 300 350 500 510 710T Expansion Unit Dock I Dock II IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 1 S82G 1501 ThinkPad Computers ThinkPad 340 355 360 370 700 701 720 750 755 IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 S82G 1502 ThinkPad Computers ThinkPad 365 560 760 SelectaDock IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 S82G 1503 Monitors Displays February 1993 IBM P
237. anish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romania Russian Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swed Finn Swiss French German Thailand Turkish ID 179 Turkish ID 440 UK English US English UK English ISO Compliant Yugoslavia Lithuania 02K0870 02K0871 02K0872 02K0869 02K0873 02K0900 02K0874 02K0875 02K0876 02K0877 02K0863 02K0865 02K0878 02K0879 02K0880 02K0881 02K0882 02K0883 02K0901 02K0899 02K0867 02K0884 02K0885 02K0886 02K0887 02K0888 02K0889 02K0890 02K0891 02K0892 02K0893 02K0902 02K0894 02K0895 02K0896 02K0861 02K0898 02K0897 Special Tools The following tools are required to service these computers e A volt ohm meter IBM P N 73G5404 Wrap Plug IBM P N 72X8546 e Video cache extracting tool IBM P N 73G5523 115 Torx bit from Torx bit set IBM P N 93F2830 152 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Reference Information Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations 2 163 Safety Information 187 General Safety 187 Electrical Safety 188 Safety Inspection Guide 189 Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices 191 Grounding Requirements 191 Product Description 192 Specifications Type 6272 195 Specifications Type 6265 6275 196 Specifications Type 6282 6284 197 Specifications Type 6285 198 Specifications T
238. apter IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 365 Type 6589 System Board 1 Y y ON LO L L El Fd Also see Matrox Graphics Adapter Switch Settings on page 394 for MGA video adapter locations and switch settings Reference Information 395 365 Type 6589 System Board Locations Diskette drive connector CMOS Password Jumper Processor Diskette Switch Wake on Ring connector J13 style 1 Wake on Ring connector J11 style 2 Secondary IDE connector Primary IDE connector 3 3V power connector Battery Main power connector Second processor connector Voltage regulator module VRM connector for second processor Primary processor connector Memory connectors Riser card connector The two Wake on Ring connectors J13 and 11 accommodate two different style connectors The two connectors share the same function PC 365 Type 6589 Switch Settings The following table contains the switch setting information D indicates the default setting Description Setting 180 MHz Processor 1 3 4 5 On 2 6 7 8 Off 200 MHz Processor 1 3 4 6 On 2 5 7 8 Off Normal Diskette Operation 8 On D Read only Dis
239. ard Maximum IntelliStation 32 MB 100 MHz SDRAM Pentium Il 64 MB ECC Models 128 MB or 350 400 256 MB Non Parity MHz Industry Type 6889 1GB Standard Maximum 278 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Memory Module Name Size Speed Type IntelliStation 16 MB 100 MHz SDRAM Pentium II 32 MB ECC Models 64 MB 350 400 128 MB MHz Type 6893 384 MB Industry Maximum Standard IntelliStation 32 MB 66 MHz SDRAM Pentium Il 64 MB or faster ECC Models 128 MB or 233 266 300 256 MB Non Parity MHz Industry Type 6898 512 MB Standard Maximum IntelliStation 16 MB 60 ns EDO Pentium 32 MB or Pro Models 64 MB ECC 200 MHz 128 MB Type 6899 256 MB Industry Standard 1GB Maximum Reference Information 279 Supported Memory Configurations Refer to the following tables for the acceptable memory module kit combinations PC 300 Type 6272 6282 6284 Any combination of DIMM sizes up to 128 MB is acceptable Only non parity DIMMs are supported EDO SDRAM or a mix of EDO SDRAM DIMMs are supported DIMM height must not exceed 1 2 inches See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 300 Type 6265 6275 6285 DIMM sizes of 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB and 128 MB are acceptable Start filling DIMM socket 0 then 1 then 2 Use 3 3 V unbuffered 100 MHz SDRAM Non Registered DIMMs only Non parity or ECC DIMMs are supported Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See Syste
240. ates the default setting Jumper Setting Description CMOS Clear 2 3 CMOS Clear J6C1 1 2 D Normal Boot Block 2 3 Recovery Recovery J7H1 1 2 D Normal Reserved 1 2 Reserved Jumper J2A1 2 3 D Normal Note Settings such as Diskette write enable and Processor speed control are performed within the Configuration Setup Utility To start the Configuration Setup Utility see Setup Utility Program on page 248 Listed below are some of the settings in the Configuration Setup Utility System Security Secure IDE Devices and Diskette Drives Remote Administration Power on Password e Administrator Password e Adapter ROM Security Advanced Setup Cache Control ROM Shadowing PCI Control Plug and Play Control e Processor Speed Control 366 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6562 6592 Pentium Pro 166 200 233 MHz System Board 4 Da Log ald E E E _ ee MO OFF ny 8000000004 Li MEG FH m Note For other system connectors see Riser Card Layouts on page 427 under Type 6562 6592 Reference Information 367 300 Series
241. ation Power off the computer Insert the flash update diskette into drive A Power on the computer When the Update Utility appears select your country keyboard then press Enter 5 If the computer serial number was previously recorded the number is displayed with an option to update it Press Y to update the serial number 6 Type the 7 digit serial number of the computer you are servicing then press Enter 7 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the flash BIOS VPD update procedure PO Flash Recovery Boot Block Jumper Attention If an interruption occurs during a Flash BIOS upgrade the BIOS might be left in an unusable state The Boot Block jumper or switch enables you to restart the system and recover the BIOS To perform a Flash BIOS recovery using the Boot Block jumper 1 Power off the computer and remove the cover 2 Move the system board Boot Block jumper or switch to the recover position Refer to System Board Layouts on page 358 or the information label inside the computer for more information Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive Power on the computer The IBM Logo will appear 5 When the Flash Update Utility appears select your country keyboard then press Enter 6 If the computer serial number was previously recorded the number is displayed with an option to update it Press Y to update the serial number 7 Type the 7 digit serial number
242. bisse pue seJnjeej jo ey e 10 1sisuoo uomneuuojui pexoeq Kieneq ul 5 y saJojsaJ 10 dn syoeq seDueuo uoneinbijuo9 195 sopeysip uejs s jo jas pajepdn ue wejs s eui wajs s eui jo uoaa mau e sado uiejs S ajepdn 10 sso ejuapiooe Jo ases wajs s eui piinga siy asf ueis S eui seneysip dnyoeq au We SAS ay 9 dny9eq eui senexsip GAN 2914 Je S N YSIP OYA SNIAVO pue onsouDeiq Anyoeq osiy sapexsip dnyoeq eui o uonueg 5 ay uejs s seidoo ay dn yoeg OYA SNIAVO pue jo doo dnyoeg s p ys p 5 ay dn yoeg uiejs s yoeg ulejs s speo pue uiejs s ay wa s s ues uonduosag 23 Service Information UO y amod Wo yes 1dujem
243. ble 025 01X XXX 2 Check power supply IDE interface failure 3 IDE device 4 System board 025 027 XXX 1 IDE signal cable IDE interface 2 Flash the system Configuration Setup error 3 IDE device 4 System board 025 02X XXX 1 IDE signal cable 025 03X XXX 2 Check power supply 025 04X XXX 3 IDE device IDE Interface failure 4 System board 025 195 XXX 1 Information IDE interface Test aborted 2 Recstart the test if by user need to IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 025 196 XXX IDE interface test halt error threshold exceeded 025 197 XXX IDE interface test warning 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 025 198 IDE interface test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 025 199 XXX IDE interface test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 030 000 XXX 1 No action SCSI interface Test Passed 030 00X XXX 1 SCSI signal cable 030 01X XXX 2 Ch
244. board 001 293 XXX 1 Battery System CMOS Battery 2 System board 60 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 001 298 XXX System RTC date time update failure Flash the system 2 System board 001 299 XXX System RTC periodic interrupt failure 1 System board 001 300 XXX 1 System board System RTC Alarm failure 001 301 XXX 1 Flash the system System RTC Century byte error 2 System board 005 000 XXX 1 No action Video Test Passed 005 00X XXX 1 Video card if Video error installed 2 System board 005 010 XXX 1 Video card if 005 011 XXX installed 005 012 XXX 2 System board 005 013 XXX Video Signal failure 005 016 XXX 1 Video Ram Video Simple Pattern test 2 Video card if installed failure 3 System board 005 024 XXX 1 Video card if Video Addressing test installed failure 2 System board 005 025 XXX Video Checksum Value 1 Video card if installed error 2 System board 005 027 XXX 1 Run Setup Video Configuration Setup 2 Video drivers update error 3 Video card if installed 4 System board 005 031 XXX 1 Video cable Video Device Cable failure 2 Monitor 3 Video card if installed 4 System board 005 032 XXX 1 Video card if Video Device Controller installed failure 2 System board 005 036 XXX Video Register error 005 038 XXX System BIOS extension failure 1 Video card if insta
245. c Error Code FRU Action 001 254 XXX 1 System board 001 255 XXX 001 256 XXX 001 257 XXX System DMA error 001 260 XXX 1 System board 001 264 XXX System IRQ error 001 268 XXX 1 device on IRQ1 System IRQ1 failure 2 System board 001 269 XXX 1 device on IRQ2 System IRQ failure 2 System board 001 270 XXX 1 device on IRQ3 System IRQ3 failure 2 System board 001 271 XXX 1 device on IRQ4 System IRQ4 failure 2 System board 001 272 XXX 1 device on IRQ5 System IRQS failure 2 System board 001 273 XXX 1 Diskette Cable System IRQ6 diskette 2 Diskette drive drive failure 3 System board 001 274 XXX 1 device on IRQ7 System IRQ7 failure 2 System board 001 275 XXX 1 device on IRQ8 System IRQ8 failure 2 System board 001 276 XXX 1 device on IRQ9 System IRQ9 failure 2 System board 001 277 XXX 1 device on IRQ10 System IRQ10 failure 2 System board 001 278 XXX 1 device on IRQ11 System IRQ11 failure 2 System board 001 279 XXX 1 device on IRQ12 System IRQ12 failure 2 System board 001 280 XXX 1 device on IRQ13 System IRQ13 failure 2 System board 001 281 XXX 1 Hard disk drive Cable System IRQ14 hard disk 2 Hard disk drive drive failure 3 System board 001 282 XXX 1 device on IRQ15 System IRQ15 failure 2 System board 001 286 XXX 1 System board 001 287 XXX 001 288 XXX System Timer failure 001 292 XXX 1 Run Setup and System CMOS RAM error re test 2 System
246. can reinstall your operating system programs and data files exactly as they were before a major problem occurred Procedures for backing up and restoring files using DOS are in the DOS Windows users guide Procedures for backing up and restoring files using OS 2 Warp are in the online OS 2 Command Reference If a problem occurs you might not be able to view the online OS 2 Command Reference or you might not be able to get to a command prompt Therefore the following short procedures have been included to help you to back up and restore the entire contents of your hard disk using the OS 2 Warp Utility Diskettes Backing Up Your Hard Disk To back up the entire contents of your hard disk 1 Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive 2 Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart the computer using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence 3 Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to a command prompt 4 Insert Utility Diskette 3 Reference Information 265 5 backup the entire contents of drive type BACKUP S and press Enter To back up another drive substitute that drive letter for the C in this example 6 Follow the instructions on the screen Be sure to label the diskettes in the correct sequence Restoring the Hard Disk The hard disk must have a formatted partition before you can use the following procedure If your hard disk does not already have a formatted parti
247. connector Diskette drive write protect jumper Diskette drive connector Hard disk drive connectors On Off Switch power supply connector On Off Switch connector Power supply connectors Bus CPU Speed MHz L2 Cache size jumpers Processor connector Bus Core Ratio Cache connectors Memory connectors Bank 2 Memory connectors Bank 1 Memory connectors Bank 3 Video memory connectors Power on password jumper Battery Display connector Parallel connector Serial connector Serial connector Mouse connector Keyboard connector Audio jack Audio jack IDE CD ROM audio connector Mouse jumper See PC 730 750 Series Type 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz Jumper Settings on page 406 for jumper settings Reference Information 405 730 750 Series 6875 6876 6885 6886 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 MHz Jumper Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description J19 open D 2 3 Bus Core Ratio short 1 2 Bus Core Ratio J28 1 2 D Mouse enabled 2 8 Mouse disabled J29 2 3 D Enable writing to a diskette WP 1 2 Disable writing to a diskette J40 1 2 D Password enabled PWD 2 3 Password reset Bus CPU Speed MHz Setting The following table contains the Bus CPU Speed settings Jumper 50 75 60 90 66 100 60 120 66 133 26 2 3 2 3 1 2 J27 2 3 1 2 1 2 Cac
248. ct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 Notes If you have both an error message and incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you get a diagnostic error code when running a test but did receive a POST error message diagnose the POST error message first If you did not receive any error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index Check all power supply voltages before you replace the system board See Power Supply on page 28 Check the hard disk drive jumper settings before you replace a hard disk drive See Hard Disk Drive Jumper Settings on page 222 Important Some errors are indicated with a series of beep codes See Beep Symptoms on page 33 Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 computers are default to come up quiet No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code display when no errors are detected by POST To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint code display when a successful POST occurs a Enable Power on Status in setup See Setup Utility Program on page 248 The processor is a separate FRU from the System board the processor is not included with the system board FRU See Replacing a System Board on page 83 32 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Beep Symptoms Beep symptoms are sh
249. ctor J15 Wake Up on LAN 5 V auxiliary connector Power switch connector J8 CMOS clear password jumper Diskette drive connector Switch set SW1 SCSI LED connector 13 Modem wake up J11 Modem wake up Primary IDE connector El Secondary IDE connector Battery PA Power connector 3 3 V Main power connector Second microprocessor socket BH J12 Fan connector second microprocessor Ed Voltage Regulator Module connector second microprocessor Primary microprocessor socket Power LED connector EJ Hard disk drive LED connector Fan connector front panel Internal speaker connector DIMM connectors J34 CD ROM audio connector Riser card connector J20 Serial port B system board connector 424 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz Second Microprocessor Option Some models come with two microprocessors Fan sink retaining clip Fan sink power cable Fan sink Secondary microprocessor Voltage Regulator Module VRM Secondary microprocessor socket Fan sink power cable connector VRM connector Primary microprocessor socket Pin 1 location Heat spreader Reference Information 425 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 6
250. d connect and disconnect cables as described following when installing moving or opening covers of this product or attached devices 5 Turn device ON To Connect To Disconnect 1 Everything OFF 1 Everything OFF 2 First attach all cables 2 First remove power to devices cord s from outlet 3 Attach signal cables to 3 Remove signal cables receptacles from receptacles 4 Attach power cord s to 4 Remove all cables outlet from devices NOTE In the UK by law the telephone cable must be connected after the power cord NOTE In the UK the power cord must be disconnected after the telephone cable 164 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A Caution When replacing the battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not Throw or immerse into water Heat to more than 100 C 212 F Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations A Caution When a CD ROM drive is installed note the following Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation
251. d Cable Dual LED Cable Assembly Hard Disk Power Serial Port B Connector and Cable Assembly 92 mm Fan Assembly 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable Order either of the below 16X Max CD ROM drives CD ROM 16X Max CD ROM 16X Max 5 25 Inch Blank Bezel 3 5 Inch Blank Bezel Processor Pentium Pro 200 MHz 256 KB Cache Processor Pentium Pro 200 MHz 512 KB Cache Model 17X Voltage Regulator Card Memory 32 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 64 MB DIMM EDO ECC Pedestal Speaker and Cable Card Guide Intergraph 3D Graphics Adapter 4 MB Video Adapter Matrox Ethernet Adapter Intel 10 100 Ultra SCSI Adapter PCI Adaptec LED Cable for Ultra SCSI Adapter Riser Card System Board no processor memory Cable Auxiliary Power Extension Cable Wake Up on LAN Cable Audio System Board to CD ROM Lithium Battery Power Supply 200W Power Supply 200W Japan Keylock and Key 2 1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 4 5 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive SCSI Cable IDE Cable SCSI LED Cable EMC Clips DASD FDD Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Mounting Screw Kit Jumper Kit IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 12J3028 12J3027 12J3029 60G2258 93F2389 75H9218 12J3035 76F4091 06H6344 02K1125 76H6107 1243030 1203031 75H9212 12J3036 07H1097 42H2801 42H2829 76H1735 01K1479 75H9222 75H9225 75H9227 1203123 1243094 75H9217 60H9503 93H3593 76H6766 07H0447 75H9219 33F8354 12
252. d monitor information is separately available and is listed under Related Publications on page iv 144 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Mouse 6272 6275 6282 6285 6561 6562 6588 6591 6592 Mouse Roller and Lid 6272 6275 6282 6285 6561 6562 6588 6591 6592 Mouse Mouse Roller and Clip Twist off Mouse 6862 6892 Mouse Roller and Clip 6862 6892 Mouse 3 button 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 6899 Mouse Roller Lid 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 6899 Keyboards TrackPoint Il US English Pointing Stick Caps Canadian French Latin Spanish Keyboards IBM Basic II Arabic Belgian French Belgian UK Dutch Brazil Portugal Bulgarian Chinese US Czech Danish Dutch French French Canadian German 129 German 453 Greek Hebrew Hungarian Icelandic Italian Korea Latin Spanish Norwegian Polish Portuguese Romanian Russian Cyrillic Serbian Cyrillic Slovak Spanish Swiss Finnish Swiss French German Taiwan Thailand Turkish 179 Turkish 440 UK English US English Yugoslavia Lithuania 76H5080 07H0664 06H4595 06H4585 12J4546 1244547 76H6620 76H6619 82G3282 66G6444 82G3286 82G3284 06H5256 06H5257 06H5258 06H5692 06H5259 06H5291 06H5260 06H5261 06H5262 06H5264 06H5691 06H5265 06H5689 06H5266 06H5267 06H5268 06H5269 06H5270 06H5286 06H5690 06H5272 06H5273 06H5274 06H5275 06H5276 06H5277 06H5278 06H5279 06H5263 06H5280 06H
253. d uo uopeinbijuo9 9 ejou ay ass pezuouiny uedo eoejiejul JAIJ 2 1215 10 NYT uo exea 001 01 piepuels gy 216 5105599010 Q e uo japon eBenBue Knuno ees 152 104 u pepnjoul JON L S9JON 000 01 00 Old ISOS 993 ZHIN 097 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL 9X9 udejb1e1u Dd BIN SPIM 89 16 NVUOS 821 8 0029 000 1 ISOS 993 ZHW 097 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE JOMOL UIN 9X9 dov EIN 9PIM 89 L6 821 8 0029 002 ISOS 993 ZHIN 09 0 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE UIN 9X9 dov 9PIM 89 5 INVUOS 821 xev 8 0029 0022 993 ZHIN 09 0 LN XEN XZE JOMOL lUIN 9X9 dOV 3013 89 LOL NVUOS 831 2 Sio S s eg soiydesy 105592014 6889 ed 1 9 10 p ez 497 Reference Information OOPE Old GE 94 pesn aq snw y
254. dN uoJeje 992 uedo VOAS 96 SMOPUIM 9x9 dOW 3013 89 dN 26 ZHIN 662 2 s o s s eg 105592014 1699 9 1 00 Od 10 Z1 479 Reference Information 2 ON 10sseoo4d U0I9 9D 8 993 83 219 10 99925 ge ZLS Il PUI Z peojaid AjUO ayap esuoeor esueor 2 50 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 75 y prepuels v 993 10 Aued UoN Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 pepnjour JON Y N SOJON VIAS LN SMOPUIM V N 9x9 soys 51119 dov 3013 89 dN ZHIN 00 VIAS V N V N 9x9 S97S 51119 dov V N dN 26 ZHIN 00 VIAS 0 JosseooJd V N V N 9x9 51119 dov V N dN uoJeje ZHIN 006 VOAS JOSS3901d 96 SMOPUIM V N 9x9 soys 51119 dov 3013 89 e dN uoJeje 006 VOAS LN VIN 9 9 dOW 3013 89 dN ze ZHIN 993 Xs
255. dapter that are used to change the way the adapter operates Monitor connector A VGA feature connector Access bus output only Connectors for 17 RAM expansion module 16 TH Switches Bus connector VGA BIOS Flash Upgrade Enable Switch 1 To upgrade the VGA BIOS use the software utility diskette and BIOS upgrade file 1 2 Remove the adapter to access the switches Set Switch 1 to On to allow re programming of the Flash EPROM Note Do not leave this switch On during normal use as the Flash EPROM in this state 15 susceptible to being erased without warning Reinstall the adapter Follow the instructions supplied with the flash utility Power off the computer and remove the adapter Set Switch 1 to Off Reinstall the adapter Remove the flash utility diskette VGA Enable Disable Switch Switch 2 By default the MGA adapter VGA feature is enabled Switch 2 0ff for single screen operation which means that any other installed VGA must be disabled This switch should be set to On to support a dual screen configuration In this case a VGA adapter in another expansion slot will be used for output to the second monitor 1 2 3 394 Remove the adapter to access the switches Set Switch 2 to On to enable dual screen operation Reinstall the ad
256. e eui ey seAup jo eouenbes Ajoeds smoly asuanbas dnyeis 196 pueogAey e danes e se pesn aq si ay 391049 SIU Joajes si e uaym e peeds eui sabueyo e pue piomssed uo Jamod e si spiomssed jo sad suosied pazioyineun Aq 1e1ndujoo ay jo esn eui 9jJosuoo 195 peeds pieoqhay 195 junoes pue puomssed 195 paxoeq layeq euin pue ajep ay euin pue 195 4 198 asay 1ouueo dn sues ay au yoes peunfijuoo 19d esneoeg sjejdepe pue ejeudueg 1ueuno ay smoys Dd peBueuo ueo sjayoesq ui pasojoua eur oj uoneoyipouil smoje pue sbumas oN Bunsixa ay smoys SOS MALA pue 196 eui peufiisse ssejppe y sAejdsig dew Aejdsig sanea unq pue
257. e 2 System board 015 000 XXX 1 No action USB port Interface Test Passed 015 001 XXX 1 Remove USB USB port Presence Device s and re test 2 System board 015 002 XXX 1 Remove USB USB port Timeout Device s and re test 2 System board Service Information 65 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 015 015 XXX USB port External Loopback failure 1 Remove USB Device s and re test 2 System board 015 027 XXX 1 Flash the system USB port 2 System board Configuration Setup error 015 032 XXX 1 System board USB port Device Controller failure 015 034 XXX USB port buffer allocation failure 1 Reboot the system 2 Flash the system 3 Run memory test 4 System board 015 035 XXX USB port Reset condition detected 1 Remove USB Device s and re test 2 System board 015 036 XXX 1 System board USB port Register error 015 040 XXX 1 Run setup and check USB port IRQ failure for conflicts 2 Flash the system 3 System board 015 195 XXX 1 Information USB port Test aborted by 2 Recstart the test if user need to 015 196 XXX USB port test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 015 197 XXX USB port test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning s
258. e 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 018 250 XXX 1 PCI card PCI Card Services error 2 Riser card if installed 3 System board 020 000 XXX 1 No action PCI Interface Test Passed 020 0XX XXX 1 PCI card PCI Interface error 2 Riser card if installed 3 System board Service Information 67 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 020 195 XXX 1 Information PCI Test aborted by user 2 Re start the test if need to 020 196 XXX PCI test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 020 197 XXX PCI test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 020 198 XXX PCI test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 020 199 XXX PCI test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 68 020 262 XXX 1 PCI card PCI system error 2 Riser card if installed 3 System board 025 000 XXX 1 No action IDE interface Test Passed 025 00X XXX 1 IDE signal ca
259. e Signal Video 506 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Send Us Your Comments We want to know your opinion about this manual part number 10L9187 Your input will help us to improve our publications Please photocopy this survey complete it and then fax it to IBM HMM Survey at 919 543 8167 USA Name Phone Number 1 Do you like this manual Yes No 2 What would you like to see added changed or deleted in this manual 3 What is your service experience level Less than five years More than five years 4 Which computers do you service most Thanks in advance for your response Reference Information 507 Do You Need Technical References We have a wide range of hardware technical references that provide in depth information about IBM personal computer products Our Technical Reference Library includes information about Micro Channel Setup and Subsystem Control Block architectures e interfaces including microprocessors system timers parallel and serial port controllers keyboards and keystrokes SCSI DMA video and more e Specific Personal System 2 systems including system board connectors jumpers memory subsystems l O subsystems programming interfaces and registers and error codes Basic input output system BIOS e Options and adapters Note Technical information manuals for the latest Commercial Desktop compu
260. e Type 6589 Type 6591 e Type 6592 e Type 6862 Type 6892 e IntelliStation Type 6865 6888 6889 6893 6898 6899 Reference Information 439 CD Commercial Desktop Series Codes Commercial Desktop Series 65 300 68 700 B Slots Bay Codes Slots and Bays 4 Slots and 4 Bays 3 Slots and 3 Bays 5 Slots and 5 Bays 6 Slots and 6 S System Board Riser Connector 300 Series only o System Board Riser connector 486 MHz with VL ISA 486 MHz with PCI ISA Pentium 5V with PCI ISA Pentium 3V with PCI ISA Pentium Pro with PCI ISA ojolojajo o Pentium Pro with PCI ISA with Dual Processor capability S System Board Riser Connector 700 Series only System Board Riser Connector Pentium 3V with PCI ISA 2 PCI Slots oj o o Pentium 3V with PCI MCA 2 PCI Slots Pentium 3V with PCI ISA 8 PCI Slots P Processor Hard Disk Drive Type 68X7 Only Processor Hard Disk Drive P54C 166 MHz 1 2 GB IDE P54C 166 MHz 1 6 GB IDE P54C 166 MHz 2 0 GB SCSI P54C 100 MHz Open Bay P54C 133 MHz Open Bay P54C 166 MHz Open Bay P54C 100 MHz 1 2 GB IDE P54C 100 MHz 1 2 GB SCSI P54C 100 MHz 1 6 GB IDE lt 22 440 P54C 133 MHz 1 2 GB IDE P54C 133 MHz 1 2 GB SCSI IBM 300 700 I
261. e log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 086 198 XXX Mouse Port interface test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 086 199 XXX Mouse Port interface test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 089 000 XXX 1 No action Microprocessor Test Passed 089 XXX XXX 1 Microprocessor s Microprocessor failure 2 System board 089 195 XXX 1 Information Microprocessor Test aborted 2 Re start the test if by user need to Service Information 73 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 089 196 XXX Microprocessor test halt error threshold exceeded 089 197 XXX Microprocessor test warning 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 089 198 XXX Microprocessor test aborted 1 If a compone
262. e processor revision must be one under the same or one above from each other To find the processor revision level go to the configuration Setup see Setup Utility Program on page 248 and select 1 Advanced Setup 2 Processor Control 3 Processor ID The processor ID has four numbers such as 0650 The first two numbers 06 designates the Pentium processor The second two numbers 50 designates the processor revision level Service Information 81 In this case revision levels of 49 50 51 acceptable Important If the processor is not installed correctly the system board and the processor can be damaged Replacing a Video Cache Module Use an appropriate video cache extracting tool to remove a video cache module from the system board If a module is removed without properly using an extracting tool the module socket can be damaged See Special Tools on page 152 for the IBM P N of the video cache extracting tool 82 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Replacing System Board m Notes 1 The BIOS and Vital Product Data VPD for the computer you are servicing must be installed on the new system board FRU after it is installed in the computer To do this you must run the Flash Update program using the Flash Update diskette See BIOS Levels on page 227 Vital Product Data on page 219 and Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure on page 228 2 Always ens
263. ecific ESD procedures when they exceed the requirements noted here 2 Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use have been certified ISO 9000 as fully effective When handling ESD sensitive parts Keep the parts in protective packages until they are inserted into the product Avoid contact with other people e Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to eliminate static on your body e Prevent the part from touching your clothing Most clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when you are wearing a wrist strap Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide a static free work surface The mat is especially useful when handling ESD sensitive devices e Select a grounding system such as those listed below to provide protection that meets the specific service requirement Note The use of a grounding system is desirable but not required to protect against ESD damage Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground ground braid or green wire ground Use an ESD common ground or reference point when working on a double insulated or battery operated system You can use coax or connector outside shells on these systems Use the round ground prong of the AC plug on AC operated computers Grounding Requirements Electrical grounding of the computer is required for operator safety and correct system function Proper grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a certified el
264. eck power supply SCSI interface failure 3 SCSI device 4 SCSI adapter card if installed 5 System board 030 027 XXX 1 SCSI signal cable SCSI interface 2 Flash the system Configuration Setup error 3 SCSI device 4 SCSI adapter card if installed 5 System board 030 03X XXX 1 SCSI signal cable 030 04X XXX 2 Check power supply SCSI interface error 3 SCSI device 4 SCSI adapter card if installed 5 System board 030 195 XXX 1 Information SCSI interface Test aborted 2 Re start the test if by user need to Service Information 69 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 030 196 XXX SCSI interface test halt error threshold exceeded 030 197 XXX SCSI interface test warning 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 030 198 XXX SCSI interface test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 030 199 XXX SCSI interface test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test RAID interface Failure 035 000 XXX 1 No action RAID
265. ecommended combinations of memory module kits Each bank must contain a matched pair of SIMMs having the same size and speed Important If all four banks are populated all memory SIMMs must be the same size and speed Total Bank 1 Bank 0 Memory 16 MB 8 MB 32 MB 8 MB 8 MB 32 MB 16 MB 64 16 16 64 32 128 32 32 365 Series Type 6589 Pentium Pro 180 200 MHz These are the recommended combinations of DIMMs However any combination of DIMM sizes is acceptable DIMM height must not exceed 1 2 inches If EDO NP non parity DIMMs and EDO ECC DIMMs are mixed they will configure as non parity Install only EDO ECC DIMMs to enable parity Total Mem 1 Mem 2 Mem 3 Mem 4 Memory 16 MB 16 MB 32 32 32 16 16 48 32 16 48 16 16 16 64 64 64 32 32 64 32 16 16 Reference Information 285 1 2 3 4 96 32 32 32 128 128 128 MB 64 MB 64 MB 256 128 128 gt 256 MB 128 MB 64 MB 64 MB 512 128 128 128 128 PC 300 6862 6892 DIMM sizes of 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB and 128 MB are acceptable Start filling DIMM socket
266. ector Secondary IDE connector Battery Power connector 3 3 V Voltage Regulator connector Pentium MMX only Processor upgrade socket Cache memory module connector Power LED connector Hard disk access LED connector SIMM connectors Bank 1 2 DIMM connector Bank 0 Riser connector VESA passthrough connectors Video upgrade sockets Video port ECP EPP parallel port USB ports 1 2 Serial A port Mouse port Keyboard port Infrared port 388 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Processor Speed Switch Settings SW1 1 4 Speed SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 75 MHz Off Off On 90 MHz Off Off On Off 100 MHz Off Off Off On 120 MHz On Off On Off 133 MHz On Off Off On 150 MHz On On On Off 166 MHz On On Off On 200 MHz Off On Off On Additional Switch Settings SW1 5 6 Description SW1 5 SW1 6 Normal Diskette N A Off D Operation Read Only Diskette N A Operation Password Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description J15 1 2 Password Disabled 2 3 D Password Enabled Reference Information 389 360 5150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz System Board
267. ectors Secondary inner IDE connectors Power connector Diskette drive connector Processor VRE Enable Memory module connectors CPU 3 3V voltage regulator RTC Battery 512 KB Cache memory connectors Processor connector Front panel I O connector Cache Tag memory connector Front panel I O connector Configuration switch block L2 Cache CMOS settings Power on password Processor type VESA connector 2MB Video memory connectors See PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz Jumper Settings on page 379 for jumper and switch settings 378 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 65 6 Pentium 75 90 100 MHz Jumper Settings The following tables contain the jumper and switch setting information D indicates the default setting L2 Cache Size SW1 Switch 1 2 L2 Cache Size Switch 1 Switch 2 0 KB On N A 256 KB Off Off 512 KB Off On CMOS Setup Utility SW1 Switch 3 4 5 Description Switch 3 Switch 4 Switch 5 Power on Password Off D Off Off Enabled Power on Password On D Off Off Reset Normal CMOS Off Off D Off Settings Reset CMOS Off On Off Settings Processor Type SW1 Switch 6 7 8 Processor Switch 6 Switch 7 Switch 8 50 75 MHz Off Off Off 60 90 MHz Off On Off 66 100 Off Off On MHz Reserved Off N A N A Reference Information 379 BIOS Flash Reset J5J
268. ectrician Reference Information 191 Product Description The PC 300 700 Series and IntelliStation computers are available in either 3x2 3x3 4x4 5x5 6x6 or 6x7 models as follows Type 6272 Three drive bays two l O adapter slots Type 6282 6284 Four drive bays four I O adapter slots Type 6265 6275 Four drive bays four I O adapter slots Type 6285 Type 6X7X Type 6560 Type 6561 Type 6562 Type 6588 Type 6X8X Type 6591 Type 6592 Type 6598 Type 6862 Type 6865 Type 6888 Type 6889 Type 6892 Type 6893 Type 6898 Type 6899 Security Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Three drive bays three adapter slots Four drive bays four adapter slots Four drive bays four adapter slots Four drive bays four adapter slots Five drive bays five adapter slots Five drive bays five adapter slots Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Four drive bays four I O adapter slots one AGP adapter slot Seven drive bays six I O adapter slots one AGP adapter slot Five drive bays five I O adapter slots Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Six drive bays six I O adapter slots one AGP adapter slot Four drive bays four I O adapter slots one AGP adapter slot Six drive bays six I O adapter slots Six drive bays seven I O adapter slots Administrator password Cover lock Optional for some models
269. ed Low range input voltage Minimum 110 V ac Maximum 125 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 43 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 40 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 0 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 43 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 44 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 45 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 208 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6862 Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 7 in Height 128 mm 5 0 in Width 450 mm 17 7 in Weight Minimum 9 9 kg 22 0 Ib Maximum 11 3 kg 25 0 16 46 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 245 BTU 70 watts Maximum 700
270. ed or the drive startup sequence changed Be extremely careful during write operations such as copying saving or formatting Data or programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect drive Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program finds a problem with a hardware option For the test programs to properly determine if a test Passed Failed or Aborted the test programs check the error return code at test completion See Return Codes on page 242 General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is found by an application program the operating system or both For an explanation of these messages refer to the information supplied with that software package Notes 1 Before replacing any FRUs ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed on the system A down level BIOS might cause false errors and unnecessary replacement of the system board For more information on how to determine and obtain the latest level BIOS see BIOS Levels on page 227 2 f multiple error codes are displayed diagnose the first error code displayed 3 If the computer hangs with a POST error go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 4 f the computer hangs and no error is displayed to Undetermined Problem on page 81 5 If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics program that device might be defective The power on default is quick bring up To enable Enhanced bring up select t
271. ee Viewing the Test exceeded Log on page 237 2 Re start the test to reset the log file 080 197 XXX 1 Make sure Game Port interface test warning component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 080 198 XXX Game Port interface test aborted 1 component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 080 199 XXX Game Port interface test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 72 086 000 XXX Mouse Port interface Test Passed 1 No action IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 086 001 XXX 1 Mouse Mouse Port interface 2 System board Presence 086 032 XXX 1 Mouse Mouse Port interface Device 2 System board controller failure 086 035 XXX 1 Mouse Mouse Port interface Reset 2 System board 086 040 XXX 1 Run Setup Mouse Port interface IRQ 2 Mouse failure 3 System board 086 195 XXX 1 Information Mouse Port interface Test 2 Recstart the test if aborted by user need to 086 196 XXX Mouse Port interface test halt error threshold exceeded 086 197 XXX Mouse Port interface test warning 1 Depress F3 to review th
272. een digits An X in an error message can be any number or letter The shorter POST errors are highlighted in the Symptom to FRU Index Some digits will represent different information for SCSI errors versus non SCSI errors The following figure shows which digits display the shorter POST errors The figure also defines additional SCSI information r Notes Non IBM device error codes and documentation supersede this list Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleading error symptoms or messages RDDDPLSCB QEET Ld sla Test state Error code Extension Qualifier Q internal 1 external Capacity of the device Slot number of the device LUN usually 0 PUN SCSI ID Device Number Reserved Digit usually 0 Reference Information 231 Diagnostics Test Programs There are now two diagnostics programs that you can use to service the IBM PC 300 700 Series IntelliStation computers IBM Enhanced Diagnostics developed by Watergate Software with IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics e PC300 700 Series IntelliStation Diagnostics developed by Diagsoft for IBM Note See General Checkout Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X on page 5 for diagnostic options and procedures for these Type 6272 disketteless models IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a full range of diagnostic utilities to determine the operating condition of
273. enabled for RPL 3 Network adapter Advise network administrator of new MAC address Computer will not Wake On LAN 1 Check power supply and signal cable connections to network adapter 2 Ensure Wake On LAN feature is enabled in Setup Configuration See Setup Utility Program on page 248 3 Ensure network administrator is using correct MAC address 4 Ensure no interrupt or address conflicts 5 Network adapter Advise network administrator of new MAC address Dead computer 1 Power Switch See Power Supply on 2 Power Supply page 28 3 System Board Diskette drive in use light 1 Diskette Drive remains on or does not light 2 System Board when drive is active 3 Diskette Drive Cable Flashing cursor with an otherwise blank display 1 System Board Primary Hard Disk Drive 3 Hard Disk Drive Cable Incorrect memory size during POST 1 Run the Memory tests 2 Memory Module 3 System Board 78 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Message Symptom FRU Action Insert a Diskette icon 1 Diskette Drive appears with a known good 2 System Board diagnostics diskette in the 3 Diskette Drive Cable first 3 5 inch diskette drive 4 Network Adapter Intensity or color varies from 1 Display left to right of characters and color bars No power or fan not running System Board 1 See Power Supply on page 28
274. entium Il 333 MHz ECC 16 Processor Pentium Il 350 MHz 16 Processor Pentium Il 400 MHz 16 Processor Pentium Il 450 MHz 17 System Board no proc memory rails System Board Rail Set 18 Fan Bracket 19 60 mm Fan with rubber mounts Open Bay AAP models only 19 92 mm Fan with rubber mounts 20 Speaker Card Guide Assembly 21 EMC Kit 22 Access Cover Assembly 23 C2 Switch Cable Assembly 24 AGP Cover 25 Hard Disk Drive Bracket 26 Clamp 27 Power Supply 200W 27 Power Supply 200W Japan 28 Keylock Assembly 29 Base Frame Assembly Cable Wake On Ring Lithium Battery Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Miscellaneous Screw Kit 194 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 1204494 1244510 1204509 1204495 02 1115 02K3412 75H9219 10L6011 10L6012 12J4518 10L6084 10L7095 01K1467 76H7344 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 01K1889 12J4498 01K1854 1204499 03K9769 03K9602 12J6294 01K1612 01K1143 01K1146 01K1140 01K1147 01K2169 01K4291 01K4327 02K2776 03K9672 01K1578 1111619 03K9626 03K9606 1015513 02K2861 03K9605 1244508 1204493 01 1495 03K9623 03K9608 03K9604 75H8991 76H4873 1245102 03K9609 76H7345 33F8354 03K9603 93F0041 Index System Type 6892 Riser Card Riser Supports front and rear Speaker Assembly Service Information FRU No 20L0926 02K2766 03K9607 135 6893 Parts 136 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Lis
275. er 256 Standby iu fine vU S 256 Scheduler tia Sale 257 Wake Up on Ring 257 Network Settings 257 Flash over LAN Update POST BIOS over Network 257 Wake on LAN 258 Recovering from Software Problems Type 68X7 259 Utility Diskettes 259 Creating Utility Diskettes 259 OS 2 Warp Recovery Choices Program 260 Editing the CONFIG SYS File 261 Using OS 2 Warp to Edit the CONFIG SYS File 261 Using OS 2 Warp Utility Diskettes to Edit the CONFIG SYS File 261 Using the DOS Utility Diskette to Edit the CONFIG SYS File 262 Recovering from OS 2 Warp Problems 262 Recovering from Errors on the Hard Disk 263 Correcting Disk Errors from DOS 264 Correcting Disk Errors from the DOS Diskette 264 Correcting Disk Errors from OS 2 Warp 264 Recovering from a Forgotten OS 2 Password 265 Backing Up and Restoring Files 265 Backing Up Your Hard Disk 265 Restoring the Hard Disk 266 IBM Wireless 267 ISA Bus Switch Settings 267 ISA Mode Operations Parameters 267 Micro Channel Adapter Installation 269 PCMCIA Portable Computer Support 269 Initialization Failure 269 Problem 1 Memory Allocation Conflict between EMM386 DOS or Windows and Resource Manager 269 P
276. er 35 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 1 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 28 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 29 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 30 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 203 Specifications Type 6588 Feature Description Size Depth 475 mm 18 7 inches Height 157 mm 6 2 inches Width 419 mm 16 5 inches Weight Weight 14 1 kg 31 0 pounds 31 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 32 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator po
277. er Memory 18031 to 18039 Wizard Adapter Cable 185XXXX DBCS Japanese Display Adapter A System Board 20001 to 20003 Image Adapter A Image l Adapter A Memory Module DRAM VRAM 20004 Memory Module DRAM VRAM Image Adapter A Image Adapter A 20005 to 20010 200XX Not listed above Image Adapter A Image l Adapter A Memory Module DRAM VRAM Image Adapter A Image l Adapter A Memory Module DRAM VRAM System Board 46 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM POST Error Code FRU Action 20101 to 20103 1 Printer Scanner Option 2 Image Adapter A 3 Memory Module DRAM VRAM 20104 1 Memory Module DRAM VRAM 2 Printer Scanner Option 3 Image Adapter A 20105 to 20110 1 Printer Scanner Option 2 Image Adapter A 3 Memory Module DRAM VRAM Image Adapter A Memory Test failure indicated by graphic 1 Replace memory module shown in graphic of adapter 206XX 1 SCSI 2 Adapter 2 Any SCSI Device 3 System Board 208XX 1 Any SCSI Device Verify there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings on the same bus 210XXXX 1 SCSI Hard Disk Drive Internal bus size unknown 2 SCSI Adapter or 210XXX1 System Board External bus size unknown 3 SCSI Cable 4 SCSI ID Switch on some models Tape Drive amber LED 1 Tape Drive remains on 2 SCSI Cable internal 3 SCSI Adapter or System Board Tape Drive green in
278. error recovery and other purposes Important If you need to edit the CONFIG SYS file to remedy a problem edit the one in your root directory For information about statements that can appear in the CONFIG SYS file refer to the Command Reference located in the Information folder on the OS 2 Desktop Using OS 2 Warp to Edit the CONFIG SYS File To edit the CONFIG SYS file while OS 2 Warp is active 1 On the Desktop double click on OS 2 System 2 Double click on Command Prompts 3 Double click on OS 2 Window or OS 2 Full Screen 4 Type COPY CONFIG SYS CONFIG OLD and press Enter This copies the current CONFIG SYS file as CONFIG OLD in case you need it for future reference 5 Type E C CONFIG SYS where Eisthe command to start the System Editor Cisthe drive where OS 2 Warp is installed e Vis the symbol for the root directory Then press Enter 6 When you are done working on the file select File and then select Save Select Type in the Save Notification window Select Plain text and then select Set Press Alt F4 to exit from the System Editor Shut down your computer You must restart your computer in order for the changes to take effect Using OS 2 Warp Utility Diskettes to Edit the CONFIG SYS File To edit the CONFIG SYS file using the OS 2 Warp Utility Diskettes 1 Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive 2 Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart the computer using the Ctrl Al
279. et with Bumpers Bumper Kit for Side Bracket System Board Guide Rail Cable Wake On Ring Processor Pentium MMX 166 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 200 MHz Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 16 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 32 MB DIMM EDO ECC System Board no processor memory Lithium Battery Jumper Kit Chassis Assembly Keylock Assembly Foot 4 Bezel Kit Bumper Kit Misc Screw Kit Fan Speaker Power Switch Assembly Riser Card Riser Card Support Side Panel 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply Japan Service Information FRU No 76H7327 03K9729 76H7338 76H5822 12J4574 76H7341 00K7913 00K7909 1203094 76H7343 76H7344 1203521 1203432 76 7331 76 7171 01 5680 75 9550 75 9552 76 7340 12J3431 76H7330 76H7329 03K9732 76H7335 76H7345 76H7119 76H5509 02K2768 01K1116 01K1117 01K1120 01K1121 07L7353 33F8354 93F0067 76H7328 76H7336 93F2386 76H7339 03K9732 93F0041 76H7332 01K4444 76H7334 76H7333 12J5991 1245993 113 6588 6888 1 lt IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 114 Parts Listing Index 1 N oh bw 10 11 System 6588 6888 6588 6888 Cover Latch 6588 Cover Latch 6888 2 5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6588 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6588 4 3 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 6588 6888 SCSI Cable 6588 6888
280. euoeo 21 219 105592014 Z peojeud esueor 2 60 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels 7 993 20 Aiueq uoN OQ3 Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 ui JON SOJON LN SMOPUIM V N 3013 89 ze ZHIN a 96 SMOPUIM VIN 3013 89 ze ZHW 662 a 96 SMOPUIM Xvc 3013 89 ze ZHW 662 96 SMOPUIM V N 89 SZ ZHW 991 x9v a esueor 2 50 V N ISOS 89 993 003 ZHIN 003 xev 96 SMOPUIM XEN Xvc 3013 89 dN OQ3 26 ZHIN 003 2 sjo s s eg soiydesy 105592014 2999 00 Od 10 94 1 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 474 21 8M ZLS XININ 105592014
281. exposure Removing the covers of the CD ROM drive could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the CD ROM drive Do not remove the CD ROM drive covers DANGER Some CD ROM drives contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam Reference Information 165 06 232 kg gt 55 70 5 165 121 2 Ibs Caution Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine A Caution Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables can be hazardous To avoid personal injury or equipment damage disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the server covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures 166 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM A PERIGO Para evitar choques el tricos n o conecte ou desconecte nenhum cabo nem efetue instala o manuten o ou reconfigura o deste produto durante uma tempestade com raios Para evitar choques el tricos cabo de alimenta o deve ser conectado a um recept culo corretamente instalado e aterrado Todos os equipamentos aos quais este produto ser conectado devem tamb m ser conectados a recept culos corretamente in
282. ez les cordons d interface des prises d alimentation sur un 4 D branchez tous les socle de prise de c bles des unit s courant 5 Mettez les unit s sous tension Reference Information 173 A attention Remplacez la pile usag e par une pile de r f rence identique exclusivement voir la r f rence IBM ou par une pile quivalente recommand e par le fabricant Si votre syst me est dot d un module contenant une pile au lithium vous devez le remplacer uniquement par un module identique produit par le m me fabricant La pile contient du lithium et pr sente donc un risque d explosion en cas de mauvaise manipulation ou utilisation Ne la jetez pas l eau Nel exposez pas une temp rature sup rieure 100 C cherchez pas la r parer ou la d monter Pour la mise au rebut reportez vous la r glementation en vigueur AN attention Si une unit de CD ROM est install e prenez connaissance des informations suivantes Pour viter tout risque d exposition au rayon laser respectez les consignes de r glage et d utilisation des commandes ainsi que les proc dures d crites dans le pr sent document Pour viter une exposition directe au rayon laser n ouvrez pas l unit de CD ROM Vous ne pouvez effectuer aucune op ration de maintenance l int rieur PERIGO Certaines unit s de CD ROM contiennent une diode laser de classe 3A ou 3B Prenez connaissance des in
283. f installed 2 System Board All other beep code sequences 1 System Board One long and one short beep during POST Base 640 KB memory error or shadow RAM error 1 Memory Module 2 System Board One long beep and two or three short beeps during POST Video error Three short beeps during POST 1 Video Adapter if installed 2 System Board 1 See System Board Memory on page 276 2 System Board Continuous beep 1 System Board Repeating short beeps 1 Keyboard stuck key 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board No Beep Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action No beep during POST but computer works correctly 1 System Board No beep during POST 1 See Undetermined Problem on page 81 System Board Memory Module Any Adapter or Device Riser Card Power Cord Power Supply pi 01 AG 34 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM POST Error Codes In the following index X can represent any number POST Error Code FRU Action 000 1 Verify adapter device SCSI Adapter not enabled and Bus Master fields are enabled in PCI configuration program See documentation shipped with computer 02X 1 SCSI Adapter 08X 1 SCSI Cable Check SCSI terminator 2 SCSI Terminator installation 3 SCSI Device 4 SCSI Adapter 101 1 System Board System board interrupt failure 102 1 System Board S
284. formations suivantes Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter est ouvert vitez de regarder fixement le faisceau ou de l observer l aide d instruments optiques vitez une exposition directe au rayon 174 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM gt 32 gt 55 attention Ce produit pese un poids consid rable Faites vous aider pour le soulever A attention Le courant lectrique circulant dans les c bles de communication et les cordons t l phoniques et d alimentation peut tre dangereux Pour votre s curit et celle de l quipement avant de retirer les carters du serveur mettez celui ci hors tension et d connectez ses cordons d alimentation ainsi que les c bles qui le relient aux r seaux aux syst mes de t l communication et aux modems sauf instruction contraire mentionn e dans les proc dures d installation et de configuration Reference Information 175 VORSICHT Aus Sicherheitsgr nden bei Gewitter an diesem Ger t keine Kabel anschlieBen oder l sen Ferner keine Installations Wartungs oder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchf hren Aus Sicherheitsgr nden nur an eine Schutzkontaktsteckdose mit ordnungsgem geerdetem Schutzkontakt anschlieBen Alle angeschlossenen Ger te ebenfalls an Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mit ordnungsgemaB geerdetem Schutzkontakt anschlieBen Signalkabel m glichst einh ndig anschlieBen oder l sen um einen Stromschl
285. fter you replace the system board the VPD must be updated To update the VPD see Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure on page 228 Management Information Format MIF Management Information Format MIF is a file used to maintain a list of the system unit serial number along with all serialized components for example system board riser card memory and processor MIF is used on Type 6561 6591 6562 6592 6862 6865 6892 6889 At the time of computer manufacture the EPROM located on the riser card will be loaded with the serial numbers of the system and all major components The customer will have access to the MIF file via the DMI MIF Browser that is installed with the preload and 15 also available on the RTC CD provided with the system A company called Retain a Group is a central data warehouse offering serial number data management Retain a Group acts as a focal point to law enforcement The customer has the option to purchase serial number information and services from Retain a Group It is the customer s responsibility to maintain the MIF file and to inform Retain a Group of any changes to the file Some customers may request their servicers to assist them in maintaining the MIF file when serialized components are replaced during hardware service This assistance is between the customer and the servicer The Reference Information 219 servicer can use the DMI MIF Browser to update the MIF informati
286. g switch parameter according to the documentation supplied with your socket services support Problem 3 Incompatibility with Card and Socket Services Compatibility problems may exist with non IBM PCMCIA Card amp Socket Services In such cases you are recommended to use universal Card and Socket Services such as PlayAtWill Ref 5764 085 when available Important When using PlayAtWill make sure that no statements from a former Card and Socket Services installation are left in your CONFIG SYS Problem 4 IO Base Address or Interrupt Level Conflicts Sometimes the Resource Manager part of Card and Socket Services support returns an IRQ INT parameter or an IO Base Address PORT parameter as valid even if already used by the system To resolve the conflicts you must 1 Find available values by using a configuration analysis program such as CardView MSD and EZPlay 270 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 2 Change the value s Of your computer feature by using its utilities e Of the IBM Wireless LAN adapter by updating these parameters in the PROTOCOL INI file for NDIS workstations or in the NET CFG file for ODI workstations Problem 5 Detection Problem for ODI Workstations m Important This section only applies to DOS and Windows ODI wireless workstations with a PCMCIA Type II slot If the PCMCIA Credit Card is not detected when you start your compute
287. g the Test Log on page 237 Reference Information 233 Test Selection To select one or more tests 1 Open the corresponding test category 2 Using the cursor movement keys highlight the desired test 3 Press Space bar A selected test is marked with a chevron gt gt Pressing the space bar again de selects a test and removes the chevron 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desired tests IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics The IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics provide the capability to identify a particular memory module SIMM DIMM which fails during testing Use the System Board Layouts section in the latest PC 300 700 IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual HMM to reference the memory sockets or select F1 twice to load the Online Manual and select Chapter 11 SIMM DIMM Locator Follow the steps below to locate the IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics test options 1 Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar and press Enter 2 Highlight either the Memory Test Full or Memory Test Quick option and press Enter Memory Test Full The full memory test will take about 80 seconds per MB of memory and will detect marginal intermittent and solid stuck memory failures e Memory Test Quick The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds per MB of memory and will detect solid stuck memory failures only Notes Either level of memory testing can be performed on all memory or a single SIMM D
288. ge 321 84 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Notes Service Information 85 6272 Parts 86 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 1 NX Y O 0 0 System Type 6272 Cover Assembly Cover Assembly Models 88X 89X 90X 91X 3 5 Inch Drive Bracket 5 25 Inch Drive Bracket 1 2 GB1 IDE Hard Disk Drive 2 5 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 4 2 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive Model 77X 16X Max CD ROM Drive IDE Cable Riser Card PCI Etherjet EPROM Card Models 88X 89X 90X 91X Riser Card Bracket Power Supply 85W Power Supply Japan Base Frame Assembly with labels Base Frame Assembly with labels Models 88X 89X 90X 91X Bezel Covers Kit 3 5 In Blank Drive Bezel Models 88X 89X 90X 91X Torx Screw Models 88X 89X 90X 91X Model Plate Power button Power Switch and Cable Dual LED Cable Assembly Hard Disk Power LED Cable Assembly LAN Activity Cable Switch to Planar Security Serial Port B Connector and Cable Assembly 60 mm Fan Assembly Models 89X 90X 91X Pedestal Assembly Wall Mount EMC Clip Mounting Screw Kit Foot 4 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable Memory 8 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Processor Pentium 133 MHz2 Processor Pentium 166 MHz FRU No 76H4459 02K2740 76H4465 76H4466 07H1120 75H8978 0
289. gement does not operate NetView 6000 NMS WNM IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Problem Resolution Worksheet Before calling your service representative 1 Make a copy of the problem resolution worksheet contained in the nstalling and Operating Your Network manual or in the README OS2 file available on the IBM Wireless LAN OS 2 Base Workstation diskette volume2 2 Collect and fill in the information listed in it see Obtaining the Necessary Data 3 Make a backup copy of the important files depending on your station type see Making a Backup Copy of Files on page 274 Obtaining the Necessary Data Find the level of the operating system and the date and size of certain system files OS 2 base Type SYSLEVEL at the OS 2 Prompt and record the IBM Wireless LAN application level Get the size and dates for files by typing DIR IBMWLB OS2 S NetWare Base Type MODULE at the server prompt on the system console and get size and dates for the following modules IBMWLCOM NLM IBMWLNAP NLM IBMWLWNC NLM IBMWLWCA NLM IBMWLERL NLM or IBMWLPRX NLM IBMWL LAN 05 2 Workstation Type SYSLEVEL at the OS 2 Prompt and record the IBM Wireless LAN application level For an NDIS workstation get size and dates for files by typing DIR IBMWLO 0S2 S For an ODI workstation get size and dates for files by typing DIR IBMWL SYS S DOS Windows Remote station For an NDIS w
290. he Utilities diskette works properly If the workstation has a PCMCIA Type Il slot and you have problems when booting the Utilities diskette you would need to modify your Utilities diskette CONFIG SYS file to call DOS Card and Socket Services support This may be the case if your PCMCIA machine does not have an INTEL 82365SL or compatible port controller The following are samples from the CONFIG SYS file DEVICE C IBMDSS02 SYS DEVICE C IBMDOSCS SYS DEVICE C DICRMU02 SYS DEVICE C ICPMDOS SYS Select Diagnostics Utilities from the main menu wait for the diagnostics to complete and follow the recommended action Troubleshooting Wireless Network Problems If you are experiencing wireless network problems and tests of the adapter and radio are OK through diagnostics from the Utilities diskette you might have a wireless software problem such as product installation configuration or a networking problem The nstalling and Operating Your Network manual supplied with the product contains a troubleshooting appendix with the following specific sections 272 Base or NAP station initialization failure Base status is Not Ready at the NAP The NAP application is not available OS 2 bridge does not operate Data exchange problems through OS 2 bridged base Workstation registration problems all red RSSI Communication problems when using 3270 emulation Workstation performance problems Network mana
291. he socket identified by the last digit of the error code Re run the test If the same error code occurs again replace the system board 2xx 2y A memory error was detected in DIMM socket Y Replace the DIMM in the Socket identified by the last digit of the error code Re run the test If the same error code occurs again replace the system board or where memory is on the processor card replace the processor card Reference Information 237 Message Failure Found Recommended Actions Corrupt BIOS Information in Reflash the BIOS is not as BIOS expected Replace the Not able to find System board expected DMI information from BIOS Memory controller chipset vendor ID does not match expected value Test aborted by User stopped Restart test user test Note Y is the SIMM DIMM socket number Use the System Board Layouts section in the latest PC 300 700 IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual HMM to reference the memory sockets PC 300 700 Series IntelliStation Diagnostics Always use the latest PC 300 700 Series IntelliStation Diagnostics Diskette As of this HMM printing the current release is Version 5 50 The Diagnostics test programs developed by DiagSoft for IBM is used to test the IBM components of the system and some external devices The amount of time required to test all components depends on the number of components QAPIus W
292. he Fan connector is thermally controlled The fan can run at high or low speed or can be turned off depending on the ambient air temperature PC 730 Type 6875 PCI ISA e ISA 4 Share Slot ISA bn y Share Slot ISA aT Fel Micro Channel PCI Micro Channel Shared Slot Shared Slot 434 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM PC 730 Type 6877 ISA PCI ama 0000000000 o To TMT TTT Slot 3 TTI III TIIIS 1 2 A T TA scu PCI TOTO OOOO NI Slot 2 ISA Tr iTiI I NIITTT 3 TOMATO TINTI Slot 1 LOLOL 2 ISA LLLA AAA A PC 750 Type 6885 ISA PCI ISA ISA 1 P I II DIEI A a e 2 Shared Slot ISA Fol EE NM B Shared Slot ISA JO MO PC 750 Type 6886 PCI Micro Channel Micro Channel me Micro Channel Micro Channel 1 Micro Channel pol Micro Channel o 750 Type 6887 ISA PCI
293. he Jumper Settings The following table contains the cache jumper settings Cache J21 J22 J23 J24 256 KB 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 406 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz System Board H a 8 a 24 _ e 7 H vm m 1 1 48 LEE E ME Reference Information 407 730 750 Series Type 6877 6887 Pentium 100 133 150 166 MHz System Board Locations Power connector 5 V Modem ring J14 LAN wake up J13 External ring wake up Password jumper CMOS Clear Auxiliary power 018 On Off switch 19 Tamper connector Secondary IDE connector Primary IDE connector Diskette connector Tamper Reserved Battery Voltage regulator connector Power connector 3 3 V Switch set SW1 Processor socket Cache memory module connector Power LED connector Hard Disk access LED connector Speaker connector DSP Audio connector DIMM SIMM connectors passthrough connector Riser connector Video port ECP E
294. he Start Options in the Configuration Setup Utility program see Setup Utility Program on page 248 then enable Power On Status Power off the computer and all external devices Step 001 continues 14 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 001 continued Check all cables and power cords Make sure the system board is seated properly For 6265 6275 see page 292 For 6285 see page 299 For 6561 or 6591 see System Board Removal Type 6561 on page 306 or System Board Removal Type 6591 on page 321 For 6862 see page 331 For 6892 see page 346 Make sure the processor speed setting matches the processor installed in the computer For 6265 6275 6285 see page 362 For 6561 6591 see page 366 For 6862 6892 see page 399 For 6889 see page 415 For 6893 see page 418 Set all display controls to the middle position Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into drive A Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following response 1 Readable instructions or the Main Menu Note Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 computers are default to come up quiet No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code display when no errors are detected by POST To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint code display when a successful POST occurs 1 Enable Power on Status in setup See Se
295. he cursor to the new location where the active block is to be moved then press F6 again If there is no active block of text F6 is ignored F7 To copy an active marked block of text to a new location move the cursor to the new location and then press F7 If there is no active block of text F7 is ignored F8 To delete an active marked block of text move the cursor within the active block and press F8 If there is no active block of text F8 is ignored F10 Press F10 to save all changes and exit the file Notes 1 Always make a backup copy on a self starting diskette of the AUTOEXEC BAT and CONFIG SYS files before making any changes 2 The default text editing mode of the File Editor is the insert mode To toggle between overtype and insert modes press Insert Diagnostics Control Keys The following is a list of the Diagnostics Control Keys when used and a description of the Diagnostics response Control Keys When Used Diagnostics Response Ctrl A Main Menu Allows you to select test from the sub menus that are highlighted with red letters Attention selected these test will erase the information stored on the diskette or hard disk drive 252 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Control Keys When Used Diagnostics Response Up and Down Main Menu Highlights an Arrow Keys Module Test item you want to Menu select Test Group Menu Space
296. he next menu Normally all installed devices in the computer are highlighted on this report If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnostics program The diagnostic code for the device is not on the diagnostic diskette Run the diagnostics provided with that device The missing device is defective or it requires an additional diskette or service manual An unrecognizable device is installed A defective device is causing another device not to be recognized The SCSI controller failed on the system board or SCSI adapter Use the procedure in Undetermined Problem on page 81 to find the problem If a device is missing from the list replace it If this does not correct the problem use the procedure in Undetermined Problem on page 81 26 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM If a mouse or other pointing device is attached remove it to see if the error symptom goes away If the symptom goes away the mouse or pointing device is defective 001 Power off the computer Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit Power on the computer and check the keyboard cable connector on the system unit for the voltages shown voltages are 5 Pin Voltage Vdc 15 0 Not Used Ground 15 0 5 0 Not Used ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT Yes No 002 Replace the system board
297. he right hand rail to engage the tab in the opening of the chassis Reference Information 307 Drive Cage Service Type 6561 0 0 100000000 Um 308 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View Type 6562 Removal and service procedures for the cover system board and drive cage are on the following pages Reference Information 309 Cover Removal 6562 Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removing cover System Board Removal Type 6562 310 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board Installation 6562 Tab Latch Support System Board L Latch Reference Information 311 Drive Cage Service Type 6562 312 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM and the retainer bracket and system board plate on the Removal and installation of the Pentium microprocessor following pages Computer Exploded View Type 6588 6888 313 Reference Information 9 IIS WAV YN Y VM Y iii AVA CO RARA SA i M AO N M A i 3 Microprocessor Removal
298. he tabs will break 298 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM System Board Removal Type 6285 System Board y QUI Rail Li Y por s P PS Here 7 A N y Latch Tab Lift l Here NN System Board N QU gt N Here gt Non removable Hard Disk Drive Cage Type 6285 Reference Information 299 Tab Removal 6285 Fan Removal 6285 300 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Computer Exploded View Type 6X7X Reference Information 301 Computer Exploded View Type 6X8X E d Y M Ny Q NS o 302 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series Computer Exploded View 6560 Reference Information 303 Computer Exploded View 6561 Input Output connectors and removal procedures for the cover system board drive cage and fan are on the following pages 304 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Input Output Connectors 6561 Parallel E 6 ojo oyo 10 452 Hid USB 2 Keyboard Serial 1 Monitor Mouse Serial 2 Cover Removal Type 656
299. heat output in BTUs per hour Maximum as shipped 361 BTU 106 watts 50 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac Current Rating 5A High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Current Rating 3A Input kVA approximately Maximum as shipped 0 75 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 92 cubic meters minute 32 5 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 42 dB operating 37 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 36 dB operating 34 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 2 bels operating 5 0 bels idle 49 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 50 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 330 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 51 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 210 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6888 Feature Description Size Depth 475 mm 18 7 inches Height 450 mm 17 7 inches Width 259 mm 10 2 inches with pedestal Weight Weight 14 1 kg 31 0 pounds 52 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity
300. hecks with the power off and the power cord disconnected Checklist 1 2 3 190 Check exterior covers for damage loose broken or sharp edges Power off the computer Disconnect the power cord Check the power cord for a Athird wire ground connector in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and frame ground b The power cord should be the appropriate type as specified in the parts listings c Insulation must not be frayed or worn Remove the cover Check for any obvious non IBM alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non IBM alterations Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquids or signs of fire or smoke damage Check for worn frayed or pinched cables Check that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices Any computer part containing transistors or integrated circuits ICs should be considered sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD ESD damage can occur when there is a difference in charge between objects Protect against ESD damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine the part the work mat and the person handling the part are all at the same charge Notes 1 Use product sp
301. help you isolate and correct the problem If you do not want the system programs to automatically start when an error occurs change the Bypass System Programs on error setting in the system programs From the Hard Disk Drive Type 6876 6886 To start the system programs from the hard disk drive do the following 1 Remove all media from all the drives 2 Power off the computer then power it back on The IBM logo appears on the screen 3 When the F1 prompt appears press F1 A second IBM logo appears followed by the system programs main menu Service Information 21 From the Reference Diskette Type 6876 6886 To start the system programs from the Reference Diskette do the following 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove all media from the drives 3 Insert the Reference Diskette into the primary diskette drive 4 Power on the computer After a few seconds the IBM logo appears on the screen then a second IBM logo screen appears followed by the system programs main menu Power on Password To service Type 62XX 65XX and 68XX computers with an active and unknown power on password power off the computer and do the following Note On some models this procedure will also remove the administrator password See Passwords on page 217 for more information Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover 2 Refer to System Board Layouts on page 358 and locate the system board type you a
302. his message during the Locate Bad Chips option Too Many Errors Test Aborted Too many errors the Diagnostics Test cannot continue Memory Module 3 System Board Microprocessor 2 System Board Transmit Error Internal or external serial port loopback test failure Serial Port Cable 2 System Board Video Adapter Failed Test Result Summary displayed if Fail was at the Quit Fail Pass menu of any video test 1 Video Adapter if installed 2 System Board 3 Display Write error on cylinder n Hard disk drive write error Hard Disk Drive 2 Hard Disk Drive Adapter if installed Write Errors 1 Diskette Diskette drive write error 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Write Protected or 1 Insert a non write Unformatted protected formatted Diskette is Write Protected diskette into the or not formatted diskette drive then rerun the test 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Service Information 55 Error Message Symptom FRU Action You Cannot Delete the Motherboard Remove Board option was selected The Diagnostics Tests display this message during the Locate Bad Chips option 1 e Make the correct selection Memory Module System Board Processor 56 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Codes Refer to the following Diagnostic Error Codes when using
303. ideo Adapter Matrox Millenium 3 5 5 25 In Hard Disk Bracket EMC Kit Power Supply 330 W Keylock Assembly Chassis Assembly Power LED Panel Cable Assembly Air Baffle C2 Switch Assembly Cable Audio CD ROM Cable CD ROM IDE Cable Diskette Drive Cable Hard Disk IDE Cable SCSI 2 Drop Cable SCSI 4 Drop Cable SCSI LED Cable Wake On Ring Miscellaneous Blank Bezels Service Information FRU No 1245547 01K1637 1203525 1243527 02K1146 00K7929 75H9921 10L6078 02K1141 75H9550 75H9552 01K1888 1245549 1245552 1245548 1204506 0810606 03 9570 01K1125 01K1126 01K1127 1242701 1292700 1202703 01 2109 01 2167 02K2861 10L5607 06H9417 1204516 12J5546 01K4488 01K2069 01K2014 01K4340 12J4501 12J4508 01K9866 12J5102 12J4515 12J4510 02K2864 01K1495 75H9219 01K1475 76H4228 12J4518 01K1499 01K1497 76H7344 76H7345 12J5550 139 Index 140 System Type 6898 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit including card guide Miscellaneous Optional Bezels System Board EMC Shield IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 12J4503 12J5551 01K1855 6899 Parts AMA e WS IN SUR Service Information 141 Parts Listing Index 1 2 12 13 14 14 15 16 142 System Type 6899 Cover Front Bezel Assembly Base Frame Assembly with labels Power Switch an
304. ifications Type 6X8X Specifications Type 6560 Specifications Type 6561 Specifications Type 6562 Specifications Type 6588 Specifications Type 6589 Specifications Type 6591 Specifications Type 6592 Specifications Type 6598 Specifications Type 6862 Specifications Type 6865 Specifications Type 6888 Specifications Type 6889 Specifications Type 6892 Specifications Type 6893 Specifications Type 6898 Specifications Type 6899 Security Features Hard Disk Drive Jumper Settings CD ROM PD CD ROM Drive Jumper Settings BIOS Levels Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure Diagnostics and Test Information Using the Test Programs Setup Utility Program Power Management Network Settings Recovering from Software Problems Type 68X7 Creating Utility Diskettes IBM Wireless LAN System Board Memory Computer Exploded View Type 6272 Computer Exploded View Type 6265 6275 Computer Exploded View Type 6282 6284 Computer Exploded View Type 6285 Computer Exploded View Type 6X7X Computer Exploded View Type 6X8X Computer Exploded View Type 6560 Computer Exploded View Type 6561 Computer Exploded View Type 6562 Type 6588 6888 Computer Exploded View Type 6591 Computer Exploded View Type 6592 Computer Exploded View Type 6598 Computer Exploded View Type 6862 Computer Exploded View Type 6865 Computer Exploded View Type 6889 Computer Exploded View Type 6892 Computer Exploded View Type 6893 Computer Exploded
305. individual test group screen are the specifications for the related test group Note In the Hard Disk Test Group specification area if a software program was to compress your drive the indicated size is the compressed size of the logical drive Starting the Diagnostics Diskette 1 Insert the Diagnostics diskette into drive A 2 Power on the computer 3 When the Diagnostics Main Menu is displayed press Ctrl A The screen will not change 4 Select Diagnostics then press Enter 5 Follow the instructions that appear on your screen If an error is displayed go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 Reference Information 245 Module Testing Mode If the test programs do not find a problem or you want to perform in depth testing the Module Testing mode provides a method to run individual tests on a single module For example you can run an individual test for the diskette drive or you can run groups of tests for several modules In the Module Testing mode you can define how many times each test should run and how the test program should log the errors To start the Module Testing mode 1 Start the Diagnostics diskette 2 Select Diagnostic Menu from the Main Menu 3 Select Quick Checks from the next menu 4 Use the up and down arrow keys 1 and to move the highlight bar from one selection to the next 5 Follow the instructions on the screen Note As you scroll down the selection menu the Test Group
306. ing Diskettes To format a diskette within the Diagnostic programs select one of the following options Format A high density 1 44 MB Format A low density 720 KB Format B high density 1 44 MB Format B low density 720 KB After selecting a diskette format option follow the instructions that appear on the screen Hard Disk Drive Boot Error A hard disk drive boot error error codes 1962 and 1999030X can be caused by the following Reference Information 249 Cause Actions The start up drive 15 not in the boot sequence in configuration Check the configuration and ensure the start up drive 15 in the boot sequence No operating system Install an operating system installed on the boot drive on the boot drive The drive must be formatted do the following The boot sector on the start up drive is corrupted 1 Attempt to access and recover back up the failing hard disk drive 2 Using the operating systems programs format the hard disk drive 3 Go to Preparing the Hard Disk Drive for Use on page 250 The drive is defective Replace the hard disk drive When To Use the Low Level Format Program Notes 1 The low level format is not available on all diagnostic diskettes 2 Before formatting the hard disk drive make a back up copy of the files on the drive to be formatted Use the Low Level Format program When you are instal
307. interface Test Passed 035 0XX XXX 1 RAID signal cable 2 RAID device 3 RAID adapter card if installed 4 System board 035 195 XXX RAID interface Test aborted by user 1 Information 2 Re start the test if need to 035 196 XXX RAID interface test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 035 197 XXX RAID interface test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 70 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 035 198 XXX RAID interface test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 035 199 XXX 1 Go to Undetermined RAID interface test failed Problem on cause unknown page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 071 000 XXX 1 No action Audio port Interface Test Passed 071 00X XXX 1 Run Setup 071 01X XXX 2 Flash the system 071 02X XXX 3 System board Audio port error 071 03X XXX 1 Speakers Audio port failure 2 Microphone 3 Audio card if installed 4 System board 071 04X XXX 1 Run Setup Audio port f
308. ions on the screen 11 If you did not receive the correct responses reinstall the System Partition on the hard disk drive from the Reference Diskette To Test the Base System Type 6876 6886 r Notes DEO 1 Ensure that Rapid Resume 15 disabled before starting this procedure 2 f Rapid Resume is displayed during this procedure see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 3 Re run the diagnostics tests To test the base system do the following 1 Power off the computer and all external devices 2 Check all cables and power cords 3 Set all display controls to the middle position Service Information 19 10 20 Remove all media from the drives Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following responses a One Beep b IBM Logo When the F1 prompt appears in the lower left hand corner of the screen press F1 a second IBM logo appears followed by the System Programs Main Menu If you received the correct responses do the following a Press Ctrl A Test the Computer screen appears b Select System board diagnostics and follow the instructions on the screen When the QAPlus PRO Main Menu appears press Ctrl A d Select Diagnostics e Select Module Test f If the Module Test Menu is correct run diagnostics g If the Module Test Menu is not correct go to Module Test Menu and Hardware Configuration Report on page 26
309. itare l esposizione diretta al fascio 180 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM AO 232 kg 255 kg ATTENZIONE Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire delle norme di di sicurezza A ATTENZIONE La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione del telefono e di segnale pericolosa Per evitare situazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamenti all apparecchiatura scollegare i cavi di alimentazione i sistemi di telecomunicazioni le reti e ed i modem prima di aprire i coperchi del servente se non diversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazione e configurazione Reference Information 181 WAS gH HG HI LAU BS 3 018 S FSS Ol HS SAI SALE Es AIT 8 59 1498 SY S amp S HAS OSU etoror x St 91 SH SASS 9210 SUC 01 SSS LE SWS ABS UA SASS ABTA SUC CS AAS HAS VRS Me 2 548 BONN ast 2 SAI JIO S A ARE 28110 971 SAS 01 AS SEXIES STI 015 Y OOS 5901 dcs eigiopeiel 9123 oh Motel el 1954918 ac 1 2 amp 24538 e 2 SAN HASC 2 UH LE 201g S SAO MHE C HNS BAEN ASC BAENA MH ECH 4 4 LE HOSS 5 AAAS 20 age AN 9 HAAS GE BM SS HS amp PN 0
310. ization Failure If the set of Card and Socket Services support supplied with your computer is installed and configured and you have an initialization failure you might have one of the following problems Problem 1 Memory Allocation Conflict between EMM386 DOS or Windows and Resource Manager e NDIS Workstations You must reserve 16K of memory to be used as attribute memory for PC cards This is the MA parameter for Resource Manager from the Card and Socket Services you are using and the X nnnn parameter for EMM386 in the CONFIG SYS file For example Reference Information 269 DEVICE C DOS EMM386 EXE RAM X C000 C3FF e ODI Workstations f you are using Enabler you must 1 Edit the NET CFG file and add R C000 to the following statement Enabler c xxxx IBMWLENA EXE where C000 is a memory zone between C000 to EFOO in multiples of 100 and xxxx is the directory where the IBM Wireless LAN has been installed for example WIRELESS 2 Exclude memory area C000 to C1FF in the parameter for EMM386 in the CONFIG SYS file DEVICE C DOS EMM386 EXE RAM X C000 C1FF If you are using both Enabler and Card and Socket Services and your PCMCIA machine does not have an INTEL 82365SL or compatible port controller you must exclude only the memory area used by the Enabler Problem 2 Incorrect or Missing Parameters for Multiple Adapter Slots Fora PCMCIA machine with multiple adapter slots update the correspondin
311. k CD ROM Cage 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable 3 5 Inch Diskette Bracket Side Bracket System Board no processor memory rails System Board for Intel Celeron processors no processor memory rails System Board Guide Rails center and front Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 64 MB DIMM Non Parity Processor Pentium Il 300 MHz Air Duct for 300 MHz Pentium Processor only Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz no cache Intel Celeron Processor 300 MHz 128 KB cache Processor Pentium Il 333 MHz ECC Intel Celeron Processor 333 MHz 128 KB cache Processor Pentium Il 350 MHz Processor Pentium Il 400 MHz Processor Pentium Il 450 MHz Latch and Screw Fan Power Switch Assembly Bracket Riser Card Riser Clips front and rear Chassis Assembly Side Panel 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply Japan Bezel Kit Audio Adapter GVC Cable Audio CDROM Cable Wake On Ring Foot 4 Jumper Kit Keylock Assembly Lithium Battery Misc Screw Kit Video Ram 2 MB IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 01K1607 03K9645 02K1115 03K9724 10L6006 10L6012 1204518 76 7338 03K9641 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 76H7330 76H7329 61H1037 61H1061 03K9626 01K1144 01K1146 01K1147 01K4291 03K9648 01K4463 28L5017 01K4327 01K4447 02K2776 03K9672 01K1578 01K1612 03K9647 03K9622
312. kette 8 Off Operation Password CMOS Enabled J8 1 2 D Password CMOS Erase J8 2 3 Note Refer to Configuration Setup for other system parameter settings 396 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6862 6892 Pentium Il 266 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board m i m a di qa For other system connectors see Riser Card Layouts on page 427 under Type 6862 6892 Reference Information 397 300 Series 6862 6892 Pentium 266 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board Locations E 398 Battery Switch SW1 Microprocessor socket DIMM socket 0 DIMM socket 1 DIMM socket 2 CMOS clear Jumper J9 AGP 2X connector Display connector Mouse Keyboard connectors top mouse bottom keyboard Serial connectors top serial port 2 bottom serial port 1 USB connectors top USB2 bottom USB1 Parallel connector Ethernet RJ45 connector Audio line out Audio line in Microphone connector IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6862 6892 Pentium Il 266 300 333 350 400 MHz Jumper Switch Settings The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper
313. led 2 System Board Not ready 1 Ready Printer Printer not on line or not 2 Printer ready 3 Printer Cable 4 System Board No type amatic repeat 1 Keyboard At least one repeat key 2 System Board must be tested during this test or an error will occur Type amatic test error Not used by any standard device IRQ 15 not currently being used by a non standard device 1 System Board Numeric Proc Failed NPU test error Microprocessor 2 System Board 52 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Error Message Symptom FRU Action Parallel Ports Failed Test Report Summary message 1 System Board Pass N Errors Drive Diskette Drive X Failed 2 System Board Diskette drive read write test 3 Diskette Drive Cable error Pass N Drive Not Ready 1 Ensure diskette drive Diskette drive door is open is ready or defective 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Pass N Drive X Write 1 Insert a non write Protected or Unformatted protected formatted diskette into the diskette drive then rerun the test 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Pass N Unknown Media 1 Diskette Drive X 2 Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Test error 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable Place Hi density Media in 1 Diskette Drive 2 Diskette Drive Media drive mismatch 3 System Board 4 Diskette Drive Cable
314. liStation Series HMM 350 6583 PCI ISA Share 1 Slot Share PC 350 Type 6585 PCI ISA SA Onotherside SA J SA f PCI A 2 Shared Slot SA 2 i A 2 2 Shared Slot SA Mn PC 350 Type 6586 PCI ISA SA Onothersid SA A DE NN 2 gt Share Slot SA aaa PCl nnn Share Slot SA aaa gt eT 00000000 Reference Information 431 350 Shared P Slot 3 Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 PC 300 Shared P Slot 3 Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 Type 6587 ISA PCI On other side ORO Type 6588 ISA PCI SA5 On other side AD AA Same as IntelliStation Type 6888 riser card 432 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 365 Type 6589 ISA PCI SA5 On other side Shared Slot 3 Shared Slot 2 Shared Slot 1 OUO 3 Shared 2 ISA o PCI5 PCI
315. lication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time It is possible that this publication may contain reference to or information about IBM products machines and programs programming or services that are not announced in your country Such references or information must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM products programming or services in your country Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing representative O Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1996 1997 1998 All rights reserved Note to U S Government users Documentation related to Restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp ii IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM About This Manual This manual contains service and reference information for IBM Personal Computer 300 Series 700 Series and the Professional Workstation IntelliStation products The manual is divided into two sections as follows The service section includes procedures for isolating problems to a FRU a Symptom to FRU Index related service procedures and an illustrated parts catalog The reference section includes safety information product descriptions and general information about System functions and the adv
316. ling software that requires a low level format When you get recurring messages from the test programs directing you to run the Low Level Format program on the hard disk As a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive Preparing the Hard Disk Drive for Use When the Low Level Format program is finished restore to the hard disk all the files that you previously backed up 1 Partition the remainder of the hard disk for your operating system The commands vary with the operating system Refer to your operating system manual for instructions 2 Format the hard disk using your operating system The commands vary with the operating system Refer to your operating system manual for instructions 3 Install the operating system 250 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM You are now ready to restore the files File Editor The File Editor is an ASCII text editor that uses simple function key commands To access the File Editor 1 Select File Editor from the Utility Menu then press Enter 2 Insert a diskette into Drive A or Drive B before selecting the file you want to edit then select the file you want to edit from the Files selection box 3 Make your changes The arrow keys move the cursor and the function keys perform search and block editing functions See File Edit Function Keys 4 When you are done press F10 to update the file with the changes you made or press Esc to quit the editing p
317. lled 2 System board 1 Video card if installed 2 System board 005 040 XXX Video IRQ failure 1 Video card if installed 2 System board Service Information 61 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 005 195 XXX 1 Information Video Test aborted by user 2 Re start the test if need to 005 196 XXX Video test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 005 197 XXX Video test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 005 198 XXX Video test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 005 199 XXX Video test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 005 2XX XXX 1 Video card if 005 3XX XXX installed Video subsystem error 2 System board 006 000 XXX 1 No action Diskette interface Test Passed 006 0XX XXX 1 Diskette drive Cable Diskette interface error 2 Diskette drive 3 System board 006 195 XXX 1 Information Diskette interface Test 2 Recstart the test if aborted by user need to
318. lliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 001 035 XXX System Device Reset condition detected 1 System board 001 036 XXX 1 System board System Register error 001 038 XXX 1 Adapter card System Extension failure 2 System board 001 039 XXX 1 Flash the system System DMI data structure 2 System board error 001 040 XXX 1 Power off on system System IRQ failure and re test 2 System board 001 041 XXX 1 Power off on system System DMA failure and re test 2 System board 001 195 XXX 1 Information System Test aborted by 2 Re start the test if user need to 001 196 XXX 1 Depress F3 to review System test halt error the log file See threshold exceeded Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 001 197 XXX 1 Make sure System test warning component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 001 198 XXX 1 If a component is System test aborted called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 001 199 XXX 1 Go to Undetermined System test failed cause Problem on unknown page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 001 250 XXX System ECC error System board Service Information 59 Diagnosti
319. lock 3 Move the password jumper to connect the center pin and the pin on the opposite end of the connector or change the switch setting as appropriate 4 Power on the computer The system senses the change in the position and erases the password e It is necessary to move the jumper back to the previous position and to reset the switch setting 5 Remind the user to enter a new password when service is complete Reference Information 217 Administrator Password The administrator password is used to restrict access to the Configuration Setup Utility program If the administrator password is activated and you do not enter the administrator password the configuration can be viewed but not changed Note Type 6862 6865 6892 6889 has Enhanced Security Mode If Enhanced Security mode is enabled and there is no password given the computer will act as if Enhanced Security is disabled If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administrator password is given the administrator password must be entered to use the computer If the administrator password is lost or forgotten the system board in the computer must be replaced in order to regain access to the Configuration Setup Utility program For PC 700 computers the administrator password is set by jumpering an administrator password control jumper which can be on the riser card or the system board Note The administrator password control jumper will not re
320. m Attention The following are the factory configuration jumper settings Do not change jumper 26 27 from the factory setting 27 25 24 22 21 19 18 16 15 13 12 10 9 7 6 4 3 2 1 The following table contains the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Jumper Setting Description Bus Speed 1 2 150 MHz Processor Clock Ratio 4 5 Bus 60 14 MHz 7 8 Clock ratio 5 2 11 12 PCI 30 MHz ISA 7 51 MHz Bus Speed 2 3 200 MHz Processor Clock Ratio 5 6 Bus 66 48 MHz PCI ISA 7 8 Clock ratio 3 1 10 11 PCI 33 MHz ISA 8 31 MHz Password 14 15 D Password Enabled 13 14 Password Reset CMOS 17 18 D CMOS Normal 16 17 CMOS Reset Setup Utility 20 21 D Setup Enabled 19 20 Setup Disabled Flash Recovery 23 24 D Normal 22 23 Flash Recovery Enabled Reserved 26 27 D Do Not Change 392 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 360 5150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Setting Procedures Processor Bus Speed Clock Ratio Jumper Set these jumpers to match the processor installed Password Reset 1 Power off the computer 2 Move the jumper from pins 14 15 to 13 14 3 Power on the computer This erases both the power on and administrator passwords 4 Power off the computer 5 Move the jumper from pins 13 14 to 14 15 CMOS Jumper 1 Power
321. m Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 300 Type 6561 6591 Any combination of 16 MB 32 MB 64 MB or 128 MB DIMM sizes are acceptable Start filling DIMM socket 0 then 1 Use 3 3 V unbuffered DIMMs only Non parity or ECC DIMMs are supported Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 300 Type 6562 6592 Any combination of DIMM sizes up to 128 MB 15 acceptable Start filling DIMM socket O then 1 then 2 Use 3 3 V unbuffered EDO DIMMs only Non parity or ECC DIMMs are supported Install only ECC DIMMs to enable ECC See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 300 Type 6588 Any combination of DIMM sizes is acceptable DIMM height must not exceed 1 2 inches If EDO NP non parity DIMMs and EDO ECC DIMMs are mixed they will configure as non parity Install only EDO ECC DIMMs to enable parity See System Board Memory on page 276 for DIMM size speed and type PC 330 350 Series Type 6571 6573 6581 6583 80486 These are the recommended combinations of memory module kits Memory MEM1 MEM2 MEM3 MEM4 4 MB 4 MB E 8 MB 4 MB 4 MB 8 MB 8 MB 12 MB 4 4 4 280 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series 1 2
322. m Fan Assembly DASD Mounting Tray 5 25 Inch Blank Bezel Hard Disk Drive LED and Cable 3 5 Inch 1 44 MB Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable 1 2GB IDE Hard Disk Drive IDE Cable 2 2GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive U SCSI PCI Cables CD ROM 6X CD ROM EMC Shields 2 Software Recovery CD Matrox Graphics Adapter PCI Ultra SCSI Adapter PCI Adaptec LED Cable for Ultra SCSI Adapter System Board no processor memory Memory 8 MB 72 Pin 60 ns Non parity Memory 16 MB 72 Pin 60 ns Non parity Memory 16 MB 72 Pin 60 ns Parity Lithium Battery Power Supply 200W Power Switch and Cable 150 MHz Processor without heat sink 200 MHz Processor without heat sink Accessory Kit 4 Rails Miscellaneous Parts Kit Jumper Kit Service Information FRU No 06H9673 07H0164 07H0174 07H0173 07H0166 06H9659 06H1796 07H0165 07H0167 06H9670 93F2361 06H6344 07H0383 06H6326 06H8561 06H9674 06H9431 07H0171 07H1277 06H9074 07H0141 07H1278 06H9658 42H2776 42H2777 92G7294 33F8354 06H9660 06H9671 07H0163 07H1290 06H9672 07H0170 93F0067 123 Type 6862 Parts 124 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 1 N System 6862 Cover Assembly Name Plate Order either of the below 32X Max CD ROM drives CD ROM Drive 32X Max CD ROM Drive 32X Max IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop 4 2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 6 4 GB E
323. m and re test 3 Replace component under function test 170 250 XXX 1 Power supply 170 251 XXX 2 System board Voltage Sensor s Voltage limit error 170 254 XXX 1 Voltage Regulator Voltage Sensor s Voltage Module VRM Regulator Module error 2 Microprocessor 3 System board 175 000 XXX 1 No action Thermal Sensor s Test Passed 175 0XX XXX 1 Flash system Thermal Sensor s failure 2 System board 175 195 XXX 1 Information Thermal Sensor s Test 2 Recstart the test if aborted by user need to 175 196 XXX 1 Depress F3 to review Thermal Sensor s test halt the log file See error threshold exceeded Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 175 197 XXX 1 Make sure Thermal Sensor s test component that is warning called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 175 198 XXX 1 If a component is Thermal Sensor s test called out make sure aborted it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 Service Information 75 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 175 199 XXX Thermal Sensor s test failed cause unknown 1 Goto Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 175 250 XXX 175 251 XXX Thermal Sensor s limit error 1 Check fans 2 Check Po
324. mation see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 199 Specifications Type 6 8 Feature Description Size Depth 448 mm 17 6 in Height 160 mm 6 3 in Width 420 mm 16 5 in Weight Minimum 12 7 kg 28 0 Ib Maximum 14 1 kg 31 0 16 19 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 1060 BTU 310 watts 20 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 110 V ac Maximum 125 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 43 dB operating 43 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 40 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 0 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 19 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 20 Maximum power and heat s
325. me or all keys on the 1 Keyboard keyboard do not work 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board 80 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Undetermined Problem Check the power supply voltages See Power Supply on page 28 If the voltages are correct return here and continue with the following steps 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect the following one at a time Non IBM devices External devices modem printer or mouse Any adapters Riser card Memory modules Before removing or replacing memory modules see System Board Memory on page 276 Extended video memory External Cache External Cache RAM Hard disk drive j Diskette drive 3 Power on the computer to re test the system 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing device or adapter vococm F OS If all devices and adapters have been removed and the problem continues replace the system board See Replacing a System Board on page 83 Replacing a Processor For Pentium processors install the processor with the beveled corner aligned with the beveled corner of the processor socket For Type 6588 6888 and other Types that have Pentium processors see Microprocessor Removal Type 6588 6888 on page 314 For Dual Pentium processors jumper the processor speed to the slowest speed processor When a second Pentium Pro or Pentium Il microprocessor is installed for Dual processor operation th
326. move the password Administrator Password Control Jumper on Riser Card Refer to Riser Card Layouts on page 427 for PC 700 Series riser cards that have an administrator password control jumper Pins shown on the riser card are jumpered in the default D position Jumper Position Results 1 2 D Administrator Password can be set 2 3 Administrator password cannot be set Administrator Password Control Jumper Switch on System Board Refer to System Board Layouts on page 358 and locate the System board type you are servicing Depending on the System board the password is set by a jumper or switch block 218 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Important PC 700 Series Only If the Administrator Password is lost or forgotten the password cannot be changed or removed If this occurs the system board must be replaced and the customer charged accordingly PC 300 Series and IntelliStation The Administrator Password can be reset on PC 300 Series and IntelliStation computers Operating System Password operating System password is very similar to a power on password and denies access to the computer by an unauthorized user when the password is activated The computer is unusable until the password is entered and recognized by the computer Vital Product Data Each computer has a unique vital product data VPD code stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system board A
327. nced Diagnostics 2 System Board 1106 Serial option cannot be turned off 1 Run Advanced Diagnostics 2 System Board 1107 1 Serial Device Cable 2 System Board Service Information 39 POST Error Code FRU Action 1110 Register test failed 1 Run Advanced Diagnostics 2 System Board 1116 1 Run Advanced Interrupt error Diagnostics 1117 1 Run Advanced Failed baud rate test Diagnostics 1162 1 Run Configuration Serial port configuration 2 Serial Adapter error if installed 3 System Board 11XX 1 System Board Not listed above 1201 1 System Board 2 Any Serial Device 1202 1206 1208 1 Dual Async 1209 12XX Adapter A 2 System Board 3 Any Serial Device 1207 1 Communications Cable 2 Dual Async Adapter A 13XX 1 Game Adapter 1402 Information only Printer not ready 1403 Information only No paper error or interrupt failure 1404 1 Run Advanced System board timeout Diagnostics failure 1405 1 Run Advanced Parallel adapter error Diagnostics 1406 1 Run Advanced Presence test error Diagnostics 14XX 1 Printer Not listed above 2 System Board Check printer before replacing system board 15XX SDLC Adapter 1692 Boot sequence error Run FDISK to ensure at least one active partition is set active 16XX 1 36 38 Workstation Adapter 1762 1 Run Configuration Hard disk drive co
328. nd other objects on the screen When the computer 15 restarted with the power on switch the Scheduler or Wake Up on Ring it quickly returns to full power operation in exactly the same state The programs that were being used will reappear in the state they were in when you suspended operation of the computer Running Rapid Resume Manager select and activate deactivate or change Rapid Resume Manager do the following 1 From Program Manager select IBM Management Plus 2 Select Rapid Resume Manager 3 View or change settings 4 Follow the instructions on the screen Standby When the Standby feature is enabled it initiates reduced power modes for the display microprocessor and hard disk drive after a specified period of inactivity The default setting for automatically initiating standby is 20 minutes The display is blanked 256 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM and the hard disk drive spins down enters a reduced power state Any use of the keyboard mouse or hard disk drive causes the computer to exit standby and return to full power operation For example if 40 minutes is selected as the specified period the computer goes into standby state if the mouse keyboard or microprocessor is not active for more than 40 minutes To select and activate deactivate or change the Standby feature see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 Scheduler Use the Scheduler to set a time for the com
329. neInbijuo9 japon ees 158 104 2 pepnjour JON Y N L SOJON 86 VIN 1 3013 89 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 046 X6S esueor 2 50 VIN 42018 Les 3013 89 INVUOS 26 ZHW 056 X8S 86 SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 89 e NVUOS ZHW 092 XLS LN SMOPUIM VIN 42018 Les 3013 89 INVUOS v9 ZHW 092 X9S LN SMOPUIM V N CEOIYL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHW 056 XsS S6 SMODUIM V N CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 NVUOS ZHIN 092 V N V N CEOIYL ES VIN NVUOS v9 ZHW 096 xos esueo 2 60 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 22 ZHIN LN SMOPUIM VIN 42018 Les 3013 89 22 NVUOS v9 ZHIN x9v LN V N CEOIHL ES 3013 89 NVUOS ZHIN NOY 09 Sio S s eg soiydesy JOSS920Jd 6 39 00 Od 9 10 p 8 IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 454 eDed uo ajou ay ass Jajquiassy pazuoyiny u do pue 79 ay uo VEA EN
330. nfiguration error See Setup Utility Program on page 248 40 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU Action 1780 Disk Drive 0 1781 Disk Drive 1 1782 Disk Drive 2 1783 Disk Drive 3 1 e See Power Supply on page 28 Hard Disk Drive Riser if hard disk cable connected System Board Hard Disk Cable Power Supply 180X 188X PCI configuration or resource error 1962 Boot sequence error e ooa ree Run Setup and verify PCI ISA configuration settings If necessary set ISA adapters to Not available to allow adapters to properly configure Remove any suspect ISA adapters Rerun diagnostics PCI Adapter PCI Riser Card Possible hard disk drive problem see Hard Disk Drive Boot Error on page 249 209X 20XX Not listed above e Da Diskette Drive Diskette Cable 16 bit AT Fast SCSI Adapter BSC Adapter Riser Card 21XX Da e SCSI Device 16 bit AT Fast SCSI Adapter Alternate BSC Adapter Riser Card 2401 2402 If screen colors change Display 2401 2402 If screen colors are OK System Board Display 2409 Display 2410 System Board Display 2462 Video memory configuration error Check cable connections Run Setup and verify video configuration settings Video Memory Modules Video Adapter
331. nfiguration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 23 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 24 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 201 Specifications Type 6561 Feature Description Size Depth 450 mm 17 8 in Height 128 mm 5 0 in Width 450 mm 17 7 in Weight Minimum 9 9 kg 22 0 lb Maximum 11 3 kg 25 0 16 25 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 170 BTU 50 watts Maximum 700 BTU 204 watts 26 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 11 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 38 dB operating 34 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 33 dB operating 28 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power
332. nformation D indicates the default setting Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 Speed SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 75 MHz Off Off On On 90 MHz Off Off On Off 100 Off Off Off On MHz 120 On Off On Off MHz 198 Off Off On MHz 150 On On On Off MHz 166 On On Off On MHz 200 Off On Off On MHz 233 Off Off Off On MHz Additional Switch Settings SW1 5 6 Description SW1 5 SW1 6 Option Off D N A Option On N A Normal Diskette N A Off D Operation Read Only Diskette N A On Operation Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Description 46 1 2 D Password Enabled 2 3 Password Disabled Clear CMOS 360 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 300 Series 6265 6275 6285 Pentium Il 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board le 7 For other system connectors see Riser Card Layouts on page 427 under Type 6265 6275 6285 Note PC 300 Series Type 6265 6275 6285 Pentium Il 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board Locations Battery Switch SW1 Microprocessor socket DIMM socket 0 DIMM socket 1 DIMM socket 2 CMOS clear Jumper J9 Video Memory connector Display
333. ng Check for the following conditions You should be able to vary the screen intensity by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls The screen should be white or light gray with a black margin test margin on the screen Note The location of the test margin varies with the type of display The test margin might be on the top bottom or one or both sides If you do not see any test margin on the screen replace the display If there is a test margin on the screen replace the video adapter if installed or replace the system board Note During the first two or three seconds after the display is powered on the following might occur while the display synchronizes with the computer Unusual patterns or characters Static crackling or clicking sounds A power on hum on larger displays A noticeable odor might occur on new displays or displays recently removed from storage These sounds display patterns and odors are normal do not replace any parts If you are unable to correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 Service Information 31 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Always begin with General Checkout Type 62XX 65XX 68XX on page 2 This index can also be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a computer If you are unable to corre
334. ng these limiting parameters you reduce memory testing time Scripting Scripting allows you to select specific groups of tests testing parameters and options Your selection is saved for later use as a test Script To set up a test script first select all the appropriate test groups and specific tests you want to run from the Module Testing section under Diagnostics You should also select appropriate testing parameters and options See Program Navigation on page 243 for instructions to save a test script Changing Logical Unit Numbers In some instances you can have more than one logical unit number LUN for a particular module LUNs represent individual devices within a test group or module For example you might have two diskette drives or two hard disk drives or you might have base extended shadow and cache memory installed in the computer This configuration might result in as many as four or five different LUNs in the Memory Test Group Or you might have base extended shadow and cache memory installed in the system which might result in as many as four or five different LUNs in the Memory Test Group From either the Module Test Menu or the Test Group window you can change to a different LUN where applicable by pressing the plus key next LUN or the minus key previous LUN Test Group Specifications In the upper right hand portion of the testing screen or just the upper portion if you switched to an
335. nge input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 51 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 57 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 38 dB operating 35 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 33 dB operating 30 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 1 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 40 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 41 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 42 For additional information see the 150 Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 207 Specifications Type 6598 Feature Description Size Depth 460 mm 18 0 inches Height 405 mm 16 0 inches Width 210 mm 8 3 inches Weight Weight 13 4 kg 29 5 pounds 43 Environment Air temperature System 10 to 35 C 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 1060 BTU 310 watts 44 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz requir
336. nt a current from passing through your When using testers set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on suitable rubber mats obtained locally if necessary to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and machine frames Observe the special safety precautions when you work with very high voltages these instructions are in the safety sections of maintenance information Use extreme care when measuring high voltages 188 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM e Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools and testers Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit First check that it has been powered off Always look carefully for possible hazards in your work area Examples of these hazards are moist floors nongrounded power extension cables power surges and missing safety grounds Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective surface of a plastic dental mirror The surface is conductive such touching can cause personal injury and machine damage Do not service the following parts with the power on when they are removed from their normal operating places in a machine Power supply units Pumps Blowers and fans Motor generators and similar units This practice ensures correct grounding of the units
337. nt is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 089 199 XXX Microprocessor test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test Voltage Sensor s Test aborted by user 170 000 XXX 1 No action Voltage Sensor s Test Passed 170 0XX XXX 1 Flash system Voltage Sensor s failure 2 System board 170 195 XXX 1 Information Re start the test if need to 170 196 XXX Voltage Sensor s test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 170 197 XXX Voltage Sensor s test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 74 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 170 198 XXX Voltage Sensor s test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 170 199 XXX 1 Go to Undetermined Voltage Sensor s test Problem on failed cause unknown page 81 2 Flash the syste
338. ntelliStation Series HMM Processor Hard Disk Drive P54C 133 MHz 1 6 GB IDE P Processor Type 6577 6587 Only P Processor P55C 166 MHz L P55C 200 MHz P Processor All Other Types Processor S150 Pentium Pro Type 6598 P54C 200 MHz 486DX 33 MHz 486DX2 25 50 MHz 486DX2 33 66 MHz P54C 90 MHz P54C 100 MHz P54C 133 MHz 486DX4 100 MHz with regulator P5 60 MHz or P54C 100 MHz No Cache P54C 75 MHz No Cache P54C 75 MHz 256 KB L2 Cache P54C 90 MHz 256 KB L2 Cache P54C 100 MHz P54C 120 MHz P54C 133 MHz P54C 150 MHz 7 3 alr 54 166 2 CD ROM Network Adapter DSP Video Type 68X7 Only CD ROM Network Adapter DSP Video 6X CD ROM No Network Adapter DSP o 6X CD ROM No Network Adapter Matrox Graphics Adapter No Features Installed Ethernet Adapter Only Token Ring Adapter Only 4X CD ROM No Network Adapter DSP 3 9 gt 4X CD ROM No Network Adapter Matrox Graphics Adapter Reference Information 441 Hard Disk Drive Size and Type Type 6577 6587 Only If not in this list see H Hard Disk Drive Size and Type All Other Types in table below Hard Disk Drive Size and Type 2 5 GB IDE 1 2 GB IDE with
339. nterrupt level 9 for the IBM Wireless LAN adapter make sure that no other adapter in your computer uses interrupt level 2 Direct Memory Access DMA arbitration level this establishes the priority by which the adapter can access the computer memory the lowest value is given the highest priority The recommended value is 3 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Table 4 Arbitration Level ISA Mode Switch Positions ISA DMA Level 78 00 0 10 1 01 3 T4 Invalid Important Some values are recommended for specific machine types For further information refer to the README OS2 file on the IBM Wireless LAN OS 2 Base Workstation diskette volume 2 Make sure that no other adapter in your computer uses the same DMA level Micro Channel Adapter Installation The IBM Wireless LAN OS 2 Base Workstation diskette volume2 is the option diskette and contains the adapter description file ADF PCMCIA Portable Computer Support To operate a Wireless adapter and NDIS Device Driver in a computer using PCMCIA you must have installed and configured the set of Card and Socket Services support supplied with your computer by following the instructions in the computer documentation The chosen set of Card and Socket Services must match the machine model and operating system used This section also applies to computers with a PCMCIA slot connected to a PCI bus Initial
340. o connector Microphone connector Audio line In Out connector RJ 45 Ethernet connector JTAG Rear panel fan connector Parallel Serial 1 Serial 2 connectors USB 1 USB 2 connectors Keyboard Mouse connectors IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6889 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz Switch Jumper Settings The following tables contain the switch and jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Processor Speed Switch Setting SW1 1 4 Speed SW1 1 SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 350 Off Off On On MHz 400 Off On MHz Normal ROM Operation Switch SW1 5 ROM Operation SW1 5 Normal Off D ROM Recovery Mode On Enet Normal Operation Switch SW1 6 Enet Operation SW1 6 Normal Off D Enet Disabled On Admin Password Lock Switch SW1 7 Admin Password SW1 7 Locked Off D Unlocked Diskette Operation Switch SW1 8 Diskette Operation SW1 8 Normal Off D Read Only On Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting Jumper Setting Description J7E1 1 2 D 2 3 Normal Operation Erase Password and Configuration Clear CMOS Reference Information 415 IntelliStation Type 6893 Pentium Il 350 400 MHz System Board
341. of the computer you are servicing then press Enter 8 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the flash BIOS VPD update procedure 9 When you are instructed to reboot the computer power off the computer and move the Boot Block jumper or switch to the normal position Then replace the cover and power on the computer PO 228 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM PC 360 5150 Type 6598 Flash Recovery Jumper m Attention If an interruption occurs during a Flash BIOS upgrade the BIOS might be left in an unusable state This jumper enables you to restart the system and recover the BIOS To perform a Flash BIOS recovery 1 Power off the computer and remove the cover 2 Move the system board Flash jumper from pins 23 24 to pins 22 23 Refer to PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Settings on page 392 for more information 3 Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive 4 Power on the computer and listen to the speaker You should hear beeps in the following sequence a After you restart the computer it beeps once This beep marks the beginning of the power on self test POST b After a short delay less than 10 seconds the computer beeps again This marks the beginning of the recovery process the recovery code is being copied into the flash component c After about 30 seconds the computer beeps twice marking the end of the recovery process Wait until
342. off the computer 2 Move the jumper from pins 17 18 to 16 17 3 Power on the computer This erases the CMOS information 4 Power off the computer 5 Move the jumper from pins 16 17 to 17 18 Configuration Setup Utility Jumper This jumper setting enables and disables the Configuration Setup Utility Flash Recovery Jumper If an interruption occurs during a Flash BIOS upgrade the BIOS might be left in an unusable state This jumper enables you to restart the system and recover the BIOS 1 Power off the computer 2 Move the jumper from pins 23 24 to 22 23 3 Insert the upgrade diskette into the drive A 4 Power on the computer and listen to the speaker You should hear beeps in the following sequence a After the computer is powered on it beeps once This beep marks the beginning of the POST b After a short delay less than 10 seconds the computer beeps again This marks the beginning of the recovery process The recovery code is being copied into the flash component After about 30 seconds the computer beeps twice marking the end of the recovery process Wait until the diskette drive in use light goes out 5 Power off the computer and move the jumper from pins 22 23 to 23 24 6 Leave the upgrade diskette in the diskette drive and power on the computer 7 Retry the original upgrade procedure Reference Information 393 Matrox Graphics Adapter MGA Switch Settings There are two switches on the a
343. omments 507 Do You Need Technical References 508 Problem Determination Tips 509 File Updates 510 Hardware Considerations 510 Software Considerations 511 BIOS ara stands dn a 511 Drivers sia wok ester 511 Adding adapters to the System 512 System Resource Conflicts 512 Notices 2 nomm we 516 Trademarks 517 162 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations The caution and danger safety notices in this section are provided in the following languages English Brazilian Portuguese Chinese French e German Italian e Korean e Spanish Reference Information 163 A DANGER To avoid a shock hazard do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm To avoid shock hazard The power cord must be connected to a properly wired and earthed receptacle Any equipment to which this product will be attached must also be connected to properly wired receptacles When possible use one hand to connect or disconnect signal cables to prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical potentials Electrical current from power telephone and communications cables is hazardous To avoid shock hazar
344. on in the EPROM It is anticipated that some 5 might charge for this service To update the EPROM using the DMI MIF Browser 1 Click Start from the desktop then Programs Select IBM SystemView Agent Select Serial Number Information icon Click the plus sign to expand Select the component you want to view or edit Double click on the component you want to change Enter new data in the Value field then click Apply Alert on LAN Alert on LAN is supported on these computer Types 6862 6865 6892 6889 6893 NOOR Alert on LAN provides notification of changes in the computer even when the computer power is turned off Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies Alert on LAN helps to manage and monitor the hardware and software features of the computer Alert on LAN generates notifications to the server of these occurrences Cover removed Processor s removed Computer disconnected from the network Computer unplugged from the power outlet e Voltage out of specifications e Temperature out of specifications Fan speed out of specifications All POST errors Operating system or POST hang condition Alert on LAN events are configured to be Enabled or Disabled from the LAN server only and not from the computer See the LAN administrator for configuration status information AssetCare AssetCare is supported on these computer Types 6862 6865 6892 6889 6893
345. onnector Flash Jumper FDD write protect PS 2 Mouse Enable Disable Diskette drive connector HDD Detect Primary IDE hard disk drive connector Secondary IDE hard disk drive connector Battery Power on password CMOS mode CACHE memory connectors soldered cache for Models 4XX 5XX 6XX Burst Mode CPU voltage Processor socket Hard disk drive LED connector Power LED connector CPU fan connector CPU clock Memory module connector 1 Bank1 Memory module connector 2 Bank1 Memory module connector 3 Memory module connector 4 Tag RAM socket Feature connector Cache memory size CPU Bus clock On board VGA Display connector Parallel connector Video memory sockets Serial connector COM2 PCI ISA riser connector Serial connector COM1 Mouse connector Keyboard connector See PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board Jumper Settings on page 386 for jumper settings Reference Information 385 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board Jumper Settings The following tables contain the jumper setting information A D indicates the default setting Processor Type Selection Processor JP14 JP17 P75 MHz 1 2 Open P90 MHz 3 4 Open P100 MHz 1 2 3 4 Open P120 MHz 3 4 1 2 P133 MHz 1 2 3 4 1 2 P166 MHz 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Cache Size Selection Size JP13 256 KB D 1 2 512 KB 2 3 Miscellane
346. ore you start the machine ensure that other Service representatives and the customer s personnel are not in a hazardous position Place removed covers and other parts in a safe place away from all personnel while you are servicing the machine Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that other people will not trip over it Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the moving parts of a machine Ensure that your sleeves are fastened or rolled up above your elbows If your hair is long fasten it e Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing or fasten it with a nonconductive clip approximately 8 centimeters 3 inches from the end Do not wear jewelry chains metal frame eyeglasses or metal fasteners for your clothing Remember Metal objects are good electrical conductors e Wear safety glasses when you are hammering drilling soldering cutting wire attaching springs using solvents or working in any other conditions that might be hazardous to your eyes e After service reinstall all safety shields guards labels and ground wires Replace any safety device that is worn or defective e Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the machine to the customer Reference Information 187 Electrical Safety Observe the following rules when working on electrical equipment Important Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles covered with a soft
347. orkstation Type IBMWLLV2 at the DOS Prompt and record the IBM Wireless LAN application level Get the size and dates for files by typing DIR IBMWL DOS S Reference Information 273 For an ODI workstation e Type IBMWLLV1 at the DOS Prompt and record the IBM Wireless LAN application level Get the size and dates for files by typing DIR IBMWL COM S Obtain vital product data VPD for adapter and radio To do so follow these steps Insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in drive A Restart your workstation Select Diagnostic Utilities from the main menu When the first set of instruction panels is displayed note the following information Hardware Change Level Product change level Radio Type and Model Radio Country Type Making a Backup Copy of Files 274 For a NetWare base directory SYS SYSTEM IBMWL LOG IBMWL BAK IBMWL NCF AUTOEXEC NCF For an OS 2 base IBMWL LOG IBMWL BAK IBMWL NCF AUTOEXEC NCF LANTRAN LOG CONFIG SYS PROTOCOL INI For an ODI wireless workstation CONFIG SYS NET CFG AUTOEXEC BAT if this workstation is running under DOS or Windows For an NDIS wireless workstation CONFIG SYS PROTOCOL INI LANTRAN LOG if this workstation is running under OS 2 WIRELESS LOG AUTOEXEC BAT if this workstation is running under DOS or Windows IBM PC 300 700
348. ormation 83 Two front screws System board mounting screws The system board can also be removed by removing the System board mounting screws sliding the system board to the back toward the fan and lifting the system board out of the system unit See note below See Microprocessor Bracket and Plate Removal Installation Type 6588 6888 on page 317 Note The retention bracket system board plate and screws and washers must be removed from the old system board and installed on the new system board Important Make sure the plastic washers are attached to the six mounting tabs of the system board plate and that the washers are under the two front screw heads that secure the system board plate If any of the washers are not installed the system board can be damaged System Board Replacement Type 6898 This notice is for the system board and EMC shield of the IntelliStation M Pro Type 6898 computers Note To avoid damage to the vertical fingers on the EMC shield over the USB Mouse Keyboard and Ethernet connectors use caution when installing the system board For removal or installation of the system board angle the system board under the EMC shield fingers to prevent bending or damaging the fingers System Board Replacement Type 6561 6591 For system board replacement see System Board Removal Type 6561 on page 306 and System Board Removal Type 6591 on pa
349. ort tones or a series of short tones separated by pauses intervals without sound See the following examples Beeps Description 1 2 X beep A pause or break Two beeps e A pause or break Any number of beeps 4 Four continuous beeps Beep Symptom FRU Action 1 1 3 1 Run Setup CMOS read write error 2 System Board 1 1 4 1 System Board ROM BIOS check error 1 2 X 1 System Board DMA error 1 3 X 1 Memory Module 2 System Board 1 4 4 1 Keyboard 2 System Board 1 4 X 1 Memory Module Error detected in first 64 KB 2 System Board of RAM 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 Run Setup 2 System Board 2 1 X 1 Memory Module First 64 KB of RAM failed 2 System Board 2 2 2 1 Video Adapter if installed 2 System Board 2 2 X 1 Memory Module First 64 KB of RAM failed 2 System Board 2 3 X 1 Memory Module 2 System Board 2 4 X 1 Run Setup 2 Memory Module 3 System Board 3 1 X 1 System Board DMA register failed 3 2 4 1 System Board Keyboard controller failed 2 Keyboard 3 3 4 1 Video Adapter Screen initialization failed if installed 2 System Board 3 Display Service Information 33 Beep Symptom FRU Action 3 4 1 1 Video Adapter Screen retrace test detected if installed an error 2 System Board 3 Display 3 4 2 1 Video Adapter POST is searching tor video if installed ROM 4 2 System Board 1 Video Adapter i
350. ous Jumpers Jumper Setting Description JP3 Short Enable on board VGA D Open Disable on board VGA JP4 Short Enable PS 2 mouse D Open Disable PS 2 mouse J9 1 2 Normal D 2 3 CMOS Data Clear all setup data reset to default and Power On Password cleared JP11 1 2 Enable Flash D 2 3 Flash Lock JP19 1 2 STD 3 3 volt 2 3 VRE 3 52 volt D JP21 1 2 FDD protect Normal D 2 3 FDD Write protect JP22 1 2 Non Linear burst Async Cache D 2 3 Linear burst sync Cache D for models 4XX 5XX 6XX only JP23 1 2 HDD detect D 2 3 HDD non detect 386 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz System Board X smn Reference Information VA B 387 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz System Board Locations Power connector 5 V Modem ring LAN Wake Up Modem ring Password jumper CMOS clear Auxiliary power On Off switch Configuration switch set Diskette connector Primary IDE conn
351. pe 6598 327 Side Cover Removal 328 Bezel Removal 328 Processor Removal 328 Computer Exploded View Type 6862 329 Input Output Connectors 6862 330 Cover Removal 6862 330 System Board Removal 6862 330 System Board Installation Type 6862 hn 2331 Drive Cage Service 6862 331 Computer Exploded View 6865 332 Input Output Connectors 6865 333 Reference Information 157 Side Cover Removal 6865 Top Handle Cover Removal 6865 Bezel and Tab Removal 6865 Drive Cage Removal Type 6865 Adapter Removal Type 6865 Support Bar Removal 6865 Air Baffle Removal Type 6865 Terminator Card Removal Type 6865 Computer Exploded View Type 6889 Input Output Connectors 6889 Side Cover Removal Type 6889 Top Handle Cover Removal Type 6889 Cage Removal Type 6889 Baffle Removal 6889 Computer Exploded View Type 6892 Input Output Connectors 6892 Cover Removal 6892 Top Handle Cover Removal 6892 System Board Removal Type 6892 System Board Installation Type 6892 Non removable Disk Drive Cage 6892 Tab Removal 6892
352. pe 6898 502 IntelliStation Type 6899 504 446 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM m Notes Some open bay models are identified as Authorized Assembler Program models AAP models are manufactured by IBM without certain devices such as Graphics Disk Drive CD ROM unit Memory Video or other option card Preload IBM Dealers and Business Partners install certain devices IBM options in these open bay models Other then AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners can purchase these open bay models The IBM HelpCenter has information based on System serial number for identifying installed IBM options in open bay AAP models 16X Max CD ROM drive runs at a constant speed This allows for eight speed reading at the disk hub and sixteen speed reading at the disk edge For 24X Max CD ROM drives the disk hub and disk edge speeds are 10 and 24 For 32X Max CD ROM drives the disk hub and disk edge speeds are 14 and 32 Reference Information 447 86 SMOPUIM V N 65 3013 89 22 eDed uo jepojN ed ajou ay sas 1e quiessy pezuouiny oipny yM pue ua s s uo VEA 2 65 sorudeuo pas
353. pecifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 21 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 200 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6560 Feature Description Size Depth 420 mm 16 53 inches Height 102 mm 4 0 inches Width 440 mm 17 32 inches Weight Minimum 8 0 kg 17 61 lb Maximum 10 0 kg 22 0 lb 22 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 685 BTU 200 watts 23 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 110 V ac Maximum 125 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 43 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 40 dB operating 40 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 0 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 22 Maximum co
354. per Settings PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board Locations PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100 133 166 MHz System Board Jumper Settings d ee Wee Reb aS PC 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz System Board PC 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz System Board Locations PC 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz Switch Jumper Settings PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz System Board PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz System Board Locations PC 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Settings Reference Information 366 367 368 369 370 371 371 373 375 376 376 377 378 379 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 159 360 8150 Type 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHz Jumper Setting Procedures 393 Matrox Graphics Adapter MGA Switch Settings 394 VGA BIOS Flash Upgrade Enable Switch 1 394 VGA Enable Disable Switch Switch 2 394 365 6589 System Board 395 PC 365 Type 6589 System Board Locations 396 PC 365 Type 6589 Switch Settings 396 300 Series Type 6862 6892 Pentium 266 300 333 350 400 MHz System Board 397 PC 300 Series Type 6862 6892 Pentium Il 266 3
355. pter card System board e na 220 000 XXX Hi Capacity Cartridge Drive Test Passed No action 220 XXX XXX Hi Capacity Cartridge Drive error 1 Remove the Hi Capacity Cartridge Drive and re test the system 301 000 XXX 1 No action Keyboard Test Passed 301 XXX XXX 1 Keyboard Keyboard error 2 Check and test Mouse 3 System board 302 000 XXX 1 No action Mouse Test Passed 302 XXX XXX 1 Mouse Mouse error 2 Check and test Keyboard 3 System board 303 000 XXX 1 No action Joystick Test Passed 303 XXX XXX 1 Remove the Joystick Joystick error and re test the system 305 000 XXX 1 No action Monitor DDC Test Passed 305 250 XXX 1 Run Setup to enable Monitor DDC self test failure DDC 2 Cable 3 Monitor 4 Video card 5 System board 415 000 XXX 1 No action Modem Test Passed 415 XXX XXX 1 Remove the Modem Modem error and re test the system Service Information 77 Miscellaneous Error Messages Message Symptom FRU Action CMOS Backup Battery 1 CMOS Backup inaccurate Battery See page Safety Information on page 187 2 System Board Changing colors 1 Display Computer will not power off See Power Supply on page 28 1 Power Switch 2 System Board Computer will not RPL from server 1 Ensure Network is in startup sequence as first device or first device after diskette 2 Ensure Network adapter is
356. puter to do the following Start a program Display a message e Power off the computer If the computer will not already be powered on when it is time to start a program or display a message a setting can be selected to power on the computer at the appropriate time To select and activate deactivate or change the Scheduler feature see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 Wake Up on Ring You can select settings so that if the modem receives a call and the computer is in the suspend state the computer wakes up on the first ring that is it returns to full power To select the Wake Up on Ring settings feature see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 Network Settings This section applies only to computers linked to a network The Configuration Setup Utility program includes settings that can be enabled and disabled to configure the network interface in the computer These settings are Flash over LAN Update POST BIOS over Network Wake on LAN Flash over LAN Update POST BIOS over Network Note For local Flash BIOS VPD update see Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure on page 228 This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash over LAN feature When the feature is enabled the system programs in the computer can be updated remotely from a network server If the administrator password is set in the computer it does not have to be entered by the server Reference Information 257
357. r 1 Be sure there is no potential conflict memory allocation IRQ PORT 2 Your PCMCIA machine does not have an INTEL 82365SL or compatible port controller You must add Card and Socket Services support to your machine Radio Interference Problem If there is radio interference caused by other equipment follow these steps Determine what equipment is creating the interference For example a microwave oven or any product working in the 2 4 to 2 5 GHz frequency band Move the base radio module Move the equipment if possible that is causing the interference Move the base itself When you have identified the frequency on which there is interference go to the NAP and forbid that frequency See Installing and Operating Your Network manual for a table of radio allocations by country Running Adapter Diagnostics from the Utilities Diskette To run the adapter diagnostics do the following 1 Insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in drive A and restart the workstation by pressing Ctrl Alt Del Reference Information 271 2 m Important Wireless Utilities for with Ethernet Adapter Computers with an MCA bus and an Ethernet adapter may lock up if the Wireless Utilities diskette is booted when the Ethernet cable is not present or unplugged A specific message identifies the problem Code 06421 referring to Ethernet cable unplugged Once the cable is plugged back in t
358. r IRQ12 jumper CPU speed selection CPU speed selection CPU speed selection IRQ9 jumper VESA feature connector Power on password jumper VGA jumper Display connector Parallel connector Serial connector COM2 Flash jumper Serial connector COMI ISA riser connector ECP DMA selection jumper ECP DMA selection jumper Mouse connector Keyboard connector Battery VL riser connector On Off Switch Connector See PC 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 Jumper Settings on page 373 for jumper settings 372 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 657X 658X 80486 Jumper Settings The following tables contain the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting CPU Type Selection Processor J23 J24 486SX D 1 2 Open 486DX 2 3 Open 24 2 3 Closed CPU Speed Selection Speed J35 J36 J37 20 MHz On Oft Off 25 MHz D Oft On On 33 MHz Oft On Off 40 MHz Oft Oft On 50 MHz Oft Oft Off Cache Size Selection Size J16 J17 256 K D 1 2 Close 128K 2 3 Open P24 Clock Selection JP10 1 2 3 4 Internal Clock Off Off X3 D Internal Clock Off On X2 Other On Off Multiplier Reference Information 373 DMA Selection Setting JP8 JP9 DRQ3 D 1 2 1 2 DRQ1 2 3 2 3 Local Bus Configuration Selection JP3 JP4 VES
359. r RPL Go to Step 026 on page 8 012 CONTACT THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR AND PROVIDE THE MAC ADDRESS OF THE COMPUTER YOU ARE SERVICING ASK THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR SHOULD THE COMPUTER BE ENABLED FOR RPL Yes No 013 Change Startup sequence to remove network as startup device See Setup Utility Program on 248 Go to Step 001 on page 5 014 ASK THE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR IS AN RPL IMAGE ASSIGNED TO THE COMPUTER Yes No 015 If a Token Ring adapter is installed in the computer make note of the current startup sequence then change startup sequence to temporarily remove network as a startup device and make the hard disk the first startup device Restart the computer Go to Step 017 Ethernet adapter is installed in the computer go to Step 020 on page 8 016 Provide the new MAC address to the system administrator 017 Step 017 continues Service Information 7 CONTINUED 017 continued DID THE OPERATING SYSTEM LOAD Yes No 018 Restore the startup sequence Go to Step 023 019 Go to Step 005 on page 6 to run diagnostics then restore startup sequence after determining the problem 020 PRESS THE HOME KEY DID THE OPERATING SYSTEM LOAD Yes No 021 Go to Step 023 022 Go to Step 005 on page 6 to run diagnostics
360. rcauci n Alce la m quina con cuidado el sobrepeso podr a causar alguna lesi n A percauci n La corriente el ctrica de los cables de comunicaciones de tel fono y de alimentaci n puede resultar peligrosa Para evitar posibles lesiones o da os del aparato desconecte los cables de alimentaci n los sistemas de telecomunicaciones las redes y los m dems antes de abrir las cubiertas del servidor salvo que se indique lo contrario en las instrucciones de las operaciones de instalaci n y configuraci n 186 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Safety Information The following section contains the safety information that you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM mobile computer General Safety Follow these rules to ensure general safety Observe good housekeeping in the area of the machines during and after maintenance When lifting any heavy object 1 Ensure you can stand safely without slipping 2 Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet 3 Use a slow lifting force Never move suddenly or twist when you attempt to lift 4 Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles this action removes the strain from the muscles in your back Do not attempt to lift any objects that weigh more than 16 kg 35 Ib or objects that you think are too heavy for you Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the customer or that makes the equipment unsafe e Bef
361. rds have onboard memory the ROM contains operating instructions for the adapter I O RAM is used for buffering Two adapters using the same memory area will cause a failure This failure might appear as a hardware failure The IRQ levels DMA channels l O address and ROM and RAM addresses all become potential conflicts and system problems When conflicts arise they might show as system hangs lost or missing devices incorrect or bad data or failing diagnostics Always eliminate conflicts in these areas before replacing any hardware components Reference Information 513 U S Authorized Dealers Servicers Number Information 919 517 0001 800 528 7705 800 937 3737 800 426 2472 800 IBM DEAL 800 342 6672 303 924 4015 800 426 7763 800 237 5511 800 327 5711 800 426 1484 800 388 7080 Bulletin Board Service PC Company Bulletin Board Service TSS Only BM Business Partner Education BM Customer Engineer Technical Support BM Dealer Support Center BM Direct Desktop Software Sales BM Part Number ID and Look Up BM PC HelpCenter BM Software Defect Support CSDs BM Software Ordering Publications BM Supplies Technical Hotline BM Warranty Parts Claims Center U S Customers and Helpware Subscribers Number Information 919 517 0001 800 426 8322 800 999 0052 800 237 4824 800 964 8523 800 742 2493 800 447 4700 800 426 2468 800 426 3333 800 IBM SERV 800 772 2227 800 426 7282
362. re servicing Depending on the system board the password 15 reset by a jumper or switch setting 3 Move the password jumper to connect the center pin and the pin on the opposite end of the connector or short then open the password jumper or change the switch setting as appropriate See System Board Layouts on page 358 4 Power on the computer The system senses the change in the position and erases the password e It is necessary to move the jumper back to the previous position and to reset the switch setting 5 Remind the user to enter a new password when service is complete System Programs Main Menu Type 6876 6886 The following tables contain a listing of the System Programs Main Menu items followed by a description of the item 22 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM ASIP oi peyxpeq ueneq y uoneinbijuoo dn y9eg siy 16 6 ssed g oui abueyo osje ued siajdepe oy au jo ay smoly uoneinBbijuoo e pue 10 swous 9 sjuawuBbisse pue Jay suondo ay sjuawu
363. roblem 2 Incorrect or Missing Parameters for Multiple Adapter Slots 270 Problem 3 Incompatibility with Card and Socket Services 270 Reference Information 155 Problem 4 IO Base Address or Interrupt Level Conflicts x o rc tres ees 270 Problem 5 Detection Problem for ODI Workstations 271 Radio Interference Problem 271 Running Adapter Diagnostics from the Utilities Diskette 22 5 22 22524222424 271 Troubleshooting Wireless Network Problems 272 Problem Resolution Worksheet 273 Obtaining the Necessary Data 273 Making a Backup Copy of Files 274 Upgrading Adapter Microcode from the Utilities Diskette 275 System Board Memory 276 Supported Memory Configurations 280 PC 300 Type 6272 6282 6284 280 300 Type 6265 6275 6285 280 300 6561 6591 280 300 6562 6592 280 PC 300 6588 280 PC 330 350 Series Type 6571 6573 6581 6583 80486 280 330 350 Series 6575 6585 Pentium 60 MHz 281 PC 340 Series Type 6560 Pentium 100433166 MHz 282 PC 330 350 Series Type 6576 6586 Pentium 75 90 100 120 133 150 166 MHz 283 PC 330 350 Series Type 6577 6587 Pentium 100 133 166 200 MHz 283 PC 360 5150 Series 6598 Pentium Pro 150 200 MHZ 285 PC 3
364. rocess without saving the changes File Edit Function Keys The following information describes the function of the function keys and keyboard keys when you are using the File Editor Key Description Arrows Move the cursor to the place in the text where you want to make changes Home Press Home once to move the cursor to the start of the current line Press Home twice to move to the beginning of the file Press Home three times to move to the beginning of the file End Press End once to move the cursor to the end of the current line Press End twice to move the cursor to the end of the current screen Press End three times to move the end of the file F2 Press F2 to be in search mode You are prompted to enter the search word or words on a reverse highlighted line at the bottom of the File Edit Screen After typing in the search word press Enter F3 Press F3 to find the next occurrence of a search word F4 Press F4 to mark the start of a block of text if you have not previously marked it If you previously marked the block of text pressing this key unmarks the text block Reference Information 251 Description F5 Press F5 to complete the block marking started with F4 If you did not previously press F4 to start marking a block of text F5 is ignored F6 Press F6 while the cursor is within the active block to move an active marked block of text Move t
365. s If you are servicing a Type 6272 Model 88X 89X 90X 91X computer see General Checkout Type 6272 Models 88X 89X 90X 91X on page 5 If you are servicing a Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6889 6892 or 6893 computer see General Checkout on page 14 If you are servicing a Type 6876 or Type 6886 Micro Channel computer see General Checkout Type 6876 6886 on page 17 r Attention The drives in the computer you are servicing might have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence changed Be extremely careful during write operations such as copying saving or formatting Data or programs can be overwritten if you select an incorrect drive Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program finds a problem with a hardware option For the test programs to properly determine if a test Passed Failed or Aborted the test programs check the error return code at test completion See Return Codes on page 242 General error messages appear if a problem or conflict is found by an application program the operating system or both For an explanation of these messages refer to the information supplied with that software package Notes 1 Before replacing any FRUs ensure the latest level of BIOS is installed on the system A down level BIOS might cause false errors and unnecessary replacement of the system board For more information on how to determine and obtain the latest
366. s 226 BIOS bevels siu A OU le A T 227 Flash BIOS VPD Update Procedure 228 Copyright IBM Corp 1996 1997 1998 153 Flash Recovery Boot Block Jumper 228 PC 360 S150 Type 6598 Flash Recovery Jutmmpet Ga oh ok 229 Diagnostics and Test Information 230 Power On Self Test POST 230 POST Beep Codes 230 Error Code Format 231 Diagnostics Test Programs 232 IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics 232 Supported Systems 233 Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program uv ee RR RE ae A 233 Navigating Through the Diagnostic Programs 233 Running diagnostic tests 233 Test Selection 234 IBM Advanced Memory Diagnostics 234 Alert On LAN Test 235 Asset ID Test 235 Test Resulis 235 Hard File Smart Test 236 Quick and Full Erase Hard Dive 236 Asset EEPROM Backup 237 Viewing the Test Log 237 SIMM DIMM Memory Errors 237 PC 300 700 Series IntelliStation Diagnostics 238 QAPlus WIN 238 QAPlus PRO 238 CoSession for Windows 239 Error Messages 241 Return Codes 242 Using the Test Programs 243 Program Navigation 243 Using the First Letter of a Menu Choice 243 Using the Function Keys
367. s Inquiry Warranty Provider Support Hotline Warranty Service ThinkPad Reference Information 515 Notices References in this publication to IBM products programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM operates Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service may be used Subject to IBM s valid intellectual property or other legally protectable rights any functionally equivalent product program or service may be used instead of the IBM product program or service The evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products except those expressly designated by IBM are the responsibility of the user IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation 500 Columbus Avenue Thornwood NY 10594 U S A 516 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and or other countries Asset ID AT BookManager Business Partner EduQuest FaxConcentrator HelpCenter HelpClub HelpFax HelpWare IBM IntelliStation Micro Channel NetView OS 2 PC 300 PC 70
368. s available either locally on the PC hard disk or remotely through a server Remote Diagnostics Some computers might not have diagnostics loaded onto the local hard drive If the computer you are servicing is connected to a server and the server has the diagnostic image remote diagnostics can be run To use the diagnostics from the RTC CD a diskette must be made from the diskette factory then the diskette files are loaded on the server See the customer s System Administrator for more information about remote diagnostics Remote diagnostics require e Access to the network System Administrator to download the diagnostics or to execute remote diagnostics to the client computer 10 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Network Adapter LED Status Use the tables below to determine the status of the Ethernet and Token Ring adapter cards for diagnosing network problems Ethernet Card LED Status LED Explanation Name Status LNK On Successfully linked to the network LNK Off No link established Check for Good network condition Good cable between computer and network receptacle Replace Ethernet adapter Riser card System board ACT On Activity present Transmit and Receive data to and from the network ACT Off No activity 100 TX On Network speed equals up to 100 Mbps 100 TX Off Network speed equals up to 10 Mbps Service Information 11 Token Ring Card LED
369. s the processor to force it to service the request Handles interrupts on a priority basis low numbers have the highest priority IBM 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM e Queues interrupt request IRQ conflicts occur when there are multiple assignments to the same interrupt level If there is an IRQ conflict the system will hang Use the systems diagnostics to check for multiple assignments to the same interrupt level before replacing any hardware component DMA Accesses the memory by bypassing the processor which allows the processor more time for applications and programs e Accesses memory directly from the serial and parallel ports on some systems Accesses memory directly from some adapters using a DMA channel which allows the adapter to operate faster Provides from 4 to 15 DMA channels the number varies depending on the system If multiple assignments of the same DMA channel occur the system will hang Use the system diagnostics to check for multiple assignments to the same DMA channel before replacing any hardware components Address A unique l O address is assigned to each system component If multiple assignments of the same l O address occur the system will hang Use the DOS MEM command to check for multiple assignments to the same I O address before replacing any hardware component ROM and RAM Addresses Adapter cards with processors can contain RAM and ROM If the adapter ca
370. se all active programs including Windows 2 Atthe DOS command prompt type CHKDSK F and press Enter The program will check the hard disk and correct any errors found Correcting Disk Errors from the DOS Diskette If you cannot get to a DOS command prompt from your hard disk use the following procedure 1 Insert PC DOS Disk 1 in your diskette drive 2 Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart the computer using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence 3 When the following prompt appears Do you want to install PC DOS 7 Y N type N The command prompt appears 4 Type COPY C CONFIG SYS CONFIG OLD and press Enter This copies your current CONFIG SYS file as CONFIG OLD in case you need it for future reference 5 Atthe DOS command prompt type CHKDSK F and press Enter Correcting Disk Errors from OS 2 Warp When you use the CHKDSK F command you cannot have any other activity on that disk Therefore if you need to use the CHKDSK F command on the disk where OS 2 is installed you must shut down OS 2 and use the OS 2 Warp Utility Diskettes To correct disk errors on the disk where OS 2 Warp 15 installed 1 Shut down OS 2 2 Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive 3 Power on your computer If the computer is already on restart it using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence 4 Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to a command prompt 5 Insert Utility Diskette 3 6 Type CHKDSK C
371. seooud S6 SMOPUIM V N vXv S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN uoJeje ZHIN 992 VOAS Josseooud S6 SMOPUIM V N soys 51119 dov 89 aN 91 uoJeje 992 VOAS JosseooJd V N V N S97S 51119 dov V N dN uoJeje ZHIN 992 VOAS G esueor 2 50 V N vXt SNUID dov 3013 89 dN AIN ZHIN 993 X6L 2 Sio S s eg solydelo 108S9901d 1969 d L 00 Od 9 Jo el ejqel IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 468 ON 10sseoo4d 019180 8 993 87 219 10 94920 gy ZLS 1 PUI 77 esueor esueon 2 60 9 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 5 pezuouiny 75 WNWIXEW y prepuels 7 993 10 Aueq uoN WIG Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 JON VIAS G 96 SMODUIM VIN S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN ZHW 992 VIAS 96 SMOPUIM VIN S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 52 dN ZHIN 993 XZE VIAS 0 V N V N soys 51119 do
372. sition Values 43 dB operating 38 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 37 dB operating 33 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 3 bels operating 4 9 bels idle 31 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 32 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 33 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 204 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6589 Feature Description Size Depth 455 mm 17 9 in Height 160 mm 6 3 in Width 420 mm 16 5 in Weight Minimum 12 7 kg 28 0 Ib Maximum 14 1 kg 31 0 10 34 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 C 50 to 90 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 1060 BTU 310 watts 35 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 180 V ac Maximum 265 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 52 kVA Airflow Approximately
373. st the Micro Channel options installed in the computer The Diagnostics Diskette is bootable The procedure for starting the Diagnostics Diskette when servicing Type 6876 and 6886 computers is the same as the Type 62XX 65XX and 68XX computer See General Checkout Type 62XX 65XX 68XX on page 2 18 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM From the System Partition Type 6876 6886 Starting the diagnostic programs from the System Partition gives you the option of testing the options installed in the computer or testing the base system To Test Options Type 6876 6886 m Notes 1 Ensure that Rapid Resume 15 disabled before starting this procedure 2 f Rapid Resume is displayed during this procedure see Running Rapid Resume Manager on page 256 3 Re run the diagnostics tests To test the options installed in the computer do the following Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle position Remove all media from the drives Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following responses a One Beep b IBM Logo 8 When the F1 prompt appears in the lower left hand corner of the screen press F1 the IBM logo appears then the System Programs Main Menu 9 Press Ctrl A Test the Computer screen appears 10 If you received the correct responses select Options and follow the instruct
374. stalados Quando poss vel utilize uma das m os para conectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal para evitar um poss vel choque ao tocar duas superf cies com potenciais el tricos diferentes A corrente el trica proveniente de cabos de alimenta o de telefone e de comunica o perigosa Para evitar choques el tricos conecte e desconecte os cabos conforme descrito a seguir ao instalar movimentar ou abrir tampas deste produto ou de dispositivos conectados Para Conectar Para Desconectar 1 DESLIGUE tudo 1 DESLIGUE tudo 2 Conecte primeiro todos 2 Remova primeiro o s os cabos nos cabo s de alimenta o dispositivos das tomadas 3 Conecte os cabos de 3 Remova os cabos de sinal nos recept culos sinal dos recept culos 4 Conecte o s cabo s 4 Remova todos os de alimenta o nas cabos dos dispositivos tomadas 5 LIGUE o dispositivo Reference Information 167 A cuidado Ao substituir a bateria utilize apenas o N mero de Pe a IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante Se seu sistema possuir um m dulo com uma bateria de l tio substitua o apenas pelo mesmo tipo de m dulo produzido pelo mesmo fabricante A bateria cont m l tio e pode explodir se n o for utilizada manuseada e descartada de forma adequada N o e Jogue ou coloque na gua e Aque a a mais de 100 C 212 F e nem desmonte Descarte a bateria conforme req
375. stem power supply 69 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 216 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Security Features Security features in this section include e Passwords e Vital Product Data Management Information Format MIF e Alert on LAN e AssetCare e Asset ID Passwords The following provides information about computer hardware and software related passwords Power on Password e Administrator Password e Operating System Password Power on and Administrator passwords are set in the Setup Utility program See Setup Utility Program on page 248 for information about running the Setup Utility Power on Password power on password denies access to the computer by an unauthorized user when the computer is powered on When a power on password is active the password prompt appears on the screen each time the computer is powered on The computer starts after the proper password is entered Removing a Power on Password To service a computer with an active and unknown power on password power off the computer and do the following Note On some models this procedure will also remove the administrator password 1 Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover 2 Refer to System Board Layouts on page 358 and locate the system board type you are servicing Depending on the system board the password is reset by a jumper or switch b
376. t Serial B Port Configuration Jumpers Serial A Port Mouse Port Keyboard Port Configuration Jumpers Configuration Jumpers ISA PCI Riser Connector Enhanced IDE Connectors Primary Input Power Supply Diskette Connector Four SIMM Sockets Two Banks Power On LED Connector Hard Disk Activity LED Connector Auxiliary Fan Connector Processor Socket 7 Speaker Connector 256 KB L2 Cache Sockets Battery 1MB Video Memory Sockets Optional VESA Feature Connector Configuration Jumpers See PC 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz Jumper Settings on page 383 for jumper and switch settings 382 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 330 350 Series Type 65X6 Pentium 133 166 MHz Jumper Settings The following tables contain the jumper setting information D indicates the default setting Processor Speed J4J1 J4J2 J4K1 Processor J4J1 J4J2 75 MHz Pin 2 3 Pin 2 3 Pin 2 3 Pin 4 5 Pin 4 5 90 MHz Pin 2 3 Pin 2 3 Pin 1 2 Pin 5 6 Pin 4 5 100 MHz Pin 1 2 Pin 2 3 Pin 1 2 Pin 4 5 Pin 4 5 120 MHz Pin 2 3 Pin 2 3 Pin 1 2 Pin 5 6 Pin 5 6 133 MHz Pin 1 2 Pin 2 3 Pin 1 2 Pin 4 5 Pin 5 6 150 MHz Pin 2 3 Pin 1 2 Pin 1 2 Pin 5 6 Pin 5 6 166 MHz Pin 1 2 Pin 1 2 Pin 1 2 Pin 4 5 Pin 5 6 CMOS Setup Access and ISA Bus Speed J4K1 Jumper Position Description J4K1 1 2 1 4 PCI D J4K1 2 3 1 3 PCI 4 5 Enabled 0 J4K1
377. t Del key sequence 3 Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to a command prompt 4 Insert Utility Diskette 3 5 Type COPY C CONFIG SYS CONFIG OLD and press Enter This copies your current CONFIG SYS file as CONFIG OLD in case you need it for future reference Reference Information 261 Type TEDIT C CONFIG SYS and press Enter Press Esc to move the cursor from the command line to the editing area When you are done working on the file press F4 File to save the file and exit from the editor Shut down your computer You must restart your computer in order for the changes to take effect Using the DOS Utility Diskette to Edit the CONFIG SYS File To edit the CONFIG SYS file from the DOS Utility Diskette 1 2 Insert DOS Disk 1 in your diskette drive Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart the computer using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence When the following prompt appears Do you want to install PC DOS 7 Y N type N The command prompt appears Type COPY C CONFIG SYS CONFIG OLD and press Enter This copies your current CONFIG SYS file as CONFIG OLD in case you need it for future reference Type CD DOS and press Enter Type E C CONFIG SYS and press Enter When you are done working on the file press F4 File to save the file and exit from the editor Shut down your computer You must restart your computer in order for the changes to take effect
378. t Log window Also if you enabled Test Logging the results are recorded in the Test Log 3 When the test completes press Esc to return to the Test Group Menu Stopping the Tests To stop running a specific test or stop testing after you have started a test press Esc while the test is running The test pauses at the first possible opportunity and the Skip Abort Test Menu appears with the following options Option Action Continue The test program begins testing where it left off Skip to next test The test program skips the current test but remaining tests for the selected Test Module continue Skip to next The test program skips the remaining group tests in the current test group Abort all tests The test program stops and returns to the previous menu Reference Information 247 Setup Utility Program m Attention A customized setup configuration other than default settings might exist on the computer you are servicing Running the Setup Utility program might alter those settings Note the current configuration settings and verify that the settings are in place when service is complete To start the Setup Utility program see Setup Utility Program The Setup Utility configuration program is stored in the permanent memory of the computer This program includes settings for the following e Devices and I O Ports Date and Time Security e Start Options
379. tatement 4 Component under test 015 198 XXX USB port test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 66 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 015 199 XXX USB port test failed cause unknown 1 Goto Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 018 000 XXX 1 No action PCI Card Test Passed 018 0XX XXX 1 PCI card PCI Card Failure 2 Riser card if installed 3 System board 018 195 XXX 1 Information PCI Card Test aborted by 2 Re start the test if user need to 018 196 XXX PCI Card test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 018 197 XXX PCI Card test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 018 198 PCI Card test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 018 199 XXX PCI Card test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on pag
380. tem board 1 System board 014 013 XXX 014 014 XXX Parallel port Control Signal Loopback test failure 1 System board 014 015 XXX Parallel port External Loopback failure Wrap plug 2 System board 64 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 014 027 XXX 1 Run Setup enable Parallel port port Configuration Setup error 2 Flash the system 3 System board 014 03X XXX 1 System board 014 04X XXX Parallel port failure 014 195 XXX 1 Information Parallel port Test aborted by 2 Re start the test if user need to 014 196 XXX 1 Depress F3 to review Parallel port test halt error the log file See threshold exceeded Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 014 197 XXX 1 Make sure Parallel port test warning component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that 15 called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 014 198 XXX 1 If a component is Parallel port test aborted called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 014 199 XXX 1 Go to Undetermined Parallel port test failed Problem on cause unknown page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test 014 2XX XXX 1 External parallel 014 3XX XXX device Parallel port failur
381. ters are available on the World Wide Web at http www pc ibm com us cdt hmm html These publications can be viewed online in BookManager format or they can be downloaded as PostScript files 508 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Problem Determination Tips Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations that can be encountered use the following information to assist you in problem determination Verify any recent hardware changes See Hardware Considerations on page 510 Verify any recent software changes See Software Considerations on page 511 Verify the BIOS is at the latest level See BIOS on page 511 Verify the drivers are at latest levels See Drivers on page 511 Verify the Configuration matches hardware See System Resource Conflicts on page 512 Verify the Diagnostic diskette is at latest level See File Updates on page 510 As you go through problem determination consider these questions To m Important a Do diagnostics fail What when where single or multiple systems Is the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked If it has been working what changes were made prior to it failing Is this the original reported failure eliminate confusion systems are considered identical only if they 1 2 3 Are the exact machine type and model Have the same BIOS level Have the same adapters attachments in the
382. the Type Model Configuration Tables on page 446 In most cases country or language designation will be identified by the last digit of the model number Some models might be listed twice as X and J for Country Language identification J is for Japan only Table 5 Country Language Model Definition EMEA Model EMEA preload xx0 North America Model US English xxU Canadian French xxF Latin America LA Model Portuguese Brazil xxP LA Spanish xxS LA English xxL Asia Pacific AP Model AP English w Keyboard xxA AP English w o Keyboard xxB Japan Japanese xxJ Hong Kong AP English xxH China Chinese xxC China AP English xxD Thailand Thai xxT Taiwan Chinese xxV Taiwan AP English xxW Korea Korean xxK Korea AP English xxR Reference Information 445 Type Model Configuration Tables Table Page PC 300 Type 6265 448 PC 300 Type 6272 449 PC 300 Type 6275 451 PC 300 Type 6282 457 PC 300 Type 6284 461 PC 300 Type 6285 462 PC 300 Type 6560 Models 4XX 5XX 6XX 465 PC 300 Type 6561 467 PC 300 Type 6562 473 PC 300 Type 6588 476 PC 300 Type 6589 478 PC 300 Type 6591 479 PC 300 Type 6592 482 PC 300 Type 6862 483 PC 300 Type 6892 488 IntelliStation Type 6865 491 IntelliStation Type 6888 493 IntelliStation Type 6889 494 IntelliStation Type 6893 500 IntelliStation Ty
383. the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test See Diagnostics Test Programs on page 232 for information about the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics program In the following index X can represent any number Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 000 000 XXX 1 No action BIOS Test Passed 000 002 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Timeout 2 System board 000 024 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Addressing test failure 2 System board 000 025 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Checksum Value error 2 Boot block 3 System board 000 026 XXX 1 Flash the system FLASH data error 2 Boot block 3 System board 000 027 XXX 1 Run Setup BIOS Configuration Setup 2 Flash the system error 3 Boot block 4 System board 000 034 XXX 1 Reboot the system BIOS Buffer Allocation 2 Flash the system failure 3 Run memory test 4 System board 000 035 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Reset Condition 2 System board detected 000 036 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Register error 2 Boot block 3 System board 000 038 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS Extension failure 2 Adapter card 3 System board 000 039 XXX 1 Flash the system BIOS DMI data error 2 System board 000 195 XXX 1 Information BIOS Test aborted by user 2 Re start the test if need to 000 196 XXX 1 Depress F3 to review BIOS test halt error the log file See threshold exceeded Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file Service Information 5
384. the diskette drive in use light goes out 5 Power off the computer and move the jumper back to the normal default position 6 Leave the upgrade diskette in the diskette drive and power on the computer 7 Continue with the original upgrade Reference Information 229 Diagnostics and Test Information The following tools are available to help identify and resolve hardware related problems e Power on self test POST POST Beep Codes e Error Code Format Diagnostic Test Programs IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics For all Types except 6571 6581 6573 6583 6875 6885 PC 300 700 Series IntelliStation Diagnostics Only for Types 6571 6581 6573 6583 6875 6885 Power On Self Test POST Each time you power on the system it performs a series of tests that check the operation of the system and some options This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST POST does the following e Checks some basic system board operations Checks the memory operation Starts the video operation e Verifies that the diskette drive is working e Verifies that the hard disk drive is working If the POST finishes without detecting any problems a single beep sounds and the first screen of your operating System or application program appears Note Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 computers are default to come up quiet No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code displa
385. ting Index 1 2 wo 10 System 6893 Cover Assembly Name Plate and Bezels Kit CD ROM Drive 32X Max IDE Cable CD ROM 1 drop 6 4 GB EIDE 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive 10 1 GB EIDE 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive IDE Cable 4 5 GB SCSI 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive 9 1 GB SCSI 7200rpm Hard Disk Drive SCSI Adapter Card Adaptec SCSI Data Cable SCSI LED Cable EMC Shields 5 25 inch Hard Disk CD ROM Cage 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 1 44 MB 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive Japan Diskette Drive Cable 3 5 Inch Diskette Bracket RFID Antenna Side Bracket System Board no processor memory rails System Board no processor memory rails video System Board Guide Rails center and front Memory 64 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 128 MB DIMM EDO ECC Processor Pentium Il 350 MHz Processor Pentium Il 400 MHz Processor Pentium Il 450 MHz Latch and Screw Card Blank Bracket AGP Cover Fan Speaker Power Switch Assembly Bracket Riser Card Riser Clips front and rear Chassis Assembly Side Panel 145 Watt Power Supply 145 Watt Power Supply Japan Cable Wake On Ring Foot 4 Jumper Kit Keylock Assembly Lithium Battery Matrox Eclipse Video Card Matrox Millenium Video Card Misc Screw Kit Permedia 2A Video Card Service Information FRU No 02K2731 03K9817 02K1119 03K9724 10L6078 10L6063 76H7341 10L6084 10L6085 10L7095 76H7343 76H7344 76H7338 03K964
386. tion you can create one using the FDISK and FORMAT programs on Utility Diskette 3 To restore the entire contents of your hard disk 1 Insert Utility Diskette 1 in your diskette drive 2 Power on the computer If the computer is already on restart the computer using the Ctrl Alt Del key sequence 3 Follow the instructions on the screen until you get to a command prompt 4 Insert Utility Diskette 3 5 To restore the entire contents of drive C type RESTORE A S and press Enter To restore the data to another drive substitute that drive letter for the C in this example 6 Follow the instructions on the screen 266 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IBM Wireless LAN This section provides information on the IBM Wireless LAN For additional help detailed messages and recommended actions refer to the nstalling and Operating Your Network manual supplied with the IBM Wireless LAN product ISA Bus Switch Settings To install the adapter in a computer with an ISA bus set the dip switches as shown below Figure 1 Preparing the Adapter Card for an ISA Based Computer The switch positions shown in Figure 1 represent the value 00000001 that is switch 8 has been set to value 1 one the others are set to value 0 zero m Important For setting the switch positions 0 or 1 use the values shown on the adapter card DO NOT use the values printed or inscribed on the switch itself
387. tor s Series specific The Model Number contains the following information Processor Type Hard disk drive size and type Amount of memory installed and preloaded software information if installed The following figure shows the position of each digit of the type number and model number and description of each position Type number Model number ho CDBS PHM H L M Memory Preloaded software Hard disk drive size and type P Processor System board Riser connector s Series specific B Slots Bays CD Commercial Desktop series 65 300 68 700 438 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM As an example if the machine type number and model number are 6573 H3C each digit decodes as follows Digits Information 65 Commercial Desktop 300 Series computer 7 Computer has 3 slots and 3 bays 486 MHz System board with PCI ISA Riser connector s 300 Series computers only H 486DX 33 MHz processor installed 270 MB IDE hard disk drive installed Shipped with 4 MB of memory preloaded with OS 2 The codes for the type and model numbers followed by descriptions for the codes are listed below Note See Type Model Configuration Tables on page 446 for these Types and Models Type 6272 6282 6284 Type 6265 6275 e 6285 6560 Models 4XX 5XX 6XX e Type 6561 e Type 6562 e 6588
388. tup Utility Program on page 248 DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE Yes No 002 If the Power Management feature is enabled do the following 1 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program see Setup Utility Program on page 248 2 Select Power Management from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu 3 Select APM 4 Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled If it is not press Left Arrow lt or Right Arrow gt to change the setting Step 002 continues Service Information 15 CONTINUED 002 continued 5 Select Automatic Hardware Power Management 6 Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to Disabled Go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 003 Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test If necessary refer to Diagnostics and Test Information on page 230 e f you receive an error replace the part that the diagnostic program calls out or go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 e Ifthe test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device tested If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses go to Keyboard on page 27 If the printer has incorrect responses go to Printer on page 27 Ifthe display has problems such as jittering rolling shifting or being out of focus go to Display on page 31 16 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM General Checkout 6876 6886 This general
389. tup enable Serial port port Configuration Setup error 2 Flash the system 3 System board 011 03X XXX 011 04X XXX Serial port failure System board Service Information 63 Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 011 195 XXX 1 Information Serial port Test aborted by 2 Re start the test if user need to 011 196 XXX Serial port test halt error threshold exceeded 1 Depress F3 to review the log file See Viewing the Test Log on page 237 2 Recstart the test to reset the log file 011 197 XXX Serial port test warning 1 Make sure component that is called out is enabled and or connected 2 Re run test 3 Component that is called out in warning statement 4 Component under test 011 198 XXX Serial port test aborted 1 If a component is called out make sure it is enabled and or connected 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 011 199 XXX Serial port test failed cause unknown 1 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 81 2 Flash the system and re test 3 Replace component under function test Parallel port Interface Test Passed 011 2XX XXX 1 External serial device Serial port signal failure 2 System board 014 000 XXX 1 No action 014 001 XXX Parallel port Presence 014 002 XXX 014 003 XXX Parallel port Timeout Parity error 1 Remove external parallel device if present 2 Run setup enable port 3 Sys
390. uerido pelas disposi es e regulamenta es locais A cuidado Quando uma unidade de CD ROM estiver instalada observe o seguinte A utiliza o de controles ou ajustes ou execu o de procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados nesta publicac o pode resultar em exposic o perigosa radiac o A remoc o das tampas da unidade de CD ROM pode resultar em exposi o a radia o perigosa de laser N o existem pecas que possam ser consertadas no interior da unidade de CD ROM remova as tampas da unidade de CD ROM PERIGO Algumas unidades de CD ROM cont m um diodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B Observe o seguinte Radiac o de laser quando aberto diretamente para o feixe de laser diretamente com instrumentos ticos e evite exposic o direta ao raio 168 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 232 kg 255 kg 70 5 165 121 2 Ibs cuidado Utilize pr ticas seguras para levantamento de peso ao levantar sua m quina A cuidado A corrente el trica proveniente de cabos de alimenta o de telefone e de comunica o perigosa Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aos equipamentos desconecte os cabos de alimenta o sistemas de telecomunica o redes e modems antes de abrir as tampas do servidor a menos que receba outras instru es nos procedimentos de instala o e configura o Reference Information 169 A
391. um 11 30 kg 25 0 Ib 10 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 32 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 685 BTU 200 watts 11 Deep sleep 15 BTU 4 watts Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac High range input voltage Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kVA approximately Minimum 0 08 kVA Maximum 0 30 kVA Airflow Approximately 0 56 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels Noise Emission At operator position Values 43 dB operating 38 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 37 dB operating 33 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 5 1 bels operating 4 8 bels idle 10 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 11 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 145 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 12 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM Reference Information 197 Specifications Type 6285 Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches
392. umes that the server providing services to the computer and the network are functioning correctly Note Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics under the DOS operating system Windows 95 and Windows NT diagnostics should be run only if the DOS version is not available For more information about the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics see Diagnostics Test Programs on page 232 001 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Make sure the computer is connected to a functioning network Set all display controls to the middle position Power on all external devices Power on the computer Check for the following response 1 One beep 2 Operating system or diagnostics loaded Note If the operating system loader screen appears select an operating system DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE Yes No 002 Check the following for the response you received and perform the action Step 002 continues Service Information 5 CONTINUED 002 continued No beep See Beep Symptoms on page 33 beep Operating system did not load Go to Step 006 Two or more beeps Go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 003 OBSERVE THE GREEN LED ON THE TOKEN RING ADAPTER OR THE LNK LED ON THE ETHERNET ADAPTER FOR 30 SECONDS IS THE LED ON SOLID FOR THE ENTIRE 30 SECONDS Yes No 004 The
393. ure 1 Memory Module Diagnostics Test detected 2 System Board an error while testing the DMA controller s RAM refresh cycle RTC Interrupt Failure 1 Real Time Clock Diagnostics Test cannot Assembly detect the Real Time clock 2 System Board interrupt Serial Chip Error 1 Serial Port Cable COM Port error general 2 System Board Serial Compare Error 1 Serial Port Cable COM Port error information 2 System Board transmitted is not the same as information received Serial Time out Error 1 Serial Port Cable COM Port error time 2 System Board interval is too long between transmitted and received data Serious Memory Error 1 Memory Module Diags Cannot Continue 2 System Board Memory Test error Sorry You Need A Mouse 1 Mouse Mouse or mouse driver was 2 System Board 54 PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Error Message Symptom FRU Action System Hangs 1 Any device Go to Undetermined 2 Any adapter Problem on page 81 3 System Board The Address Exceeds The Size Of Your Memory An invalid memory address was entered The Diagnostics Tests display this message during the Locate Bad Chips option under the interact menu if an invalid memory address was entered at the Enter Memory Address Of Bad Enter correct address Memory Module System Board Da Chip prompt That Number is Out Of 1 Enter the correct Range number An invalid bit number was entered Diagnostics Tests display t
394. ure the latest level of BIOS is installed on the computer A down level BIOS may cause false errors and unnecessary replacement of the system board 3 The processor is a separate FRU from the system board and is not included with the system board FRU If you are instructed to replace the System board do the following 4 Remove the processor from the old system board and install it on the new system board For Type 6588 6888 see Microprocessor Removal Type 6588 6888 on page 314 5 Remove any of the following installed options on the old system board and install them on the new system board External cache memory and cache tag RAM Memory modules Extended video memory 6 Ensure that the new system board jumper settings match the old system board jumper settings 7 f the new system board does not correct the problem reinstall the options on the old system board reinstall the old system board then replace the processor System Board Replacement Type 6588 6888 To remove the system board remove e System board mounting screws e Four screws holding the microprocessor retention bracket Two front screws Lift the system board out of the system unit Leave the System board plate that was located under the system board in the system unit To install a system board e Position the new system board over the system board plate and install Retention bracket and four screws Service Inf
395. usical Instrument Digital Interface MM Multimedia N A Not Available or Not Applicable NDD National Distribution Division NDIS Network Driver Interface Specification Non Maskable Interrupt NSC National Support Center NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer PCI Peripheral component interconnect PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association POS Programmable Option Select PUN Physical Unit Number as in SCSI RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks disk array models RAM Random Access Memory read write RGB Red Green Blue as in monitors RIPL Remote Initial Program Load ROM Read Only Memory SASD Sequential Access Storage Device Tape SCB Subsystem Control Block SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface SCSI ID SCSI Identification Number assigned device number SPD Software Product Description SR Service Representative SRAM Static Random Access Memory SVGA Super Video Graphics Array STN Super Twisted Nematic T A NDD Technical Advisor See your Marketing Representative TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TFT Thin Film Transistor TPF ThinkPad File TSR Terminate and Stay Resident UL Underwriters Laboratory VCA Video Capture Adapter VESA Video Electronics Standards Association VGA Video Graphics Array 640x480x16 VPD Vital Product Data VRAM Video Random Access Memory WORM Write Once Read Many Media XGA Extended Graphics Array 1024 x 768 x 256 Luminance Chrominanc
396. v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHW 05 Mys 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHW OS r os 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 1 3013 89 v 9 NVUOS v9 ZHW 00p rev 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIYL ES 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHIN 097 993 86 SMODUIM XEN XZE 9x9 Les 3013 89 79 NVUOS v9 ZHW 00 993 LN SMOPUIM XEN XZE 9X9 CEOIHL ES 3013 89 79 v9 2 00 ror 2 510 6 5 Kiowan 105592014 2689 d L 00 Dd Jo eiqe 489 Reference Information eDed uo uoneinbijuo9 JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 9 ay uo 1 1 76 001 01 NVEA AN seinjee prepuelg 993 21 JA 219 q ungueg 105599014 76 Spp eDed uo japon abenbue Anuno9 ees p 152 104 2 u 10 Y N H S9JON 993 S6 XEN XZE 9X9 Les 3013 99 v9 79 ZHIN 007 V N V N 9x9 42018 Les V N NVUOS v9 ZHW 05 X68 V N V N 9x9 CEOIHL ES VIN NVUOS v9 2 00 uedo V N V N 9x9 CEOIYL ES VIN NVUOS
397. v V N dN ZHIN 993 uedo X0 VOAS 96 SMOPUIM XE soys 51119 dov 89 dN ze ZHW 222 VIAS JosseooJd LN SMOPUIM vXV S97S dov 3013 89 993 26 9 ZHIN 992 2 s o s s eg 10SS9901d 1969 9 1 00 Od 9 Jo el ejqel 469 Reference Information 2 ON 10sseoo4d U0I9 9D 8 993 83 219 10 99925 ge ZLS Il PUI Z peojaid AjUO ayap esuoeor esueor 2 50 79 eDed uo JepojN ed ajou ay ass 1e quiessy pezuouiny 75 y prepuels v 993 10 Aueq uoN Spp eDed uo japon ees 158 104 2 JON Y N SOJON VIAS G JosseooJd V N V N vxv S97S 51119 dov V N dN 5 ZHIN 006 VIAS Josseooud LN SMOPUIM V N vXv S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 dN 5 ZHIN 006 Xx6 VOAS Josseooud S6 SMOPUIM V N S97S 51119 dov 3013 89 22 dN u019 99 ZHIN 006 VOAS JosseooJd S6 SMOPUIM V N soys 51119 dov 3013 89 d
398. very Mode On Enet Normal Operation Switch SW1 6 Enet Normal Operation SW1 6 Normal Operation Off D Enet MAC Disabled On Admin Password Lock Switch SW1 7 Admin Password Lock SW1 7 Locked Off D Unlocked Diskette Operation Switch SW1 8 Diskette Operation SW1 8 Normal Diskette Operation Off D Read Only Diskette On Clear CMOS Request Jumper Setting Jumper Setting Description J7E1 1 2 D 2 3 Normal Operation Erase Password and Configuration Clear CMOS 422 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz System Board X m A od ce A o g 1 A LC Us VATI 91 LA n BEE LI II IT LI pop gt NY BE BB Reference Information 423 IntelliStation Type 6899 Pentium Pro 200 MHz System Board Locations Audio line out B Audio line in Microphone a Parallel port connector USB Universal Serial Bus connector n Serial port A connector Serial port B connector located on back of base frame Mouse connector Keyboard connector E Infrared conne
399. wer supply 3 Microprocessor 4 System board 185 000 XXX 1 No action Asset Security Test Passed 185 XXX XXX 1 Assure Asset Asset Security failure Security Enabled 2 Flash system 3 System board 185 278 XXX 1 C2 Cover Switch Asset Security Chassis 2 System board Intrusion 201 000 XXX 1 No action System Memory Test Passed 201 XXX XXX System Memory error 1 Replace the memory module called out by the test 2 System board 202 000 XXX 1 No action System Cache Test Passed 202 XXX XXX 1 Cache if removable System Cache error 2 System board 3 Microprocessor 206 000 XXX 1 No action Diskette Drive Test Passed 206 XXX XXX 1 Diskette Drive Cable Diskette Drive error 2 Check power supply voltages 3 Diskette drive 4 System board 215 000 XXX 1 No action CD ROM Drive Test Passed 215 XXX XXX 1 CD ROM Drive Cable CD ROM Drive error 2 Check power supply voltages 3 CD ROM drive 4 System board 217 000 XXX Hard Disk Drive Test Passed 1 No action 76 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Diagnostic Error Code FRU Action 217 25X XXX 217 26X XXX Hard Disk Drive IDE error 217 28X XXX 217 29X XXX Hard Disk Drive SCSI error 1 Hard Disk Drive Cable 2 Check power supply voltages Hard Disk drive IDE 4 System board 1 Hard Disk Drive Cable Check power supply voltages Hard Disk drive SCSI SCSI ada
400. xit from the Configuration Setup Utility program press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Recovering from Software Problems Type 68X7 Note The following software related information is also included in the About Your Software booklet supplied with certain model IBM PC Computers It is included here for reference only This section provides information and procedures to help a customer recover from problems that prevent either OS 2 Warp or DOS from starting To follow many of these procedures you will need the following diskettes that were created when the computer was initially installed 05 2 Warp Utility Diskettes PC DOS 7 Diskettes Notes 1 If these diskettes are not available and a problem with the computer prevents you from making them now you can make them from another IBM Personal Computer that has the same version of PC DOS and OS 2 Warp installed 2 PC DOS 7 0 Disk 1 is a multipurpose diskette It not only is the starting point for installing DOS 7 it is also a general purpose utility diskette Utility Diskettes Utility diskettes help you correct problems when you cannot start your computer from the hard disk The utility diskettes contain programs that allow you to start an editor program check your hard disk for errors or problems view and define hard disk partition information and format a diskette or hard disk The OS 2
401. xt Description of the error Note See Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 for the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes Reference Information 235 Hard File Smart Test Use the Hard File Smart Test when the system management tool has detected a hard file SMART alert The Smart test does the following e Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMART instruction set Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sure SMART functionality is active e Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command to determine if any thresholds have been exceeded If thresholds have been exceeded an error message is shown and the test fails If no SMART is supported by the drive the test returns with N A Quick and Full Erase Hard Drive The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers two hard drive format utilities e Quick Erase Hard Drive Full Erase Hard Drive The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that performs the following e Destroys the Master Boot Record MBR on the hard drive e Destroys all copy of the FAT Table on all partitions both the master and backup e Destroys the partition table Provides messages that warn the user that this is a non recoverable process The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility that performs the following e Performs all the steps in Quick Erase e Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to all sectors of the hard drive Provide an estimate of time
402. xt gN 2 9rrS sao 89 sz ze 662 LN SMOPUIM 2 975 SNUID 99 Sz XINW ZHW 16 V N V N ext 2 9 SNUID 89 52 26 XINW ZHW 002 x06 96 SMODUIM V N exe AW 9 SNUID 85 2 002 X68 S6 SMODUIM V N ext gN 2 9 SNUID 89 52 an 91 991 x88 S6 SMODUIM 9 SNUID 89 26 991 96 SMOPUIM VIN gN 2 9775 SNUID 99 XINW ZHW 991 9 56 SMOPUIM VIN ext gN 2 9rrS sao 89 AN 9 ZHW 96 VIN 2 9775 snum 89 2 an 94 ZHIN 991 96 SMOPUIM VIN ext SNUIO 89 ZI AN 9 ZHIN 991 96 VIN 976 SNUID 89 21 an 8 ZHIN XOL 2 s o s s eg soiydesy 10SS9901d 2229 00 Od 2 10 2 449 Reference Information 16 X06 X68 X88 10 G uo 16 X06 X68 X88 2 29 ed ees pues 001 01 ue 16 X68 X88 51 5 uo XZZ 9 XININ JO SIOSSIDOJA OYMI 21 AM 952 e eu 51055200 4 eDed uo
403. y Minimum 0 11 kVA Maximum 0 70 kVA Noise Emission Values Airflow Approximately 0 57 cubic meters minute 20 CFM Acoustical Average sound pressure levels At operator position 36 dB operating 34 dB idle At bystander position 1 meter 32 dB operating 29 dB idle Declared upper limit sound power levels 4 8 bels operating 4 6 bels idle 37 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed Figures above are a system fully populated with options 38 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the 200 watt maximum capacity of the system power supply 39 For additional information see the SO Supplier s Declaration available from IBM 206 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Specifications Type 6592 Feature Description Size Depth 445 mm 17 5 inches Height 492 mm 19 4 inches Width 200 mm 7 9 inches Weight Weight 15 kg 33 Ib Maximum 17 3 kg 38 10 40 Environment Air temperature System on 10 to 35 50 to 95 F System off 10 to 43 C 50 to 110 F Humidity System on 8 to 80 System off 8 to 80 Maximum altitude 2134 m 7000 ft Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs per hour Minimum 120 BTU 35 watts Maximum 969 BTU 285 watts 41 Electrical Input Sine wave input 50 to 60 Hz required Low range input voltage Minimum 90 V ac Maximum 137 V ac High ra
404. y 4 MB Parity 6875 6876 6885 6886 4 MB Parity 6877 6887 8 MB Parity 6875 6876 6885 6886 8 MB Parity 6877 6887 16 MB Parity 6875 6876 6885 6886 16 MB Parity 6877 6887 32 MB Parity 6875 6876 6885 6886 32 MB Parity 6877 6887 168 Pin Memory DIMM 16 MB Non Parity EDO 6577 6587 6877 6887 32 MB Non Parity EDO 6577 6587 6877 6887 16 MB Non Parity EDO 6589 32 MB Non Parity EDO 6589 32 MB EDO ECC 6589 16 MB Parity 6877 6887 32 MB Parity 6877 6887 L2 Cache 128 KB 6571 6573 6581 6583 256 KB 6571 6573 6581 6583 256 KB 6875 6876 6885 6886 256 KB 6576 6586 256 KB 6577 6587 6877 6887 512 KB 6577 6587 6877 6887 1 MB 6875 6876 6885 6886 Video Memory Video DRAM 1 MB 6575 6576 6585 6586 6875 6876 6885 6886 Video DRAM 1 MB 6577 6587 Base Frame Assembly Base Assembly 3x3 6571 6573 Base Assembly 3x3 6575 6576 6875 6876 Base Assembly 3x3 6577 6877 Service Information FRU No 92G7319 92G7542 92G7245 92G7321 92G7544 92G7247 92G7323 92G7546 92G7249 92G7325 73G3233 42H2785 92G7521 42H2786 60G2950 92G7294 73G3135 92G7295 42H2779 42H2780 42H2795 42H2797 42H2801 42H2783 42H2784 06H4759 06H4760 06H6052 06H7586 07H1150 42H2781 92G7552 92G7432 42H2770 06H5728 06H5727 07H1092 101 Index 102 System Type 6X7X 6X8X Base Assembly 5x5 6581 6583 6585 65
405. y when no errors are detected by POST To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint code display when a successful POST occurs 1 Enable Power on Status in setup See Setup Utility Program on page 248 If the POST detects a problem an error message appears on your screen A single problem can cause several error messages to appear When you correct the cause of the first error message the other error messages probably will not appear on the screen the next time you turn on the system POST Beep Codes The Power On Self Test generates a beeping sound to indicate successful completion of POST or to indicate that the tests detect an error 230 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM One beep and the appearance of text on the display indicates successful completion of the POST More than one beep indicates that the POST detects an error Note Type 6265 6275 6285 6561 6591 6862 6865 6889 6892 6893 computers are default to come up quiet No beep and no memory count and checkpoint code display when no errors are detected by POST To enable Beep and memory count and checkpoint code display when a successful POST occurs 1 Enable Power on Status in setup See Setup Utility Program on page 248 Error Code Format This section provides an explanation of the encoded non SCSI and SCSI POST error codes Error messages are displayed on the screen as three four five eight twelve or thirt
406. y 330 W Keylock Assembly Chassis Assembly with support bracket Cable Audio CD ROM Cable CD ROM IDE Cable Diskette Drive Cable Hard Disk IDE Cable Intergraph Cable LVD SCSI 5 Drop Cable SCSI LED Cable Wake on LAN EMC Kit Service Information FRU No 1245547 02K1414 01K1637 02K3414 10L6016 1016084 75H9550 75H9552 01K1888 1295551 1295549 10L5597 03K9654 12J5596 02K2861 01K4345 01K4909 10L5592 10L5594 10L5595 10L5626 1295546 10L7122 01K4422 01K4340 01K4337 01K4336 10L5598 10L5593 10L5591 01K1156 01K1142 01K4349 01K4434 94H0598 20L2318 10L5599 20L2316 1295102 10L5589 75H9219 01K1548 01K1546 01K1547 01K2035 01K1549 76H7344 76H7345 10L5590 127 Index 128 System Type 6865 Foot Qty 4 Microphone Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Miscellaneous Screw Kit IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM FRU No 12J4506 01K4910 10L5600 93F0041 Type 6888 Parts Note See Type 6588 6888 Parts on page 114 for Type 6888 parts listing 129 Service Information 6889 Parts 130 IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM Parts Listing Index 24 25 26 System Type 6889 Handle Cap Assembly Power switch LED Cable Assembly Top Side Cover Assembly CD ROM Drive 32X Max 6 4 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 7200 RPM 9 1 GB IDE Hard Disk Drive 7200 RPM 4 5 GB SCSI Hard Disk
407. y is detected Suspend Monitor uses less power than in Standby mode Screen image is restored after a few seconds when any activity is detected Off Monitor power is off Press Monitor power button to restore power On some monitors you might have to depress the power button twice Setting Automatic Hardware Power Management Features 1 10 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program see Setup Utility Program on page 248 Select Advanced Power Management from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Enabled If it is not press Left Arrow lt or Right Arrow to change the setting Select Automatic Hardware Power Management Set Automatic Hardware Power Management to Enabled Select values for the three levels of power management system power processor speed and display as necessary Set Hard Disk to Enabled or Disabled Note This does not apply to SCSI drives Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration Setup Utility program menu Before you exit from the program select Save Settings from the Configuration Setup Utility program menu To exit from the Configuration Setup Utility program press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen Automatic Power On Features The Automatic Power On features within the Advanced Power Management menu allow you to enable and disable features that turn the computer on automatically Serial Port Ring Detect
408. ype 6X7X 199 Specifications Type 6X8X 200 Specifications Type 6560 201 Specifications Type 6561 202 Specifications Type 6562 203 Specifications Type 6588 204 Specifications Type 6589 205 Specifications Type 6591 206 Specifications Type 6592 207 Specifications Type 6598 208 Specifications Type 6862 209 Specifications Type 6865 210 Specifications Type 6888 211 Specifications Type 6889 212 Specifications Type 6892 213 Specifications Type 68938 214 Specifications Type 6898 215 Specifications Type 6899 216 Security Features 2 217 Passwords 217 Power on Password 217 Administrator Password 218 Administrator Password Control Jumper on Riser Card 218 Administrator Password Control Jumper Switch on System Board 218 Operating System Password 219 Vital Product Data 219 Management Information Format MIF 219 Alert on LAN 220 AssetGare Le A 220 AssetDi aug eb ene LE te 221 Hard Disk Drive Jumper Settings 222 IDE Hard Disk Drive Settings 222 SCSI Hard Disk Drive Settings 223 CD ROM PD CD ROM Drive Jumper Setting
409. ystem board timer error 106 1 System Board 110 1 Memory Module System board memory 2 System Board parity error 111 1 Reseat adapters channel parity error 2 Any Adapter 3 System Board 114 1 Adapter Memory Adapter ROM error 2 System Board 129 1 Processor Internal cache test error 2 L2 Cache Memory 3 System Board 151 1 System Board Real time clock failure 161 1 Run Setup Bad CMOS battery 2 CMOS Backup Battery See page Safety Information on page 187 3 System Board Service Information 35 POST Error Code FRU Action 162 Configuration mismatch Type 6562 6592 6862 6889 6892 1 Run Setup and verify Configuration 2 Had a device been added removed changed location If not suspect that device 3 Power on external devices first then power on computer 4 CMOS Backup Battery See page Safety Information on page 187 5 System Board 162 1 Diskette Drive And unable to run 2 System Board diagnostics 3 Diskette Drive Cable 163 1 Time and Date Set Clock not updating or invalid 2 CMOS Backup Battery time set See page Safety Information on page 187 3 System Board 164 POST detected a base memory or extended memory size mismatch error 1 Run Setup Check System Summary menu for memory size change See Setup Utility Program on page 248 2 Run the Extended Memory Diagnostic tests 166 Boot Block Check Sum Error 1
410. z Processor Pentium MMX 233 MHz Memory 16 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 32 MB DIMM Non Parity Memory 16 MB DIMM EDO ECC Memory 32 MB DIMM EDO ECC System Board no processor memory Lithium Battery Riser Card Riser Card Support Cable Wake On Ring 92 mm Fan Assembly Speaker C2 Card Guide Assembly EMC Kit DASD Bracket 3 5 inch 5 25 inch Access Cover Assembly Audio front Pane 3 5 inch Drive Bracket Power Supply 200W Power Supply 200W Japan Keylock Assembly Base Frame Assembly Planar Side Guide Rail Miscellaneous Hardware Kit Miscellaneous Screw Kit Jumper Kit Power Switch LED Cable Assembly Service Information FRU No 12J4494 12J4509 12J3521 75H9219 76H5822 12J4574 12J4518 00K7913 00K7909 12J3094 12J4513 76H7344 75H9550 75H9552 76H7340 12J4497 12J4498 12J4496 12J4499 12J4495 12J4504 12J4506 76H7119 76H5509 02K2768 01K1116 01K1117 01K1120 01K1121 07L7353 33F8354 93H7192 76H7334 76H7345 12J5536 12J4507 12J4508 12J4501 12J4493 12J4514 12J4502 75H8991 76H4873 12J5102 12J4500 76H7335 12J4503 93F0041 93F0067 12J4510 121 Type 6598 Parts IBM PC 300 700 IntelliStation Series HMM 122 Parts Listing Index 1 2 10 11 12 12 System 6598 Side Cover Access Panel Base Frame Assembly with labels Rear Frame I O Icon Label System Board Label Inside Cover EMC Shield Front Bezel Assembly 80 m

IBM Personal Computer 300 Series 700 Series IntelliStation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents